Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
 
     
(Mark One)    
 
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
    OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission file number 1-10042
Atmos Energy Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Texas and Virginia   75-1743247
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS employer
identification no.)
Three Lincoln Centre, Suite 1800
5430 LBJ Freeway, Dallas, Texas
(Address of principal executive offices)
  75240
(Zip code)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(972) 934-9227
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
    Name of Each Exchange
Title of Each Class
 
on Which Registered
 
Common stock, No Par Value   New York Stock Exchange
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
The aggregate market value of the common voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, March 31, 2010, was $2,598,503,183.
 
As of November 5, 2010, the registrant had 90,421,614 shares of common stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
 


 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
                 
        Page
 
Glossary of Key Terms     3  
 
Part I
  Item 1.     Business     4  
  Item 1A.     Risk Factors     22  
  Item 1B.     Unresolved Staff Comments     28  
  Item 2.     Properties     28  
  Item 3.     Legal Proceedings     29  
  Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     29  
 
Part II
  Item 5.     Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     31  
  Item 6.     Selected Financial Data     34  
  Item 7.     Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     35  
  Item 7A.     Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     64  
  Item 8.     Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     66  
  Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     134  
  Item 9A.     Controls and Procedures     134  
  Item 9B.     Other Information     136  
 
Part III
  Item 10.     Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     136  
  Item 11.     Executive Compensation     136  
  Item 12.     Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     136  
  Item 13.     Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     136  
  Item 14.     Principal Accountant Fees and Services     136  
 
Part IV
  Item 15.     Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     137  
  EX-4.1
  EX-10.6.A
  EX-10.6.B
  EX-10.7.A
  EX-10.7.B
  EX-10.10.B
  EX-10.10.C
  EX-10.12
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.14.E
  EX-10.14.F
  EX-10.15
  EX-12
  EX-21
  EX-23.1
  EX-31
  EX-32
  EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
  EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
  EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT


Table of Contents

 
GLOSSARY OF KEY TERMS
 
     
AEC
 
Atmos Energy Corporation
AEH
 
Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.
AEM
 
Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC
APS
 
Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC
ATO
 
Trading symbol for Atmos Energy Corporation common stock on the New York Stock Exchange
Bcf
 
Billion cubic feet
COSO
 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
FASB
 
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FERC
 
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Fitch
 
Fitch Ratings, Ltd.
GRIP
 
Gas Reliability Infrastructure Program
GSRS
 
Gas System Reliability Surcharge
ISRS
 
Infrastructure System Replacement Surcharge
KPSC
 
Kentucky Public Service Commission
LTIP
 
1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Mcf
 
Thousand cubic feet
MDWQ
 
Maximum daily withdrawal quantity
MMcf
 
Million cubic feet
Moody’s
 
Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.
NYMEX
 
New York Mercantile Exchange, Inc.
NYSE
 
New York Stock Exchange
PAP
 
Pension Account Plan
RRC
 
Railroad Commission of Texas
RRM
 
Rate Review Mechanism
RSC
 
Rate Stabilization Clause
S&P
 
Standard & Poor’s Corporation
SEC
 
United States Securities and Exchange Commission
Settled Cities
 
Represents 439 of the 440 incorporated cities, or approximately 80 percent of the Mid-Tex Division’s customers, with whom a settlement agreement was reached during the fiscal 2008 second quarter.
SRF
 
Stable Rate Filing
TXU Gas
 
TXU Gas Company, which was acquired on October 1, 2004
WNA
 
Weather Normalization Adjustment


3


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
The terms “we,” “our,” “us”, “Atmos Energy” and the “Company” refer to Atmos Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries, unless the context suggests otherwise.
 
ITEM 1.    Business.
 
Overview and Strategy
 
Atmos Energy Corporation, headquartered in Dallas, Texas, is engaged primarily in the regulated natural gas distribution and transmission and storage businesses as well as other nonregulated natural gas businesses. Since our incorporation in Texas in 1983, we have grown primarily through a series of acquisitions, the most recent of which was the acquisition in October 2004 of the natural gas distribution and pipeline operations of TXU Gas Company. We are also incorporated in the state of Virginia.
 
Today, we distribute natural gas through regulated sales and transportation arrangements to over three million residential, commercial, public authority and industrial customers in 12 states located primarily in the South, which makes us one of the country’s largest natural-gas-only distributors based on number of customers. We also operate one of the largest intrastate pipelines in Texas based on miles of pipe.
 
Through our nonregulated businesses, we primarily provide natural gas management and marketing services to municipalities, other local gas distribution companies and industrial customers principally in the Midwest and Southeast and natural gas transportation along with storage services to certain of our natural gas distribution divisions and third parties.
 
Our overall strategy is to:
 
  •  deliver superior shareholder value,
 
  •  improve the quality and consistency of earnings growth, while operating our regulated and nonregulated businesses exceptionally well and
 
  •  enhance and strengthen a culture built on our core values.
 
We have continued to grow our earnings after giving effect to our acquisitions and have experienced more than 25 consecutive years of increasing dividends and earnings. Historically, we achieved this record of growth through acquisitions while efficiently managing our operating and maintenance expenses and leveraging our technology to achieve more efficient operations. In recent years, we have also achieved growth by implementing rate designs that reduce or eliminate regulatory lag and separate the recovery of our approved margins from customer usage patterns. In addition, we have developed various commercial opportunities within our regulated transmission and storage operations.
 
Our core values include focusing on our employees and customers while conducting our business with honesty and integrity. We continue to strengthen our culture through ongoing communications with our employees and enhanced employee training.
 
Operating Segments
 
We operate the Company through the following four segments:
 
  •  The natural gas distribution segment , which includes our regulated natural gas distribution and related sales operations.
 
  •  The regulated transmission and storage segment , which includes the regulated pipeline and storage operations of our Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division.
 
  •  The natural gas marketing segment , which includes a variety of nonregulated natural gas management services.


4


Table of Contents

 
  •  The pipeline, storage and other segment , which is comprised of our nonregulated natural gas gathering, transmission and storage services.
 
These operating segments are described in greater detail below.
 
Natural Gas Distribution Segment Overview
 
Our natural gas distribution segment consists of the following six regulated divisions, presented in order of total rate base, covering service areas in 12 states:
 
  •  Atmos Energy Mid-Tex Division,
 
  •  Atmos Energy Kentucky/Mid-States Division,
 
  •  Atmos Energy Louisiana Division,
 
  •  Atmos Energy West Texas Division,
 
  •  Atmos Energy Colorado-Kansas Division and
 
  •  Atmos Energy Mississippi Division
 
Our natural gas distribution business is a seasonal business. Gas sales to residential and commercial customers are greater during the winter months than during the remainder of the year. The volumes of gas sales during the winter months will vary with the temperatures during these months.
 
Revenues in this operating segment are established by regulatory authorities in the states in which we operate. These rates are intended to be sufficient to cover the costs of conducting business and to provide a reasonable return on invested capital. Our primary service areas are located in Colorado, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. We have more limited service areas in Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Missouri and Virginia. In addition, we transport natural gas for others through our distribution system.
 
Rates established by regulatory authorities often include cost adjustment mechanisms for costs that (i) are subject to significant price fluctuations compared to our other costs, (ii) represent a large component of our cost of service and (iii) are generally outside our control.
 
Purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms represent a common form of cost adjustment mechanism. Purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms provide natural gas utility companies a method of recovering purchased gas costs on an ongoing basis without filing a rate case because they provide a dollar-for-dollar offset to increases or decreases in natural gas distribution gas costs. Therefore, although substantially all of our natural gas distribution operating revenues fluctuate with the cost of gas that we purchase, natural gas distribution gross profit (which is defined as operating revenues less purchased gas cost) is generally not affected by fluctuations in the cost of gas.
 
Additionally, some jurisdictions have introduced performance-based ratemaking adjustments to provide incentives to natural gas utilities to minimize purchased gas costs through improved storage management and use of financial instruments to lock in gas costs. Under the performance-based ratemaking adjustment, purchased gas costs savings are shared between the utility and its customers.
 
Finally, regulatory authorities have approved weather normalization adjustments (WNA) for approximately 94 percent of residential and commercial margins in our service areas as a part of our rates. WNA minimizes the effect of weather that is above or below normal by allowing us to increase customers’ bills to offset lower gas usage when weather is warmer than normal and decrease customers’ bills to offset higher gas usage when weather is colder than normal.


5


Table of Contents

As of September 30, 2010 we had WNA for our residential and commercial meters in the following service areas for the following periods:
 
     
Georgia, Kansas, West Texas
  October — May
Kentucky, Mississippi, Tennessee, Mid-Tex
  November — April
Louisiana
  December — March
Virginia
  January — December
 
Our supply of natural gas is provided by a variety of suppliers, including independent producers, marketers and pipeline companies and withdrawals of gas from proprietary and contracted storage assets. Additionally, the natural gas supply for our Mid-Tex Division includes peaking and spot purchase agreements.
 
Supply arrangements consist of both base load and swing supply (peaking) quantities and are contracted from our suppliers on a firm basis with various terms at market prices. Base load quantities are those that flow at a constant level throughout the month and swing supply quantities provide the flexibility to change daily quantities to match increases or decreases in requirements related to weather conditions.
 
Except for local production purchases, we select our natural gas suppliers through a competitive bidding process by requesting proposals from suppliers that have demonstrated that they can provide reliable service. We select these suppliers based on their ability to deliver gas supply to our designated firm pipeline receipt points at the lowest cost. Major suppliers during fiscal 2010 were Anadarko Energy Services, BP Energy Company, Devon Gas Services, L.P., Enbridge Marketing (US) L.P., Iberdrola Renewables, Inc., National Fuel Marketing Company, LLC, ONEOK Energy Services Company L.P., Tenaska Marketing, Texla Energy Management, Inc. and Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC, our natural gas marketing subsidiary.
 
The combination of base load, peaking and spot purchase agreements, coupled with the withdrawal of gas held in storage, allows us the flexibility to adjust to changes in weather, which minimizes our need to enter into long-term firm commitments. We estimate our peak-day availability of natural gas supply to be approximately 4.2 Bcf. The peak-day demand for our natural gas distribution operations in fiscal 2010 was on January 8, 2010, when sales to customers reached approximately 4.0 Bcf.
 
Currently, all of our natural gas distribution divisions, except for our Mid-Tex Division, utilize 39 pipeline transportation companies, both interstate and intrastate, to transport our natural gas. The pipeline transportation agreements are firm and many of them have “pipeline no-notice” storage service, which provides for daily balancing between system requirements and nominated flowing supplies. These agreements have been negotiated with the shortest term necessary while still maintaining our right of first refusal. The natural gas supply for our Mid-Tex Division is delivered solely by our Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division.
 
To maintain our deliveries to high priority customers, we have the ability, and have exercised our right, to curtail deliveries to certain customers under the terms of interruptible contracts or applicable state regulations or statutes. Our customers’ demand on our system is not necessarily indicative of our ability to meet current or anticipated market demands or immediate delivery requirements because of factors such as the physical limitations of gathering, storage and transmission systems, the duration and severity of cold weather, the availability of gas reserves from our suppliers, the ability to purchase additional supplies on a short-term basis and actions by federal and state regulatory authorities. Curtailment rights provide us the flexibility to meet the human-needs requirements of our customers on a firm basis. Priority allocations imposed by federal and state regulatory agencies, as well as other factors beyond our control, may affect our ability to meet the demands of our customers. We anticipate no problems with obtaining additional gas supply as needed for our customers.
 
The following briefly describes our six natural gas distribution divisions. We operate in our service areas under terms of non-exclusive franchise agreements granted by the various cities and towns that we serve. At September 30, 2010, we held 1,115 franchises having terms generally ranging from five to 35 years. A significant number of our franchises expire each year, which require renewal prior to the end of their terms. We believe that we will be able to renew our franchises as they expire. Additional information concerning our natural gas distribution divisions is presented under the caption “Operating Statistics”.


6


Table of Contents

Atmos Energy Mid-Tex Division.   Our Mid-Tex Division serves approximately 550 incorporated and unincorporated communities in the north-central, eastern and western parts of Texas, including the Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex. The governing body of each municipality we serve has original jurisdiction over all gas distribution rates, operations and services within its city limits, except with respect to sales of natural gas for vehicle fuel and agricultural use. The Railroad Commission of Texas (RRC) has exclusive appellate jurisdiction over all rate and regulatory orders and ordinances of the municipalities and exclusive original jurisdiction over rates and services to customers not located within the limits of a municipality.
 
Prior to fiscal 2008, this division operated under one system-wide rate structure. However, in 2008, we reached a settlement with cities representing approximately 80 percent of this division’s customers (Settled Cities) that has allowed us, beginning in 2008, to update rates for customers in these cities through an annual rate review mechanism. Rates for the remaining 20 percent of this division’s customers, primarily the City of Dallas, continue to be updated through periodic formal rate proceedings and filings made under Texas’ Gas Reliability Infrastructure Program (GRIP). GRIP allows us to include in our rate base annually approved capital costs incurred in the prior calendar year provided that we file a complete rate case at least once every five years.
 
Atmos Energy Kentucky/Mid-States Division.   Our Kentucky/Mid-States Division operates in more than 420 communities across Georgia, Illinois, Iowa, Kentucky, Missouri, Tennessee and Virginia. The service areas in these states are primarily rural; however, this division serves Franklin, Tennessee, and other suburban areas of Nashville. We update our rates in this division through periodic formal rate filings made with each state’s public service commission.
 
Atmos Energy Louisiana Division.   In Louisiana, we serve nearly 300 communities, including the suburban areas of New Orleans, the metropolitan area of Monroe and western Louisiana. Direct sales of natural gas to industrial customers in Louisiana, who use gas for fuel or in manufacturing processes, and sales of natural gas for vehicle fuel are exempt from regulation and are recognized in our natural gas marketing segment. Our rates in this division are updated annually through a rate stabilization clause filing without filing a formal rate case.
 
Atmos Energy West Texas Division.   Our West Texas Division serves approximately 80 communities in West Texas, including the Amarillo, Lubbock and Midland areas. Like our Mid-Tex Division, each municipality we serve has original jurisdiction over all gas distribution rates, operations and services within its city limits, with the RRC having exclusive appellate jurisdiction over the municipalities and exclusive original jurisdiction over rates and services provided to customers not located within the limits of a municipality. Prior to fiscal 2008, rates were updated in this division through formal rate proceedings. However, the West Texas Division entered into agreements with its West Texas service areas during 2008 and its Amarillo and Lubbock service areas during 2009 to update rates for customers in these service areas through an annual rate review mechanism.
 
Atmos Energy Colorado-Kansas Division.   Our Colorado-Kansas Division serves approximately 170 communities throughout Colorado and Kansas and parts of Missouri, including the cities of Olathe, Kansas, a suburb of Kansas City and Greeley, Colorado, located near Denver. We update our rates in this division through periodic formal rate filings made with each state’s public service commission.


7


Table of Contents

Atmos Energy Mississippi Division.   In Mississippi, we serve about 110 communities throughout the northern half of the state, including the Jackson metropolitan area. Our rates in the Mississippi Division are updated annually through a stable rate filing without filing a formal rate case.
 
The following table provides a jurisdictional rate summary for our regulated operations. This information is for regulatory purposes only and may not be representative of our actual financial position.
 
                         
        Effective
      Authorized
  Authorized
        Date of Last
  Rate Base
  Rate of
  Return on
Division   Jurisdiction   Rate/GRIP Action   (thousands) (1)   Return (1)   Equity (1)
 
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  Texas     05/24/2004     $417,111   8.258%   10.00%
Atmos Pipeline —
Texas — GRIP
  Texas     04/20/2010     799,841   8.258%   10.00%
Colorado-Kansas
  Colorado     01/04/2010     86,189   8.57%   10.25%
    Kansas     08/01/2010     144,583   (2)   (2)
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia     03/31/2010     88,583 (3)   8.61%   10.70%
    Illinois     11/01/2000     24,564   9.18%   11.56%
    Iowa     03/01/2001     5,000   (2)   11.00%
    Kentucky     06/01/2010     184,697   (2)   (2)
    Missouri     09/01/2010     66,459   (2)   (2)
    Tennessee     04/01/2009     190,100   8.24%   10.30%
    Virginia     11/23/2009     36,861   8.48%   9.50% - 10.50%
Louisiana
  Trans LA     04/01/2010     96,400   8.22%   10.00% - 10.80%
    LGS     07/01/2010     251,591   8.54%   10.40%
Mid-Tex — Settled Cities
  Texas     10/01/2010     (2)   8.19%   9.60%
Mid-Tex — Dallas & Environs
  Texas     01/26/2010     1,279,647 (4)   8.60%   10.40%
Mid-Tex — Dallas & Environs — GRIP
  Texas     09/01/2010     1,283,357 (4)   8.60%   10.40%
Mississippi
  Mississippi     12/15/2009     227,055   8.27%   10.04%
West Texas
  Amarillo     08/01/2010     55,537   8.19%   9.60%
    Lubbock     09/01/2010     57,074   8.19%   9.60%
    West Texas     08/15/2010     135,565   8.19%   9.60%
 


8


Table of Contents

                                         
        Authorized Debt/
  Bad Debt
      Performance-Based
  Customer
Division   Jurisdiction   Equity Ratio   Rider (5)   WNA   Rate Program (6)   Meters
 
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  Texas   50/50     No       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Colorado-Kansas
  Colorado   50/50     Yes (7)     No       No       110,646  
    Kansas   (2)     Yes       Yes       No       128,640  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia   52/48     No       Yes       Yes       64,946  
    Illinois   67/33     No       No       No       22,868  
    Iowa   57/43     No       No       No       4,300  
    Kentucky   (2)     Yes       Yes       Yes       176,634  
    Missouri   49/51     No       No       No       56,843  
    Tennessee   52/48     Yes       Yes       Yes       132,261  
    Virginia   51/49     Yes       Yes       No       23,163  
Louisiana
  Trans LA   52/48     No       Yes       No       76,653  
    LGS   52/48     No       Yes       No       277,551  
Mid-Tex — Settled Cities
  Texas   52/48     Yes       Yes       No       1,236,538  
Mid-Tex — Dallas & Environs
  Texas   51/49     Yes       Yes       No       309,134  
Mississippi
  Mississippi   52/48     No       Yes       No       266,233  
West Texas
  Amarillo   52/48     Yes       Yes       No       70,578  
    Lubbock   52/48     Yes       Yes       No       73,810  
    West Texas   52/48     Yes       Yes       No       155,242  
 
 
(1) The rate base, authorized rate of return and authorized return on equity presented in this table are those from the last rate case or GRIP filing for each jurisdiction. These rate bases, rates of return and returns on equity are not necessarily indicative of current or future rate bases, rates of return or returns on equity.
 
(2) A rate base, rate of return, return on equity or debt/equity ratio was not included in the respective state commission’s final decision.
 
(3) Georgia rate base consists of $60.2 million included in the March 2010 rate case and $28.4 million included in the October 2010 Pipeline Replacement Program (PRP) surcharge. The $28.4 million of the Georgia rate base amount was awarded in the latest PRP annual filing with an effective date of October 1, 2010, an authorized rate of return of 8.56 percent and an authorized return on equity of 10.70 percent.
 
(4) The Mid-Tex Rate Base amounts for the Dallas & Environs areas represent “system-wide”, or 100 percent, of the Mid-Tex Division’s rate base.
 
(5) The bad debt rider allows us to recover from ratepayers the gas cost portion of uncollectible accounts.
 
(6) The performance-based rate program provides incentives to natural gas utility companies to minimize purchased gas costs by allowing the utility company and its customers to share the purchased gas costs savings.
 
(7) The recovery of the gas portion of uncollectible accounts gas cost adjustment has been approved for a two-year pilot program.

9


Table of Contents

 
Natural Gas Distribution Sales and Statistical Data
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
METERS IN SERVICE, end of year
                                       
Residential
    2,910,672       2,901,577       2,911,475       2,893,543       2,886,042  
Commercial
    262,778       265,843       268,845       272,081       275,577  
Industrial
    2,090       2,193       2,241       2,339       2,661  
Public authority and other
    10,500       9,231       9,218       19,164       16,919  
                                         
Total meters
    3,186,040       3,178,844       3,191,779       3,187,127       3,181,199  
                                         
INVENTORY STORAGE BALANCE — Bcf
    54.3       57.0       58.3       58.0       59.9  
                                         
HEATING DEGREE DAYS (1)
                                       
Actual (weighted average)
    2,780       2,713       2,820       2,879       2,527  
Percent of normal
    102 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     87 %
SALES VOLUMES — MMcf (2)
                                       
Gas Sales Volumes
                                       
Residential
    190,424       159,762       163,229       166,612       144,780  
Commercial
    103,028       91,379       93,953       95,514       87,006  
Industrial
    19,047       18,563       21,734       22,914       26,161  
Public authority and other
    10,129       12,413       13,760       12,287       14,086  
                                         
Total gas sales volumes
    322,628       282,117       292,676       297,327       272,033  
Transportation volumes
    135,865       130,691       141,083       135,109       126,960  
                                         
Total throughput
    458,493       412,808       433,759       432,436       398,993  
                                         
OPERATING REVENUES (000’s) (2)
                                       
Gas Sales Revenues
                                       
Residential
  $ 1,826,752     $ 1,830,140     $ 2,131,447     $ 1,982,801     $ 2,068,736  
Commercial
    808,981       838,184       1,077,056       970,949       1,061,783  
Industrial
    112,366       135,633       212,531       195,060       276,186  
Public authority and other
    70,580       89,183       137,821       114,298       144,600  
                                         
Total gas sales revenues
    2,818,679       2,893,140       3,558,855       3,263,108       3,551,305  
Transportation revenues
    62,254       59,914       60,504       59,813       62,215  
Other gas revenues
    31,560       31,711       35,771       35,844       37,071  
                                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 2,912,493     $ 2,984,765     $ 3,655,130     $ 3,358,765     $ 3,650,591  
                                         
Average transportation revenue per Mcf
  $ 0.46     $ 0.46     $ 0.43     $ 0.44     $ 0.49  
Average cost of gas per Mcf sold
  $ 5.77     $ 6.95     $ 9.05     $ 8.09     $ 10.02  
Employees
    4,714       4,691       4,558       4,472       4,402  
 
See footnotes following these tables.


10


Table of Contents

Natural Gas Distribution Sales and Statistical Data by Division
 
                                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010  
          Kentucky/
          West
    Colorado-
                   
    Mid-Tex     Mid-States     Louisiana     Texas     Kansas     Mississippi     Other (3)     Total  
 
METERS IN SERVICE
                                                               
Residential
    1,429,287       424,048       331,784       271,418       216,831       237,304             2,910,672  
Commercial
    116,240       52,938       22,420       24,919       20,741       25,520             262,778  
Industrial
    145       862             484       86       513             2,090  
Public authority and other
          2,733             2,809       2,062       2,896             10,500  
                                                                 
Total
    1,545,672       480,581       354,204       299,630       239,720       266,233             3,186,040  
                                                                 
HEATING DEGREE DAYS (1)
                                                               
Actual
    2,100       3,924       1,532       3,537       5,909       2,734             2,780  
Percent of normal
    103 %     100 %     96 %     99 %     106 %     102 %           102 %
SALES VOLUMES — MMcf (2)
                                                               
Gas Sales Volumes
                                                               
Residential
    92,489       27,917       15,810       19,772       18,661       15,775             190,424  
Commercial
    55,916       16,841       7,821       7,892       7,349       7,209             103,028  
Industrial
    3,227       5,931             4,317       148       5,424             19,047  
Public authority and other
          1,444             3,482       2,100       3,103             10,129  
                                                                 
Total
    151,632       52,133       23,631       35,463       28,258       31,511             322,628  
Transportation volumes
    45,822       43,782       5,626       22,429       12,655       5,551             135,865  
                                                                 
Total throughput
    197,454       95,915       29,257       57,892       40,913       37,062             458,493  
                                                                 
OPERATING MARGIN (000’s) (2)
  $ 475,852     $ 169,516     $ 123,344     $ 105,476     $ 81,056     $ 94,203     $     $ 1,049,447  
OPERATING EXPENSES (000’s) (2)
                                                               
Operation and maintenance
  $ 145,166     $ 63,665     $ 43,604     $ 36,696     $ 31,233     $ 41,542     $ 976     $ 362,882  
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 89,411     $ 33,267     $ 22,986     $ 15,881     $ 16,352     $ 12,621     $     $ 190,518  
Taxes, other than income
  $ 106,620     $ 14,718     $ 10,995     $ 19,390     $ 8,271     $ 13,599     $     $ 173,593  
OPERATING INCOME (000’s) (2)
  $ 134,655     $ 57,866     $ 45,759     $ 33,509     $ 25,200     $ 26,441     $ (976 )   $ 322,454  
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (000’s)
  $ 196,109     $ 62,808     $ 47,193     $ 39,387     $ 29,792     $ 28,538     $ 33,988     $ 437,815  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND
                                                               
EQUIPMENT, NET (000’s)
  $ 1,761,087     $ 750,225     $ 413,189     $ 319,053     $ 300,380     $ 284,195     $ 130,983     $ 3,959,112  
OTHER STATISTICS, at year end
                                                               
Miles of pipe
    29,156       12,196       8,381       7,666       7,175       6,546             71,120  
Employees
    1,650       587       439       344       284       371       1,039       4,714  
 
See footnotes following these tables.


11


Table of Contents

 
                                                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009  
          Kentucky/
          West
    Colorado-
                   
    Mid-Tex     Mid-States     Louisiana     Texas     Kansas     Mississippi     Other (3)     Total  
 
METERS IN SERVICE
                                                               
Residential
    1,417,869       423,829       333,224       270,757       218,609       237,289             2,901,577  
Commercial
    116,480       53,386       22,769       24,986       22,080       26,142             265,843  
Industrial
    148       909             508       96       532             2,193  
Public authority and other
          2,555             2,839       1,015       2,822             9,231  
                                                                 
Total
    1,534,497       480,679       355,993       299,090       241,800       266,785             3,178,844  
                                                                 
HEATING DEGREE DAYS (1)
                                                               
Actual
    2,036       3,853       1,574       3,553       5,520       2,746             2,713  
Percent of normal
    100 %     98 %     101 %     99 %     100 %     103 %           100 %
SALES VOLUMES — MMcf (2)
                                                               
Gas Sales Volumes
                                                               
Residential
    73,678       26,589       12,371       16,341       17,280       13,503             159,762  
Commercial
    48,363       16,049       6,771       6,780       6,848       6,568             91,379  
Industrial
    2,918       6,217             3,528       196       5,704             18,563  
Public authority and other
          1,434             6,014       2,064       2,901             12,413  
                                                                 
Total
    124,959       50,289       19,142       32,663       26,388       28,676             282,117  
Transportation volumes
    44,991       41,693       5,151       23,417       10,471       4,968             130,691  
                                                                 
Total throughput
    169,950       91,982       24,293       56,080       36,859       33,644             412,808  
                                                                 
OPERATING MARGIN (000’s) (2)
  $ 483,155     $ 163,602     $ 118,021     $ 89,982     $ 78,188     $ 91,680     $     $ 1,024,628  
OPERATING EXPENSES (000’s) (2)
                                                               
Operation and maintenance
  $ 150,978     $ 68,823     $ 41,956     $ 35,126     $ 32,935     $ 43,642     $ (4,031 )   $ 369,429  
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 94,040     $ 32,755     $ 22,492     $ 15,242     $ 15,334     $ 12,411     $     $ 192,274  
Taxes, other than income
  $ 108,412     $ 13,261     $ 9,629     $ 15,863     $ 8,222     $ 13,925     $     $ 169,312  
Asset impairments
  $ 2,100     $ 785     $ 510     $ 413     $ 376     $ 415     $     $ 4,599  
OPERATING INCOME (000’s) (2)
  $ 127,625     $ 47,978     $ 43,434     $ 23,338     $ 21,321     $ 21,287     $ 4,031     $ 289,014  
CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (000’s)
  $ 173,201     $ 57,943     $ 42,626     $ 33,960     $ 24,726     $ 22,173     $ 24,871     $ 379,500  
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET (000’s)
  $ 1,615,900     $ 722,530     $ 390,957     $ 299,242     $ 284,398     $ 266,053     $ 124,391     $ 3,703,471  
OTHER STATISTICS, at year end
                                                               
Miles of pipe
    28,996       12,158       8,321       7,702       7,162       6,540             70,879  
Employees
    1,585       605       446       352       290       389       1,024       4,691  
 
 
Notes to preceding tables:
 
(1) A heating degree day is equivalent to each degree that the average of the high and the low temperatures for a day is below 65 degrees. The colder the climate, the greater the number of heating degree days. Heating degree days are used in the natural gas industry to measure the relative coldness of weather and to compare relative temperatures between one geographic area and another. Normal degree days are based on National Weather Service data for selected locations. For service areas that have weather normalized operations, normal degree days are used instead of actual degree days in computing the total number of heating degree days.
 
(2) Sales volumes, revenues, operating margins, operating expense and operating income reflect segment operations, including intercompany sales and transportation amounts.
 
(3) The Other column represents our shared services function, which provides administrative and other support to the Company. Certain costs incurred by this function are not allocated.
 
Regulated Transmission and Storage Segment Overview
 
Our regulated transmission and storage segment consists of the regulated pipeline and storage operations of our Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division. This division transports natural gas to our Mid-Tex Division, transports natural gas for third parties and manages five underground storage reservoirs in Texas. We also


12


Table of Contents

provide ancillary services customary in the pipeline industry including parking arrangements, lending and sales of excess gas. Parking arrangements provide short-term interruptible storage of gas on our pipeline. Lending services provide short-term interruptible loans of natural gas from our pipeline to meet market demands. Gross profit earned from our Mid-Tex Division and through certain other transportation and storage services is subject to traditional ratemaking governed by the RRC. Rates are updated through periodic formal rate proceedings and filings made under Texas’ Gas Reliability Infrastructure Program (GRIP). GRIP allows us to include in our rate base annually approved capital costs incurred in the prior calendar year provided that we file a complete rate case at least once every five years. Atmos Pipeline — Texas’ existing regulatory mechanisms allow certain transportation and storage services to be provided under market-based rates with minimal regulation.
 
These operations include one of the largest intrastate pipeline operations in Texas with a heavy concentration in the established natural gas-producing areas of central, northern and eastern Texas, extending into or near the major producing areas of the Texas Gulf Coast and the Delaware and Val Verde Basins of West Texas. Nine basins located in Texas are believed to contain a substantial portion of the nation’s remaining onshore natural gas reserves. This pipeline system provides access to all of these basins.
 
Regulated Transmission and Storage Sales and Statistical Data
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
CUSTOMERS, end of year
                                       
Industrial
    65       68       62       65       67  
Other
    176       168       189       196       178  
                                         
Total
    241       236       251       261       245  
                                         
PIPELINE TRANSPORTATION VOLUMES — MMcf (1)
    634,885       706,132       782,876       699,006       581,272  
OPERATING REVENUES (000’s) (1)
  $ 203,013     $ 209,658     $ 195,917     $ 163,229     $ 141,133  
Employees, at year end
    62       62       60       54       85  
 
 
(1) Transportation volumes and operating revenues reflect segment operations, including intercompany sales and transportation amounts.
 
Natural Gas Marketing Segment Overview
 
Our natural gas marketing activities are conducted through Atmos Energy Marketing (AEM), which is wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc. (AEH). AEH is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AEC and operates primarily in the Midwest and Southeast areas of the United States.
 
AEM’s primary business is to aggregate and purchase gas supply, arrange transportation and storage logistics and ultimately deliver gas to customers at competitive prices. In addition, AEM utilizes proprietary and customer-owned transportation and storage assets to provide various services our customers request, including furnishing natural gas supplies at fixed and market-based prices, contract negotiation and administration, load forecasting, gas storage acquisition and management services, transportation services, peaking sales and balancing services, capacity utilization strategies and gas price hedging through the use of financial instruments. AEM serves most of its customers under contracts generally having one to two year terms and sells natural gas to some of its industrial customers on a delivered burner tip basis under contract terms ranging from 30 days to two years. As a result, AEM’s margins arise from the types of commercial transactions we have structured with our customers and our ability to identify the lowest cost alternative among the natural gas supplies, transportation and markets to which it has access to serve those customers.
 
AEM also seeks to maximize, through asset optimization activities, the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity we own or control in our natural gas distribution and natural gas marketing segments. We attempt to meet this objective by engaging in natural gas storage transactions in


13


Table of Contents

which we seek to find and profit through the arbitrage of pricing differences in various locations and by recognizing pricing differences that occur over time. This process involves purchasing physical natural gas, storing it in the storage and transportation assets to which AEM has access and selling financial instruments at advantageous prices to lock in a gross profit margin.
 
Natural Gas Marketing Sales and Statistical Data
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006  
 
CUSTOMERS, end of year
                                       
Industrial
    652       631       624       677       679  
Municipal
    61       63       55       68       73  
Other
    339       321       312       281       289  
                                         
Total
    1,052       1,015       991       1,026       1,041  
                                         
INVENTORY STORAGE BALANCE — Bcf
    15.8       17.0       11.0       19.3       15.3  
NATURAL GAS MARKETING SALES VOLUMES — MMcf (1)
    420,203       441,081       457,952       423,895       336,516  
OPERATING REVENUES (000’s) (1)
  $ 2,151,264     $ 2,336,847     $ 4,287,862     $ 3,151,330     $ 3,156,524  
 
 
(1) Sales volumes and operating revenues reflect segment operations, including intercompany sales and transportation amounts.
 
Pipeline, Storage and Other Segment Overview
 
Our pipeline, storage and other segment primarily consists of the operations of Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC (APS), which is wholly-owned by AEH. APS is engaged in nonregulated transmission, storage and natural gas gathering services. Its primary asset is a proprietary 21 mile pipeline located in New Orleans, Louisiana. It also owns or controls additional pipeline and storage capacity including interests in underground storage fields in Kentucky and Louisiana that are used to reduce the need of our natural gas distribution divisions to contract for pipeline capacity to meet customer demand during peak periods.
 
APS’ primary business is to provide storage and transportation services to our Louisiana and Kentucky/Mid-States regulated natural gas distribution divisions, to our natural gas marketing segment and, on a more limited basis, to third parties. APS earns transportation fees and storage demand charges to aggregate and provide gas supply, provide access to storage capacity and transport gas for these customers.
 
APS also engages in various asset optimization activities. APS’ primary asset optimization activity involves the administration of two asset management plans with regulated affiliates of the Company. These arrangements provide APS the opportunity to maximize the economic value associated with the transportation and storage capacity assigned to these plans. APS attempts to meet this objective through a variety of activities including engaging in natural gas storage transactions and utilizing excess asset capacity to find and profit through the arbitrage of pricing differences in various locations and by recognizing pricing differences that occur over time. These plans require APS to share a portion of the economic value created by these activities with the regulated customers served by these affiliates. These arrangements have been approved by applicable state regulatory commissions and are subject to annual regulatory review intended to ensure proper allocation of economic value between our regulated customers and APS.
 
APS also seeks to maximize the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity it owns or controls. We attempt to meet this objective by engaging in natural gas storage transactions in which we seek to find and profit through the arbitrage of pricing differences in various locations and by recognizing pricing differences that occur over time. This process involves purchasing physical natural gas, storing it in the storage and transportation assets to which APS has access and, in transactions involving storage capacity, selling financial instruments at advantageous prices to lock in a gross profit margin.


14


Table of Contents

Pipeline, Storage and Other Sales and Statistical Data
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
 
OPERATING REVENUES (000’s) (1)
  $ 35,318     $ 41,924     $ 31,709     $ 33,400     $ 25,574  
PIPELINE TRANSPORTATION VOLUMES — MMcf (1)
    7,375       6,395       5,492       7,710       9,712  
INVENTORY STORAGE BALANCE — Bcf
    2.1       2.9       1.4       2.0       2.6  
 
 
(1) Transportation volumes and operating revenues reflect segment operations, including intercompany sales and transportation amounts.
 
Ratemaking Activity
 
Overview
 
The method of determining regulated rates varies among the states in which our natural gas distribution divisions operate. The regulatory authorities have the responsibility of ensuring that utilities in their jurisdictions operate in the best interests of customers while providing utility companies the opportunity to earn a reasonable return on their investment. Generally, each regulatory authority reviews rate requests and establishes a rate structure intended to generate revenue sufficient to cover the costs of conducting business and to provide a reasonable return on invested capital.
 
Our current rate strategy is to focus on reducing or eliminating regulatory lag, obtaining adequate returns and providing stable, predictable margins. Atmos Energy has annual ratemaking mechanisms in place in three states that provide for an annual rate review and adjustment to rates for approximately two-thirds of our gross margin. We also have accelerated recovery of only capital for approximately 20 percent of our gross margin. Combined, we have rate structures with accelerated recovery of all or a portion of our expenditures for over 80 percent of our gross margin. Additionally, we have WNA mechanisms in eight states that serve to minimize the effects of weather on approximately 94 percent of our gross margin. Finally, we have the ability to recover the gas cost portion of bad debts for approximately 70 percent of our gross margin. These mechanisms work in tandem to provide insulation from volatile margins, both for the Company and our customers.
 
We will also continue to address various rate design changes, including the recovery of bad debt gas costs and inclusion of other taxes in gas costs in future rate filings. These design changes would address cost variations that are related to pass-through energy costs beyond our control.
 
Although substantial progress has been made in recent years by improving rate design across Atmos’ operating areas, potential changes in federal energy policy and adverse economic conditions will necessitate continued vigilance by the Company and our regulators in meeting the challenges presented by these external factors.


15


Table of Contents

Recent Ratemaking Activity
 
Substantially all of our natural gas distribution revenues in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 were derived from sales at rates set by or subject to approval by local or state authorities. Net operating income increases resulting from ratemaking activity totaling $56.8 million, $54.4 million and $40.6 million, became effective in fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 as summarized below:
 
                         
    Annual Increase to Operating
 
    Income For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
Rate Action   2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Rate case filings
  $ 23,663     $ 2,959     $ 27,838  
GRIP filings
    16,751       11,443       8,101  
Annual rate filing mechanisms
    13,757       38,764       3,275  
Other rate activity
    2,630       1,237       1,424  
                         
    $ 56,801     $ 54,403     $ 40,638  
                         
 
Additionally, the following ratemaking efforts were initiated during fiscal 2010 but had not been completed as of September 30, 2010:
 
                 
            Operating Income
 
Division   Rate Action   Jurisdiction   Requested  
            (In thousands)  
 
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  Rate Case   Texas Railroad Commission   $ 38,922  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  PRP Surcharge (1)   Georgia     764  
Mississippi
  Stable Rate Filing   Mississippi      
Mid-Tex (2)
  Rate Review Mechanism   Settled Cities     56,827  
                 
            $ 96,513  
                 
 
 
(1) The Pipeline Replacement Program (PRP) surcharge relates to a long-term cast iron replacement program.
 
(2) The Company filed a Rate Review Mechanism (RRM) with the Mid-Tex Settled Cities requesting an operating income increase of $56.8 million. A settlement was reached, effective October 1, 2010, which resolves all issues in the annual RRM filing and increases operating income by $23.1 million. Additionally, the settlement allows the Mid-Tex Division to expand its existing program to replace steel service lines which will replace approximately 100,000 steel service lines by September 30, 2012 at a total projected capital cost of $80-$120 million, utilizing an authorized return on equity of 9.0 percent, with the equity portion of the return based on the actual capital structure up to a maximum of 50 percent.
 
Our recent ratemaking activity is discussed in greater detail below.


16


Table of Contents

Rate Case Filings
 
A rate case is a formal request from Atmos Energy to a regulatory authority to increase rates that are charged to customers. Rate cases may also be initiated when the regulatory authorities request us to justify our rates. This process is referred to as a “show cause” action. Adequate rates are intended to provide for recovery of the Company’s costs as well as a fair rate of return to our shareholders and ensure that we continue to deliver reliable, reasonably priced natural gas service to our customers. The following table summarizes our recent rate cases:
 
                     
        Increase in Annual
       
Division   State   Operating Income     Effective Date  
        (In thousands)        
 
2010 Rate Case Filings:
                   
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Missouri   $ 3,977       09/01/2010  
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas     3,855       08/01/2010  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Kentucky     6,636       06/01/2010  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia     2,935       03/31/2010  
Mid-Tex
  Texas (1)     2,963       01/26/2010  
Colorado-Kansas
  Colorado     1,900       01/04/2010  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Virginia     1,397       11/23/2009  
                     
Total 2010 Rate Case Filings
      $ 23,663          
                     
2009 Rate Case Filings:
                   
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Tennessee   $ 2,513       04/01/2009  
West Texas
  Texas     446       Various  
                     
Total 2009 Rate Case Filings
      $ 2,959          
                     
2008 Rate Case Filings:
                   
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Virginia   $ 869       09/30/2008  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia     3,351       09/22/2008  
Mid-Tex (2)
  Texas     5,430       06/24/2008  
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas     2,100       05/12/2008  
Mid-Tex (3)
  Texas     8,000       04/01/2008  
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Tennessee     8,088       11/04/2007  
                     
Total 2008 Rate Case Filings
      $ 27,838          
                     
 
 
(1) In its final order, the Railroad Commission of Texas (RRC) approved a $3.0 million increase in operating income from customers in the Dallas & Environs portion of the Mid-Tex Division. Operating income should increase $0.2 million, net of the GRIP 2008 rates that will be superseded. The ruling also provided for regulatory accounting treatment for certain costs related to storage assets and costs moving from our Mid-Tex Division within our natural gas distribution segment to our regulated transmission and storage segment.
 
(2) Increase relates only to the City of Dallas and the unincorporated areas of the Mid-Tex Division.
 
(3) Increase relates only to the Settled Cities area of the Mid-Tex Division.


17


Table of Contents

 
GRIP Filings
 
As discussed above in “Natural Gas Distribution Segment Overview,” GRIP allows natural gas utility companies the opportunity to include in their rate base annually approved capital costs incurred in the prior calendar year. The following table summarizes our GRIP filings with effective dates during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
              Additional
     
        Incremental Net
    Annual
     
        Utility Plant
    Operating
    Effective
Division   Calendar Year   Investment     Income     Date
        (In thousands)     (In thousands)      
 
2010 GRIP:
                       
Mid-Tex (1)
  2009   $ 16,957     $ 2,983     09/01/2010
West Texas
  2009     19,158       363     06/14/2010
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  2009     95,504       13,405     04/20/2010
                         
Total 2010 GRIP
      $ 131,619     $ 16,751      
                         
2009 GRIP:
                       
Mid-Tex (2)
  2008   $ 105,777     $ 2,732     09/09/2009
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  2008     51,308       6,342     04/28/2009
Mid-Tex (1)
  2007     57,385       1,837     01/26/2009
West Texas (3)
  2007/08     27,425       532     Various
                         
Total 2009 GRIP
      $ 241,895     $ 11,443      
                         
2008 GRIP:
                       
Atmos Pipeline — Texas
  2007   $ 46,648     $ 6,970     04/15/2008
West Texas
  2006     7,022       1,131     12/17/2007
                         
Total 2008 GRIP
      $ 53,670     $ 8,101      
                         
 
 
(1) Increase relates to the City of Dallas and Environs areas of the Mid-Tex Division.
 
(2) Increase relates only to the City of Dallas area of the Mid-Tex Division.
 
(3) The West Texas Division files GRIP applications related only to the Lubbock Environs and the West Texas Cities Environs. GRIP implemented for this division include investments that related to both calendar years 2007 and 2008. The incremental investment is based on system-wide plant and additional annual operating revenue is applicable to environs customers only.
 
Annual Rate Filing Mechanisms
 
As an instrument to reduce regulatory lag, annual rate filing mechanisms allow us to refresh our rates on a periodic basis without filing a formal rate case. However, these filings still involve discovery by the appropriate regulatory authorities prior to the final determination of rates under these mechanisms. As discussed above in “Natural Gas Distribution Segment Overview,” we currently have annual rate filing mechanisms in our Louisiana and Mississippi divisions and in significant portions of our Mid-Tex and West Texas divisions. These mechanisms are referred to as rate review mechanisms in our Mid-Tex and West Texas


18


Table of Contents

divisions, stable rate filings in the Mississippi Division and rate stabilization clause in the Louisiana Division. The following table summarizes filings made under our various annual rate filing mechanisms:
 
                             
              Additional
       
              Annual
       
              Operating
    Effective
 
Division   Jurisdiction   Test Year Ended     Income     Date  
              (In thousands)        
 
2010 Filings:
                           
West Texas
  Lubbock     12/31/2009     $ (902 )     09/01/2010  
West Texas
  WT Cities     12/31/2009       700       08/15/2010  
West Texas
  Amarillo     12/31/2009       1,200       08/01/2010  
Louisiana
  LGS     12/31/2009       3,854       07/01/2010  
Louisiana
  TransLa     09/30/2009       1,733       04/01/2010  
Mississippi
  Mississippi     06/30/2009       3,183       12/15/2009  
West Texas
  Lubbock     12/31/2008       2,704       10/01/2009  
West Texas
  Amarillo     12/31/2008       1,285       10/01/2009  
                             
Total 2010 Filings
              $ 13,757          
                             
2009 Filings:
                           
Mid-Tex
  Settled Cities     12/31/2008     $ 1,979       08/01/2009  
West Texas
  WT Cities     12/31/2008       6,599       08/01/2009  
Louisiana
  LGS     12/31/2008       3,307       07/01/2009  
Louisiana
  TransLa     09/30/2008       611       04/01/2009  
Mississippi
  Mississippi     06/30/2008             N/A  
Mid-Tex
  Settled Cities     12/31/2007       21,800       11/08/2008  
West Texas
  WT Cities     12/31/2007       4,468       11/20/2008  
                             
Total 2009 Filings
              $ 38,764          
                             
2008 Filings:
                           
Louisiana
  LGS     12/31/2007     $ 1,709       07/01/2008  
Louisiana
  TransLa     09/30/2007       1,566       04/01/2008  
                             
Total 2008 Filings
              $ 3,275          
                             
 
In August 2010, we reached an agreement to extend the rate review mechanism in our Mid-Tex Division for an additional two-year period beginning October 1, 2010; however, the Mid-Tex Division will be required to file a general system-wide rate case on or before June 1, 2013. This extension provides for an annual rate adjustment to reflect changes in the Mid-Tex Division’s costs of service and additions to capital investment from year to year, without the necessity of filing a general rate case.
 
The settlement also allows us to expand our existing program to replace steel service lines in the Mid-Tex Division’s natural gas delivery system. On October 13, 2010, the City of Dallas approved the recovery of the return, depreciation and taxes associated with the replacement of 100,000 steel service lines across the Mid-Tex Division by September 30, 2012. The RRM in the Mid-Tex Division was entered into as a result of a settlement in the September 20, 2007 Statement of Intent case filed with all Mid-Tex Division cities. Of the 440 incorporated cities served by the Mid-Tex Division, 439 of these cities are part of the rate review mechanism process.
 
The West Texas rate review mechanism was entered into in August 2008 as a result of a settlement with the West Texas Coalition of Cities. The Lubbock and Amarillo rate review mechanisms were entered into in the spring of 2009. The West Texas Coalition of Cities agreed to extend its RRM for one additional cycle as part of the settlement of this year’s filing.


19


Table of Contents

Other Ratemaking Activity
 
The following table summarizes other ratemaking activity during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                     
            Increase
     
            (Decrease) in
     
            Annual
     
            Operating
    Effective
Division   Jurisdiction   Rate Activity   Income     Date
            (In thousands)      
 
2010 Other Rate Activity:
                   
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Missouri   ISRS (1)   $ 563     03/02/2010
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas   Ad Valorem (2)     392     01/05/2010
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas   GSRS (3)     766     12/12/2009
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia   PRP Surcharge (4)     909     10/01/2009
                     
Total 2010 Other Rate Activity
          $ 2,630      
                     
2009 Other Rate Activity:
                   
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas   Tax Surcharge (5)   $ 631     02/01/2009
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Missouri   ISRS (1)     408     11/04/2008
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia   PRP Surcharge (4)     198     10/01/2008
                     
Total 2009 Other Rate Activity
          $ 1,237      
                     
2008 Other Rate Activity:
                   
West Texas
  Triangle   Special Contract   $ 748     06/01/2008
Colorado-Kansas
  Kansas   Tax Surcharge (5)     1,434     01/01/2008
Colorado-Kansas
  Colorado   Agreement (6)     (1,100 )   11/20/2007
Kentucky/Mid-States
  Georgia   PRP Surcharge (4)     342     10/01/2007
                     
Total 2008 Other Rate Activity
          $ 1,424      
                     
 
 
(1) Infrastructure System Replacement Surcharge (ISRS) relates to maintenance capital investments made since the previous rate case.
 
(2) The Ad Valorem filing relates to a collection of property taxes in excess of the amount included in the Company’s base rates.
 
(3) Gas System Reliability Surcharge (GSRS) relates to safety related investments made since the previous rate case.
 
(4) The Pipeline Replacement Program (PRP) surcharge relates to a long-term cast iron replacement program.
 
(5) In the state of Kansas, the tax surcharge represents a true-up of ad valorem taxes paid versus what is designed to be recovered through base rates.
 
(6) In November 2007, the Colorado Public Utilities Commission approved an earnings agreement entered into jointly between the Colorado-Kansas Division, the Commission Staff and the Office of Consumer Counsel. The agreement called for a one-time refund to customers of $1.1 million made in January 2008.
 
Other Regulation
 
Each of our natural gas distribution divisions is regulated by various state or local public utility authorities. We are also subject to regulation by the United States Department of Transportation with respect to safety requirements in the operation and maintenance of our gas distribution facilities. In addition, our distribution operations are also subject to various state and federal laws regulating environmental matters. From time to time we receive inquiries regarding various environmental matters. We believe that our properties and operations substantially comply with and are operated in substantial conformity with applicable safety and environmental statutes and regulations. There are no administrative or judicial proceedings arising under environmental quality statutes pending or known to be contemplated by governmental agencies which would


20


Table of Contents

have a material adverse effect on us or our operations. Our environmental claims have arisen primarily from former manufactured gas plant sites in Tennessee, Iowa and Missouri.
 
The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) allows, pursuant to Section 311 of the Natural Gas Policy Act, gas transportation services through our Atmos Pipeline — Texas assets “on behalf of” interstate pipelines or local distribution companies served by interstate pipelines, without subjecting these assets to the jurisdiction of the FERC. Additionally, the FERC has regulatory authority over the sale of natural gas in the wholesale gas market and the use and release of interstate pipeline and storage capacity, as well as authority to detect and prevent market manipulation and to enforce compliance with FERC’s other rules, policies and orders by companies engaged in the sale, purchase, transportation or storage of natural gas in interstate commerce. We have taken what we believe are the necessary and appropriate steps to comply with these regulations.
 
We have been replacing certain steel service lines in our Mid-Tex Division since our acquisition of the natural gas distribution system in 2004. We currently have an existing RRM that should allow us to recover the replacement costs through the end of fiscal 2012. On September 10, 2010, the Texas Railroad Commission (RRC) published for comment a proposed regulation dealing with distribution facility replacement. The proposed regulation would require each gas distribution system operator to develop a risk-based program for the removal or replacement of distribution facilities, including steel service lines. A number of Texas operators, industry groups and facility component manufacturers filed comments. The RRC is presently reviewing the comments with action related to this proposal anticipated later this year or early next year. We are committed to replacing the steel service lines on an accelerated schedule to ensure the safety and reliability of our distribution system, and as part of this commitment, we support the objectives of proposed rulemaking by the RRC for steel service-line replacements statewide. Due to the preliminary status of the rulemaking process, we cannot accurately anticipate the impact the proposed regulation would have on the Company, if adopted, or the expected cost of the replacement program.
 
Competition
 
Although our natural gas distribution operations are not currently in significant direct competition with any other distributors of natural gas to residential and commercial customers within our service areas, we do compete with other natural gas suppliers and suppliers of alternative fuels for sales to industrial customers. We compete in all aspects of our business with alternative energy sources, including, in particular, electricity. Electric utilities offer electricity as a rival energy source and compete for the space heating, water heating and cooking markets. Promotional incentives, improved equipment efficiencies and promotional rates all contribute to the acceptability of electrical equipment. The principal means to compete against alternative fuels is lower prices, and natural gas historically has maintained its price advantage in the residential, commercial and industrial markets. However, higher gas prices, coupled with the electric utilities’ marketing efforts, have increased competition for residential and commercial customers.
 
Our regulated transmission and storage operations historically have faced limited competition from other existing intrastate pipelines and gas marketers seeking to provide or arrange transportation, storage and other services for customers. However, in the last two years, several new pipelines have been completed, which has increased the level of competition in this segment of our business.
 
Within our nonregulated operations, AEM competes with other natural gas marketers to provide natural gas management and other related services primarily to smaller customers requiring higher levels of balancing, scheduling and other related management services. AEM has experienced increased competition in recent years primarily from investment banks and major integrated oil and natural gas companies who offer lower cost, basic services. The increased competition has reduced margins most notably on its high-volume accounts.
 
Employees
 
At September 30, 2010, we had 4,913 employees, consisting of 4,776 employees in our regulated operations and 137 employees in our nonregulated operations.


21


Table of Contents

Available Information
 
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and other reports, and amendments to those reports, and other forms that we file with or furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are available free of charge at our website, www.atmosenergy.com , under “Publications and Filings” under the “Investors” tab, as soon as reasonably practicable, after we electronically file these reports with, or furnish these reports to, the SEC. We will also provide copies of these reports free of charge upon request to Shareholder Relations at the address and telephone number appearing below:
 
Shareholder Relations
Atmos Energy Corporation
P.O. Box 650205
Dallas, Texas 75265-0205
972-855-3729
 
Corporate Governance
 
In accordance with and pursuant to relevant related rules and regulations of the SEC as well as corporate governance-related listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), the Board of Directors of the Company has established and periodically updated our Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Conduct, which is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of the Company. In addition, in accordance with and pursuant to such NYSE listing standards, our Chief Executive Officer during fiscal 2010, Robert W. Best, certified to the New York Stock Exchange that he was not aware of any violation by the Company of NYSE corporate governance listing standards. The Board of Directors also annually reviews and updates, if necessary, the charters for each of its Audit, Human Resources and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees. All of the foregoing documents are posted on the Corporate Governance page of our website. We will also provide copies of all corporate governance documents free of charge upon request to Shareholder Relations at the address listed above.
 
ITEM 1A.    Risk Factors.
 
Our financial and operating results are subject to a number of risk factors, many of which are not within our control. Although we have tried to discuss key risk factors below, please be aware that other or new risks may prove to be important in the future. Investors should carefully consider the following discussion of risk factors as well as other information appearing in this report. These factors include the following:
 
Further disruptions in the credit markets could limit our ability to access capital and increase our costs of capital.
 
We rely upon access to both short-term and long-term credit markets to satisfy our liquidity requirements. The global credit markets have experienced significant disruptions and volatility during the last few years to a greater degree than has been seen in decades. In some cases, the ability or willingness of traditional sources of capital to provide financing has been reduced.
 
Historically, we have accessed the commercial paper markets to finance our short-term working capital needs. The disruptions in the credit markets during the fall of 2008 temporarily limited our access to the commercial paper markets and increased our borrowing costs. Consequently, for a short period, we were forced to borrow directly under our primary credit facility that backstops our commercial paper program to provide much of our working capital. This credit facility provides up to $567 million in committed financing through its expiration in December 2011. Our borrowings under this facility, along with our commercial paper, have been used primarily to purchase natural gas supplies for the upcoming winter heating season. The amount of our working capital requirements in the near-term will depend primarily on the market price of natural gas. Higher natural gas prices may adversely impact our accounts receivable collections and may require us to increase borrowings under our credit facilities to fund our operations. We have historically supplemented our commercial paper program with a short-term committed credit facility. No borrowings are currently


22


Table of Contents

outstanding under our current $200 million short-term facility, which was scheduled to mature in October 2010. In October 2010, this facility was replaced with a $200 million 180-day facility which expires in April 2011, on substantially the same terms.
 
Our long-term debt is currently rated as “investment grade” by Standard & Poor’s Corporation, Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and Fitch Ratings, Ltd. If adverse credit conditions were to cause a significant limitation on our access to the private and public credit markets, we could see a reduction in our liquidity. A significant reduction in our liquidity could in turn trigger a negative change in our ratings outlook or even a reduction in our credit ratings by one or more of the three credit rating agencies. Such a downgrade could further limit our access to public and/or private credit markets and increase the costs of borrowing under each source of credit.
 
Further, if our credit ratings were downgraded, we could be required to provide additional liquidity to our natural gas marketing segment because the commodity financial instruments markets could become unavailable to us. Our natural gas marketing segment depends primarily upon a committed credit facility to finance its working capital needs, which it uses primarily to issue standby letters of credit to its natural gas suppliers. A significant reduction in the availability of this facility could require us to provide extra liquidity to support its operations or reduce some of the activities of our natural gas marketing segment. Our ability to provide extra liquidity is limited by the terms of our existing lending arrangements with AEH, which are subject to annual approval by one state regulatory commission.
 
While we believe we can meet our capital requirements from our operations and the sources of financing available to us, we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so in the future, especially if the market price of natural gas increases significantly in the near-term. The future effects on our business, liquidity and financial results of a further deterioration of current conditions in the credit markets could be material and adverse to us, both in the ways described above or in other ways that we do not currently anticipate.
 
The continuation of recent economic conditions could adversely affect our customers and negatively impact our financial results.
 
The slowdown in the U.S. economy, together with increased mortgage defaults and significant decreases in the values of homes and investment assets, has adversely affected the financial resources of many domestic households. It is unclear whether the administrative and legislative responses to these conditions will be successful in improving current economic conditions, including the lowering of current high unemployment rates across the U.S. As a result, our customers may seek to use even less gas and it may become more difficult for them to pay their gas bills. This may slow collections and lead to higher than normal levels of accounts receivable. This in turn could increase our financing requirements and bad debt expense. Additionally, our industrial customers may seek alternative energy sources, which could result in lower sales volumes.
 
The costs of providing pension and postretirement health care benefits and related funding requirements are subject to changes in pension fund values, changing demographics and fluctuating actuarial assumptions and may have a material adverse effect on our financial results. In addition, the passage of the Health Care Reform Act in 2010 could significantly increase the cost of the health care benefits for our employees.
 
We provide a cash-balance pension plan and postretirement healthcare benefits to eligible full-time employees. Our costs of providing such benefits and related funding requirements are subject to changes in the market value of the assets funding our pension and postretirement healthcare plans. The fluctuations over the last few years in the values of investments that fund our pension and postretirement healthcare plans may significantly differ from or alter the values and actuarial assumptions we use to calculate our future pension plan expense and postretirement healthcare costs and funding requirements under the Pension Protection Act. Any significant declines in the value of these investments could increase the expenses of our pension and postretirement healthcare plans and related funding requirements in the future. Our costs of providing such benefits and related funding requirements are also subject to changing demographics, including longer life


23


Table of Contents

expectancy of beneficiaries and an expected increase in the number of eligible former employees over the next five to ten years, as well as various actuarial calculations and assumptions, which may differ materially from actual results due to changing market and economic conditions, higher or lower withdrawal rates and interest rates and other factors.
 
In addition, the costs of providing health care benefits to our employees could significantly increase over the next five to ten years. Although the full effects of the legislation should not impact the Company until 2014, the future cost of compliance with the provisions of the Health Care Reform Act is difficult to measure at this time.
 
Our operations are exposed to market risks that are beyond our control which could adversely affect our financial results and capital requirements.
 
Our risk management operations are subject to market risks beyond our control, including market liquidity, commodity price volatility caused by market supply and demand dynamics and counterparty creditworthiness. Although we maintain a risk management policy, we may not be able to completely offset the price risk associated with volatile gas prices, particularly in our nonregulated business segments, which could lead to volatility in our earnings.
 
Physical trading in our nonregulated business segments also introduces price risk on any net open positions at the end of each trading day, as well as volatility resulting from intra-day fluctuations of gas prices and the potential for daily price movements between the time natural gas is purchased or sold for future delivery and the time the related purchase or sale is hedged. The determination of our net open position as of the end of any particular trading day requires us to make assumptions as to future circumstances, including the use of gas by our customers in relation to our anticipated storage and market positions. Because the price risk associated with any net open position at the end of such day may increase if the assumptions are not realized, we review these assumptions as part of our daily monitoring activities. Although we manage our business to maintain no open positions, there are times when limited net open positions related to our physical storage may occur on a short-term basis. Net open positions may increase volatility in our financial condition or results of operations if market prices move in a significantly favorable or unfavorable manner before the open positions can be closed.
 
Further, the timing of the recognition for financial accounting purposes of gains or losses resulting from changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges usually does not match the timing of the economic profits or losses on the item being hedged. This volatility may occur with a resulting increase or decrease in earnings or losses, even though the expected profit margin is essentially unchanged from the date the transactions were consummated. Also, if the local physical markets in which we trade do not move consistently with the NYMEX futures market upon which most of our commodity derivative financial instruments are valued, we could experience increased volatility in the financial results of our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments.
 
Our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments manage margins and limit risk exposure on the sale of natural gas inventory or the offsetting fixed-price purchase or sale commitments for physical quantities of natural gas through the use of a variety of financial instruments. However, contractual limitations could adversely affect our ability to withdraw gas from storage, which could cause us to purchase gas at spot prices in a rising market to obtain sufficient volumes to fulfill customer contracts. We could also realize financial losses on our efforts to limit risk as a result of volatility in the market prices of the underlying commodities or if a counterparty fails to perform under a contract. Any significant tightening of the credit markets could cause more of our counterparties to fail to perform than expected. In addition, adverse changes in the creditworthiness of our counterparties could limit the level of trading activities with these parties and increase the risk that these parties may not perform under a contract. These circumstances could also increase our capital requirements.
 
We are also subject to interest rate risk on our borrowings. In recent years, we have been operating in a relatively low interest-rate environment compared to historical norms for both short and long-term interest rates. However, increases in interest rates could adversely affect our future financial results.


24


Table of Contents

We are subject to state and local regulations that affect our operations and financial results.
 
Our natural gas distribution and regulated transmission and storage segments are subject to various regulated returns on our rate base in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We monitor the allowed rates of return and our effectiveness in earning such rates and initiate rate proceedings or operating changes as we believe are needed. In addition, in the normal course of business in the regulatory environment, assets may be placed in service and historical test periods established before rate cases can be filed that could result in an adjustment of our allowed returns. Once rate cases are filed, regulatory bodies have the authority to suspend implementation of the new rates while studying the cases. Because of this process, we must suffer the negative financial effects of having placed assets in service without the benefit of rate relief, which is commonly referred to as “regulatory lag.” Rate cases also involve a risk of rate reduction, because once rates have been approved, they are still subject to challenge for their reasonableness by appropriate regulatory authorities. In addition, regulators may review our purchases of natural gas and can adjust the amount of our gas costs that we pass through to our customers. Finally, our debt and equity financings are also subject to approval by regulatory commissions in several states, which could limit our ability to access or take advantage of changes in the capital markets.
 
We may experience increased federal, state and local regulation of the safety of our operations.
 
We are committed to constantly monitoring and maintaining our pipeline and distribution system to ensure that natural gas is delivered safely, reliably and efficiently through our network of more than 77,000 miles of pipeline and distribution lines. The steel service line replacement program currently underway in our Mid-Tex Division typifies the preventive maintenance and continual renewal that we perform on our natural gas distribution system in all 12 states in which we operate. The safety and protection of the public, our customers and our employees is our top priority. However, due primarily to the recent unfortunate pipeline incident in California, we anticipate companies in the natural gas distribution business may be subjected to even greater federal, state and local oversight of the safety of their operations in the future. Accordingly, the costs of complying with such increased regulations may have at least a short-term adverse impact on our operating costs and financial results.
 
Some of our operations are subject to increased federal regulatory oversight that could affect our operations and financial results.
 
FERC has regulatory authority that affects some of our operations, including sales of natural gas in the wholesale gas market and the use and release of interstate pipeline and storage capacity. Under legislation passed by Congress in 2005, FERC has adopted rules designed to prevent market power abuse and market manipulation and to promote compliance with FERC’s other rules, policies and orders by companies engaged in the sale, purchase, transportation or storage of natural gas in interstate commerce. These rules carry increased penalties for violations. We are currently under investigation by FERC for possible violations of its posting and competitive bidding regulations for pre-arranged released firm capacity on interstate natural gas pipelines. Should FERC conclude that we have committed such violations of its regulations and levies substantial fines and/or penalties against us, our business, financial condition or financial results could be adversely affected. In addition, although we have taken steps to structure current and future transactions to comply with applicable current FERC regulations, changes in FERC regulations or their interpretation by FERC or additional regulations issued by FERC in the future could also adversely affect our business, financial condition or financial results.
 
We are subject to environmental regulations which could adversely affect our operations or financial results.
 
We are subject to laws, regulations and other legal requirements enacted or adopted by federal, state and local governmental authorities relating to protection of the environment and health and safety matters, including those legal requirements that govern discharges of substances into the air and water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances and waste, the clean-up of contaminated sites, groundwater quality and availability, plant and wildlife protection, as well as work practices related to employee health and safety.


25


Table of Contents

Environmental legislation also requires that our facilities, sites and other properties associated with our operations be operated, maintained, abandoned and reclaimed to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities. Failure to comply with these laws, regulations, permits and licenses may expose us to fines, penalties or interruptions in our operations that could be significant to our financial results. In addition, existing environmental regulations may be revised or our operations may become subject to new regulations.
 
Our business may be subject in the future to additional regulatory and financial risks associated with global warming and climate change.
 
There have been a number of new federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives proposed in an attempt to control or limit the effects of global warming and overall climate change, including greenhouse gas emissions, such as carbon dioxide. For example, in June 2009, the U.S. House of Representatives approved The American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009 , also known as the Waxman-Markey bill or “cap and trade” bill. However, neither this bill nor a related bill in the U.S. Senate, the Clean Energy and Emissions Power Act was passed by Congress. The adoption of this type of legislation by Congress or similar legislation by states or the adoption of related regulations by federal or state governments mandating a substantial reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in the future could have far-reaching and significant impacts on the energy industry. Such new legislation or regulations could result in increased compliance costs for us or additional operating restrictions on our business, affect the demand for natural gas or impact the prices we charge to our customers. At this time, we cannot predict the potential impact of such laws or regulations that may be adopted on our future business, financial condition or financial results.
 
The concentration of our distribution, pipeline and storage operations in the State of Texas exposes our operations and financial results to economic conditions and regulatory decisions in Texas.
 
Over 50 percent of our natural gas distribution customers and most of our pipeline and storage assets and operations are located in the State of Texas. This concentration of our business in Texas means that our operations and financial results may be significantly affected by changes in the Texas economy in general and regulatory decisions by state and local regulatory authorities in Texas.
 
Adverse weather conditions could affect our operations or financial results.
 
Since the 2006-2007 winter heating season, we have had weather-normalized rates for over 90 percent of our residential and commercial meters, which has substantially mitigated the adverse effects of warmer-than-normal weather for meters in those service areas. However, there is no assurance that we will continue to receive such regulatory protection from adverse weather in our rates in the future. The loss of such weather — normalized rates could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial results. In addition, our natural gas distribution and regulated transmission and storage operating results may continue to vary somewhat with the actual temperatures during the winter heating season. Sustained cold weather could adversely affect our natural gas marketing operations as we may be required to purchase gas at spot rates in a rising market to obtain sufficient volumes to fulfill some customer contracts.
 
Inflation and increased gas costs could adversely impact our customer base and customer collections and increase our level of indebtedness.
 
Inflation has caused increases in some of our operating expenses and has required assets to be replaced at higher costs. We have a process in place to continually review the adequacy of our natural gas distribution gas rates in relation to the increasing cost of providing service and the inherent regulatory lag in adjusting those gas rates. Historically, we have been able to budget and control operating expenses and investments within the amounts authorized to be collected in rates and intend to continue to do so. However, the ability to control expenses is an important factor that could impact future financial results.
 
Rapid increases in the costs of purchased gas would cause us to experience a significant increase in short-term debt. We must pay suppliers for gas when it is purchased, which can be significantly in advance of when these costs may be recovered through the collection of monthly customer bills for gas delivered. Increases in


26


Table of Contents

purchased gas costs also slow our natural gas distribution collection efforts as customers are more likely to delay the payment of their gas bills, leading to higher than normal accounts receivable. This could result in higher short-term debt levels, greater collection efforts and increased bad debt expense.
 
Our growth in the future may be limited by the nature of our business, which requires extensive capital spending.
 
We must continually build additional capacity in our natural gas distribution system to enable us to serve any growth in the number of our customers. The cost of adding this capacity may be affected by a number of factors, including the general state of the economy and weather. In addition, although we should ultimately recover the cost of the expenditures through rates, we must make significant capital expenditures during the next two fiscal years in executing our steel service line replacement program in the Mid-Tex Division. Our cash flows from operations generally are sufficient to supply funding for all our capital expenditures, including the financing of the costs of new construction along with capital expenditures necessary to maintain our existing natural gas system. Due to the timing of these cash flows and capital expenditures, we often must fund at least a portion of these costs through borrowing funds from third party lenders, the cost and availability of which is dependent on the liquidity of the credit markets, interest rates and other market conditions. This in turn may limit our ability to connect new customers to our system due to constraints on the amount of funds we can invest in our infrastructure.
 
Our operations are subject to increased competition.
 
In residential and commercial customer markets, our natural gas distribution operations compete with other energy products, such as electricity and propane. Our primary product competition is with electricity for heating, water heating and cooking. Increases in the price of natural gas could negatively impact our competitive position by decreasing the price benefits of natural gas to the consumer. This could adversely impact our business if, as a result, our customer growth slows, reducing our ability to make capital expenditures, or if our customers further conserve their use of gas, resulting in reduced gas purchases and customer billings.
 
In the case of industrial customers, such as manufacturing plants, adverse economic conditions, including higher gas costs, could cause these customers to use alternative sources of energy, such as electricity, or bypass our systems in favor of special competitive contracts with lower per-unit costs. Our regulated transmission and storage operations historically have faced limited competition from other existing intrastate pipelines and gas marketers seeking to provide or arrange transportation, storage and other services for customers. However, in the last two years, several new pipelines have been completed, which has increased the level of competition in this segment of our business. Within our nonregulated operations, AEM competes with other natural gas marketers to provide natural gas management and other related services primarily to smaller customers requiring higher levels of balancing, scheduling and other related management services. AEM has experienced increased competition in recent years primarily from investment banks and major integrated oil and natural gas companies who offer lower cost, basic services.
 
Distributing and storing natural gas involve risks that may result in accidents and additional operating costs.
 
Our natural gas distribution business involves a number of hazards and operating risks that cannot be completely avoided, such as leaks, accidents and operational problems, which could cause loss of human life, as well as substantial financial losses resulting from property damage, damage to the environment and to our operations. We do have liability and property insurance coverage in place for many of these hazards and risks. However, because our pipeline, storage and distribution facilities are near or are in populated areas, any loss of human life or adverse financial results resulting from such events could be large. If these events were not fully covered by insurance, our operations or financial results could be adversely affected.


27


Table of Contents

Natural disasters, terrorist activities or other significant events could adversely affect our operations or financial results.
 
Natural disasters are always a threat to our assets and operations. In addition, the threat of terrorist activities could lead to increased economic instability and volatility in the price of natural gas that could affect our operations. Also, companies in our industry may face a heightened risk of exposure to actual acts of terrorism, which could subject our operations to increased risks. As a result, the availability of insurance covering such risks may be more limited, which could increase the risk that an event could adversely affect our operations or financial results.
 
ITEM 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 2.    Properties.
 
Distribution, transmission and related assets
 
At September 30, 2010, our natural gas distribution segment owned an aggregate of 71,120 miles of underground distribution and transmission mains throughout our gas distribution systems. These mains are located on easements or rights-of-way which generally provide for perpetual use. We maintain our mains through a program of continuous inspection and repair and believe that our system of mains is in good condition. Our regulated transmission and storage segment owned 5,924 miles of gas transmission and gathering lines and our pipeline, storage and other segment owned 113 miles of gas transmission and gathering lines.
 
Storage Assets
 
We own underground gas storage facilities in several states to supplement the supply of natural gas in periods of peak demand. The following table summarizes certain information regarding our underground gas storage facilities at September 30, 2010:
 
                                 
                      Maximum
 
          Cushion
    Total
    Daily Delivery
 
    Usable Capacity
    Gas
    Capacity
    Capability
 
State   (Mcf)     (Mcf) (1)     (Mcf)     (Mcf)  
 
Natural Gas Distribution Segment
                               
Kentucky
    4,442,696       6,322,283       10,764,979       109,100  
Kansas
    3,239,000       2,300,000       5,539,000       45,000  
Mississippi
    2,211,894       2,442,917       4,654,811       48,000  
Georgia
    490,000       10,000       500,000       30,000  
                                 
Total
    10,383,590       11,075,200       21,458,790       232,100  
Regulated Transmission and Storage Segment — Texas
    46,143,226       15,878,025       62,021,251       1,235,000  
Pipeline, Storage and Other Segment
                               
Kentucky
    3,492,900       3,295,000       6,787,900       71,000  
Louisiana
    438,583       300,973       739,556       56,000  
                                 
Total
    3,931,483       3,595,973       7,527,456       127,000  
                                 
Total
    60,458,299       30,549,198       91,007,497       1,594,100  
                                 
 
 
(1) Cushion gas represents the volume of gas that must be retained in a facility to maintain reservoir pressure.


28


Table of Contents

 
Additionally, we contract for storage service in underground storage facilities on many of the interstate pipelines serving us to supplement our proprietary storage capacity. The following table summarizes our contracted storage capacity at September 30, 2010:
 
                     
              Maximum
 
        Maximum
    Daily
 
        Storage
    Withdrawal
 
        Quantity
    Quantity
 
Segment   Division/Company   (MMBtu)     (MMBtu) (1)  
 
Natural Gas Distribution Segment
                   
    Colorado-Kansas Division     4,237,243       108,232  
    Kentucky/Mid-States Division     16,993,683       343,746  
    Louisiana Division     2,608,255       159,620  
    Mississippi Division     3,875,429       165,402  
    West Texas Division     2,125,000       76,000  
                     
Total
    29,839,610       853,000  
Natural Gas Marketing Segment
  Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC     8,026,869       250,937  
Pipeline, Storage and Other Segment
  Trans Louisiana Gas Pipeline, Inc.     1,674,000       67,507  
                     
Total Contracted Storage Capacity
    39,540,479       1,171,444  
                 
                     
 
 
(1) Maximum daily withdrawal quantity (MDWQ) amounts will fluctuate depending upon the season and the month. Unless otherwise noted, MDWQ amounts represent the MDWQ amounts as of November 1, which is the beginning of the winter heating season.
 
Other facilities
 
Our natural gas distribution segment owns and operates one propane peak shaving plant with a total capacity of approximately 180,000 gallons that can produce an equivalent of approximately 3,300 Mcf daily.
 
Offices
 
Our administrative offices and corporate headquarters are consolidated in a leased facility in Dallas, Texas. We also maintain field offices throughout our distribution system, the majority of which are located in leased facilities. The headquarters for our nonregulated operations are in Houston, Texas, with offices in Houston and other locations, primarily in leased facilities.
 
ITEM 3.    Legal Proceedings.
 
See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
ITEM 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010.


29


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
The following table sets forth certain information as of September 30, 2010, regarding the executive officers of the Company. It is followed by a brief description of the business experience of each executive officer.
 
                     
        Years of
   
Name
 
Age
 
Service
 
Office Currently Held
 
Robert W. Best
    63       13     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Kim R. Cocklin
    59       4     President and Chief Operating Officer
Louis P. Gregory
    55       10     Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Michael E. Haefner
    50       2     Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Fred E. Meisenheimer
    66       10     Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
Robert W. Best was named Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer in March 1997. From October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2010, Mr. Best continued to serve the Company as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer. On October 1, 2010, Mr. Best was named Executive Chairman of the Board.
 
Kim R. Cocklin was named President and Chief Executive Officer effective October 1, 2010. Mr. Cocklin joined the Company in June 2006 and served as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company from October 1, 2008 through September 30, 2010, after having served as Senior Vice President, Regulated Operations from October 2006 through September 2008. Mr. Cocklin was Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer of Piedmont Natural Gas Company from February 2003 through May 2006. Mr. Cocklin was also appointed to the Board of Directors on November 10, 2009.
 
Louis P. Gregory was named Senior Vice President and General Counsel in September 2000.
 
Michael E. Haefner joined the Company in June 2008 as Senior Vice President, Human Resources. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Haefner was a self-employed consultant and founder and president of Perform for Life, LLC from May 2007 to May 2008. Mr. Haefner previously served for 10 years as the Senior Vice President, Human Resources, of Sabre Holding Corporation, the parent company of Sabre Airline Solutions, Sabre Travel Network and Travelocity.
 
Fred E. Meisenheimer was named Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 2009 and Treasurer in November 2009. Mr. Meisenheimer previously served the Company as Vice President and Controller from July 2000 through May 2009 and also served as interim Chief Financial Officer in January 2009.


30


Table of Contents

 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.
 
Our stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “ATO.” The high and low sale prices and dividends paid per share of our common stock for fiscal 2010 and 2009 are listed below. The high and low prices listed are the closing NYSE quotes, as reported on the NYSE composite tape, for shares of our common stock:
 
                                                 
    2010     2009  
                Dividends
                Dividends
 
    High     Low     paid     High     Low     Paid  
 
Quarter ended:
                                               
December 31
  $ 30.06     $ 27.39     $ .335     $ 27.88     $ 21.17     $ .330  
March 31
    29.52       26.52       .335       25.95       20.20       .330  
June 30
    29.98       26.41       .335       26.37       22.81       .330  
September 30
    29.81       26.82       .335       28.80       24.65       .330  
                                                 
                    $ 1.34                     $ 1.32  
                                                 
 
Dividends are payable at the discretion of our Board of Directors out of legally available funds. The Board of Directors typically declares dividends in the same fiscal quarter in which they are paid. The number of record holders of our common stock on October 31, 2010 was 19,772. Future payments of dividends, and the amounts of these dividends, will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors. We sold no securities during fiscal 2010 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


31


Table of Contents

Performance Graph
 
The performance graph and table below compares the yearly percentage change in our total return to shareholders for the last five fiscal years with the total return of the Standard and Poor’s 500 Stock Index and the cumulative total return of a customized peer company group, the Comparison Company Index, which is comprised of natural gas distribution companies with similar revenues, market capitalizations and asset bases to that of the Company. The graph and table below assume that $100.00 was invested on September 30, 2005 in our common stock, the S&P 500 Index and in the common stock of the companies in the Comparison Company Index, as well as a reinvestment of dividends paid on such investments throughout the period.
 
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return
among Atmos Energy Corporation, S&P 500 Index
and Comparison Company Indices
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
                                                 
    Cumulative Total Return
    9/30/05   9/30/06   9/30/07   9/30/08   9/30/09   9/30/10
 
Atmos Energy Corporation
    100.00       105.89       109.44       107.92       120.52       131.27  
S&P 500
    100.00       110.79       129.01       100.66       93.70       103.22  
Peer Group
    100.00       99.04       115.40       102.25       103.34       126.98  
 
The Comparison Company Index contains a hybrid group of utility companies, primarily natural gas distribution companies, recommended by a global management consulting firm and approved by the Board of Directors. The companies included in the index are AGL Resources Inc., CenterPoint Energy Resources Corporation, CMS Energy Corporation, EQT Corporation, Integrys Energy Group, Inc., National Fuel Gas, Nicor Inc., NiSource Inc., ONEOK Inc., Piedmont Natural Gas Company, Inc., Vectren Corporation and WGL Holdings, Inc.


32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the number of securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans at September 30, 2010.
 
                         
    Number of
          Number of Securities Remaining
 
    Securities to be Issued
    Weighted-Average
    Available for Future Issuance
 
    Upon Exercise of
    Exercise Price of
    Under Equity Compensation
 
    Outstanding Options,
    Outstanding Options,
    Plans (Excluding Securities
 
    Warrants and Rights     Warrants and Rights     Reflected in Column (a))  
    (a)     (b)     (c)  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:
                       
1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan
    434,962     $ 22.46       848,730  
                         
Total equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    434,962       22.46       848,730  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    434,962     $ 22.46       848,730  
                         


33


Table of Contents

ITEM 6.    Selected Financial Data.
 
The following table sets forth selected financial data of the Company and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements included herein.
 
                                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009 (1)     2008     2007 (1)     2006 (1)  
    (In thousands, except per share data and ratios)  
 
Results of Operations
                                       
Operating revenues
  $ 4,789,690     $ 4,969,080     $ 7,221,305     $ 5,898,431     $ 6,152,363  
Gross profit
    1,364,941       1,346,702       1,321,326       1,250,082       1,216,570  
Operating expenses (1)
    875,505       899,300       893,431       851,446       833,954  
Operating income
    489,436       447,402       427,895       398,636       382,616  
Miscellaneous income (expense)
    (339 )     (3,303 )     2,731       9,184       881  
Interest charges
    154,471       152,830       137,922       145,236       146,607  
Income before income taxes
    334,626       291,269       292,704       262,584       236,890  
Income tax expense
    128,787       100,291       112,373       94,092       89,153  
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331     $ 168,492     $ 147,737  
Weighted average diluted shares outstanding
    92,422       91,620       89,941       87,486       81,173  
Diluted net income per share
  $ 2.20     $ 2.07     $ 1.99     $ 1.91     $ 1.81  
Cash flows from operations
  $ 726,476     $ 919,233     $ 370,933     $ 547,095     $ 311,449  
Cash dividends paid per share
  $ 1.34     $ 1.32     $ 1.30     $ 1.28     $ 1.26  
Total natural gas distribution throughput (MMcf) (2)
    454,175       408,885       429,354       427,869       393,995  
Total regulated transmission and storage transportation volumes (MMcf) (2)
    428,599       528,689       595,542       505,493       410,505  
Total natural gas marketing sales volumes (MMcf) (2)
    353,853       370,569       389,392       370,668       283,962  
Financial Condition
                                       
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 4,793,075     $ 4,439,103     $ 4,136,859     $ 3,836,836     $ 3,629,156  
Working capital
    (290,887 )     91,519       78,017       149,217       (1,616 )
Total assets
    6,763,791       6,367,083       6,386,699       5,895,197       5,719,547  
Short-term debt, inclusive of current maturities of long-term debt
    486,231       72,681       351,327       154,430       385,602  
Capitalization:
                                       
Shareholders’ equity
    2,178,348       2,176,761       2,052,492       1,965,754       1,648,098  
Long-term debt (excluding current maturities)
    1,809,551       2,169,400       2,119,792       2,126,315       2,180,362  
                                         
Total capitalization
    3,987,899       4,346,161       4,172,284       4,092,069       3,828,460  
Capital expenditures
    542,636       509,494       472,273       392,435       425,324  
Financial Ratios
                                       
Capitalization ratio (3)
    48.7 %     49.3 %     45.4 %     46.3 %     39.1 %
Return on average shareholders’ equity (4)
    9.1 %     8.9 %     8.8 %     8.8 %     8.9 %
 
 
(1) Financial results for 2009, 2007 and 2006 include a $5.4 million, $6.3 million and a $22.9 million pre-tax loss for the impairment of certain assets.
 
(2) Net of intersegment eliminations.
 
(3) The capitalization ratio is calculated by dividing shareholders’ equity by the sum of total capitalization and short-term debt, inclusive of current maturities of long-term debt.
 
(4) The return on average shareholders’ equity is calculated by dividing current year net income by the average of shareholders’ equity for the previous five quarters.


34


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
This section provides management’s discussion of the financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of operations of Atmos Energy Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries with specific information on results of operations and liquidity and capital resources. It includes management’s interpretation of our financial results, the factors affecting these results, the major factors expected to affect future operating results and future investment and financing plans. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
 
Several factors exist that could influence our future financial performance, some of which are described in Item 1A above, “Risk Factors”. They should be considered in connection with evaluating forward-looking statements contained in this report or otherwise made by or on behalf of us since these factors could cause actual results and conditions to differ materially from those set out in such forward-looking statements.
 
Cautionary Statement for the Purposes of the Safe Harbor under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
 
The statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this Report are forward-looking statements made in good faith by us and are intended to qualify for the safe harbor from liability established by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. When used in this Report, or any other of our documents or oral presentations, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “expect”, “forecast”, “goal”, “intend”, “objective”, “plan”, “projection”, “seek”, “strategy” or similar words are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the statements relating to our strategy, operations, markets, services, rates, recovery of costs, availability of gas supply and other factors. These risks and uncertainties include the following: our ability to continue to access the credit markets to satisfy our liquidity requirements; the impact of adverse economic conditions on our customers; increased costs of providing pension and postretirement health care benefits and increased funding requirements along with increased costs of health care benefits; market risks beyond our control affecting our risk management activities including market liquidity, commodity price volatility, increasing interest rates and counterparty creditworthiness; regulatory trends and decisions, including the impact of rate proceedings before various state regulatory commissions; possible increased federal, state and local regulation of the safety of our operations; increased federal regulatory oversight and potential penalties; the impact of environmental regulations on our business; the impact of possible future additional regulatory and financial risks associated with global warming and climate change on our business; the concentration of our distribution, pipeline and storage operations in Texas; adverse weather conditions; the effects of inflation and changes in the availability and price of natural gas; the capital-intensive nature of our gas distribution business; increased competition from energy suppliers and alternative forms of energy; the inherent hazards and risks involved in operating our gas distribution business, natural disasters, terrorist activities or other events, and other risks and uncertainties discussed herein, especially those discussed in Item 1A above, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, while we believe these forward-looking statements to be reasonable, there can be no assurance that they will approximate actual experience or that the expectations derived from them will be realized. Further, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of our forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
Our consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We based our estimates on historical experience and various


35


Table of Contents

other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to risk management and trading activities, fair value measurements, allowance for doubtful accounts, legal and environmental accruals, insurance accruals, pension and postretirement obligations, deferred income taxes and valuation of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets. Our critical accounting policies are reviewed by the Audit Committee quarterly. Actual results may differ from estimates.
 
Regulation — Our natural gas distribution and regulated transmission and storage operations are subject to regulation with respect to rates, service, maintenance of accounting records and various other matters by the respective regulatory authorities in the states in which we operate. We meet the criteria established within accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of a cost-based, rate-regulated entity, which requires us to reflect the financial effects of the ratemaking and accounting practices and policies of the various regulatory commissions in our financial statements in accordance with applicable authoritative accounting standards. We apply the provisions of this standard to our regulated operations and record regulatory assets for costs that have been deferred for which future recovery through customer rates is considered probable and regulatory liabilities when it is probable that revenues will be reduced for amounts that will be credited to customers through the ratemaking process. As a result, certain costs that would normally be expensed under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are permitted to be capitalized or deferred on the balance sheet because it is probable they can be recovered through rates. Discontinuing the application of this method of accounting for regulatory assets and liabilities could significantly increase our operating expenses as fewer costs would likely be capitalized or deferred on the balance sheet, which could reduce our net income. Further, regulation may impact the period in which revenues or expenses are recognized. The amounts to be recovered or recognized are based upon historical experience and our understanding of the regulations. The impact of regulation on our regulated operations may be affected by decisions of the regulatory authorities or the issuance of new regulations.
 
Revenue recognition — Sales of natural gas to our natural gas distribution customers are billed on a monthly basis; however, the billing cycle periods for certain classes of customers do not necessarily coincide with accounting periods used for financial reporting purposes. We follow the revenue accrual method of accounting for natural gas distribution segment revenues whereby revenues applicable to gas delivered to customers, but not yet billed under the cycle billing method, are estimated and accrued and the related costs are charged to expense.
 
On occasion, we are permitted to implement new rates that have not been formally approved by our regulatory authorities, which are subject to refund. We recognize this revenue and establish a reserve for amounts that could be refunded based on our experience for the jurisdiction in which the rates were implemented.
 
Rates established by regulatory authorities are adjusted for increases and decreases in our purchased gas costs through purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms. Purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms provide gas utility companies a method of recovering purchased gas costs on an ongoing basis without filing a rate case to address all of the utility company’s non-gas costs. These mechanisms are commonly utilized when regulatory authorities recognize a particular type of cost, such as purchased gas costs, that (i) is subject to significant price fluctuations compared to the utility company’s other costs, (ii) represents a large component of the utility company’s cost of service and (iii) is generally outside the control of the gas utility company. There is no gross profit generated through purchased gas cost adjustments, but they provide a dollar-for-dollar offset to increases or decreases in utility gas costs. Although substantially all natural gas distribution sales to our customers fluctuate with the cost of gas that we purchase, our gross profit is generally not affected by fluctuations in the cost of gas as a result of the purchased gas cost adjustment mechanism. The effects of these purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms are recorded as deferred gas costs on our balance sheet.
 
Operating revenues for our regulated transmission and storage and pipeline, storage and other segments are recognized in the period in which actual volumes are transported and storage services are provided.
 
Operating revenues for our natural gas marketing segment and the associated carrying value of natural gas inventory (inclusive of storage costs) are recognized when we sell the gas and physically deliver it to our


36


Table of Contents

customers. Operating revenues include realized gains and losses arising from the settlement of financial instruments used in our natural gas marketing activities and unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of natural gas inventory designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the associated financial instruments.
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts — Accounts receivable arise from natural gas sales to residential, commercial, industrial, municipal and other customers. For the majority of our receivables, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on our collections experience. On certain other receivables where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability or reluctance to pay, we record an allowance for doubtful accounts against amounts due to reduce the net receivable balance to the amount we reasonably expect to collect. However, if circumstances change, our estimate of the recoverability of accounts receivable could be affected. Circumstances which could affect our estimates include, but are not limited to, customer credit issues, the level of natural gas prices, customer deposits and general economic conditions. Accounts are written off once they are deemed to be uncollectible.
 
Financial instruments and hedging activities — We currently use financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk. Additionally, we periodically use financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The objectives and strategies for using financial instruments have been tailored to meet the needs of our regulated and nonregulated businesses.
 
We record all of our financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States , with changes in fair value ultimately recorded in the income statement. The timing of when changes in fair value of our financial instruments are recorded in the income statement depends on whether the financial instrument has been designated and qualifies as a part of a hedging relationship or if regulatory rulings require a different accounting treatment. Changes in fair value for financial instruments that do not meet one of these criteria are recognized in the income statement as they occur.
 
Financial Instruments Associated with Commodity Price Risk
 
In our natural gas distribution segment, our customers are exposed to the effect of volatile natural gas prices. We manage this exposure through a combination of physical storage, fixed-price forward contracts and financial instruments, primarily over-the-counter swap and option contracts, in an effort to minimize the impact of natural gas price volatility on our customers during the winter heating season. The costs associated with and the gains and losses arising from the use of financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk in this segment are included in our purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms in accordance with regulatory requirements. Therefore, changes in the fair value of these financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of deferred gas costs and recognized in the consolidated statement of income as a component of purchased gas cost when the related costs are recovered through our rates and recognized in revenue in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Accordingly, there is no earnings impact to our natural gas distribution segment as a result of the use of financial instruments.
 
Our natural gas marketing segment aggregates and purchases gas supply, arranges transportation and/or storage logistics and ultimately delivers gas to our customers at competitive prices. We also perform asset optimization activities in both our natural gas marketing segment and pipeline, storage and other segment. As a result of these activities, our nonregulated operations are exposed to risks associated with changes in the market price of natural gas. We manage our exposure to the risk of natural gas price changes through a combination of physical storage and financial instruments, including futures, over-the-counter and exchange-traded options and swap contracts with counterparties.
 
In our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments, we have designated the natural gas inventory held by these operating segments as the hedged item in a fair-value hedge. This inventory is marked to market at the end of each month based on the Gas Daily index, with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains or losses in revenue in the period of change. The financial instruments associated with this natural gas inventory have been designated as fair-value hedges and are marked to market each month based upon the NYMEX price with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains or losses in revenue in the period of change. Changes in the spreads between the forward natural gas prices used to value the financial


37


Table of Contents

instruments designated against our physical inventory (NYMEX) and the market (spot) prices used to value our physical storage (Gas Daily) result in unrealized margins until the underlying physical gas is withdrawn and the related financial instruments are settled. The difference in the spot price used to value our physical inventory and the forward price used to value the related financial instruments can result in volatility in our reported income as a component of unrealized margins. We have elected to exclude this spot/forward differential for purposes of assessing the effectiveness of these fair-value hedges. Once the gas is withdrawn and the financial instruments are settled, the previously unrealized margins associated with these net positions are realized. Over time, we expect gains and losses on the sale of storage gas inventory to be offset by gains and losses on the fair-value hedges, resulting in the realization of the economic gross profit margin we anticipated at the time we structured the original transaction.
 
We have elected to treat fixed-price forward contracts used in our natural gas marketing segment to deliver gas as normal purchases and normal sales. As such, these deliveries are recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. Financial instruments used to mitigate the commodity price risk associated with these contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated purchases and sales at indexed prices. Accordingly, unrealized gains and losses on open financial instruments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income and are recognized in earnings as a component of revenue when the hedged volumes are sold. Hedge ineffectiveness, to the extent incurred, is reported as a component of revenue.
 
We also use storage swaps and futures to capture additional storage arbitrage opportunities in our natural gas marketing segment that arise after the execution of the original fair value hedge associated with our physical natural gas inventory, basis swaps to insulate and protect the economic value of our fixed price and storage books and various over-the-counter and exchange-traded options. These financial instruments have not been designated as hedges.
 
Financial Instruments Associated with Interest Rate Risk
 
We periodically manage interest rate risk, typically when we issue new or refinance existing long-term debt with Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost associated with anticipated financings. We designate these Treasury lock agreements as a cash flow hedge of an anticipated transaction at the time the agreements are executed. Accordingly, unrealized gains and losses associated with the Treasury lock agreements were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The realized gain or loss recognized upon settlement of each Treasury lock agreement was initially recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is recognized as a component of interest expense over the life of the related financing arrangement.
 
Impairment assessments — We perform impairment assessments of our goodwill, intangible assets subject to amortization and long-lived assets. As of September 30, 2010, we had no indefinite-lived intangible assets.
 
We annually evaluate our goodwill balances for impairment during our second fiscal quarter or as impairment indicators arise. We use a present value technique based on discounted cash flows to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. We have determined our reporting units to be each of our natural gas distribution divisions and wholly-owned subsidiaries and goodwill is allocated to the reporting units responsible for the acquisition that gave rise to the goodwill. The discounted cash flow calculations used to assess goodwill impairment are dependent on several subjective factors including the timing of future cash flows, future growth rates and the discount rate. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value.
 
We annually assess whether the cost of our intangible assets subject to amortization or other long-lived assets is recoverable or that the remaining useful lives may warrant revision. We perform this assessment more frequently when specific events or circumstances have occurred that suggest the recoverability of the cost of the intangible and other long-lived assets is at risk.
 
When such events or circumstances are present, we assess the recoverability of these assets by determining whether the carrying value will be recovered through expected future cash flows from the


38


Table of Contents

operating division or subsidiary to which these assets relate. These cash flow projections consider various factors such as the timing of the future cash flows and the discount rate and are based upon the best information available at the time the estimate is made. Changes in these factors could materially affect the cash flow projections and result in the recognition of an impairment charge. An impairment charge is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value if the sum of the undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying value of the related asset.
 
Pension and other postretirement plans  — Pension and other postretirement plan costs and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are affected by numerous assumptions and estimates including the market value of plan assets, estimates of the expected return on plan assets, assumed discount rates and current demographic and actuarial mortality data. Prior to fiscal 2009, we reviewed the estimates and assumptions underlying our pension and other postretirement plan costs and liabilities annually based upon a June 30 measurement date. Effective October 1, 2008, we changed our measurement date to September 30. The assumed discount rate and the expected return are the assumptions that generally have the most significant impact on our pension costs and liabilities. The assumed discount rate, the assumed health care cost trend rate and assumed rates of retirement generally have the most significant impact on our postretirement plan costs and liabilities.
 
The discount rate is utilized principally in calculating the actuarial present value of our pension and postretirement obligations and net periodic pension and postretirement benefit plan costs. When establishing our discount rate, we consider high quality corporate bond rates based on bonds available in the marketplace that are suitable for settling the obligations, changes in those rates from the prior year and the implied discount rate that is derived from matching our projected benefit disbursements with currently available high quality corporate bonds.
 
The expected long-term rate of return on assets is utilized in calculating the expected return on plan assets component of our annual pension and postretirement plan costs. We estimate the expected return on plan assets by evaluating expected bond returns, equity risk premiums, asset allocations, the effects of active plan management, the impact of periodic plan asset rebalancing and historical performance. We also consider the guidance from our investment advisors in making a final determination of our expected rate of return on assets. To the extent the actual rate of return on assets realized over the course of a year is greater than or less than the assumed rate, that year’s annual pension or postretirement plan costs are not affected. Rather, this gain or loss reduces or increases future pension or postretirement plan costs over a period of approximately ten to twelve years.
 
The market-related value of our plan assets represents the fair market value of the plan assets, adjusted to smooth out short-term market fluctuations over a five-year period. The use of this calculation will delay the impact of current market fluctuations on the pension expense for the period.
 
We estimate the assumed health care cost trend rate used in determining our postretirement net expense based upon our actual health care cost experience, the effects of recently enacted legislation and general economic conditions. Our assumed rate of retirement is estimated based upon our annual review of our participant census information as of the measurement date.
 
Actual changes in the fair market value of plan assets and differences between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets could have a material effect on the amount of pension costs ultimately recognized. A 0.25 percent change in our discount rate would impact our pension and postretirement costs by approximately $1.9 million. A 0.25 percent change in our expected rate of return would impact our pension and postretirement costs by approximately $0.9 million.
 
Fair Value Measurements — We report certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). We primarily use quoted market prices and other observable market pricing information in valuing our financial assets and liabilities and minimize the use of unobservable pricing inputs in our measurements.


39


Table of Contents

Prices actively quoted on national exchanges are used to determine the fair value of most of our assets and liabilities recorded on our balance sheet at fair value. Within our nonregulated operations, we utilize a mid-market pricing convention (the mid-point between the bid and ask prices) as a practical expedient for determining fair value measurement, as permitted under current accounting standards. Values derived from these sources reflect the market in which transactions involving these financial instruments are executed. We utilize models and other valuation methods to determine fair value when external sources are not available. Values are adjusted to reflect the potential impact of an orderly liquidation of our positions over a reasonable period of time under then-current market conditions. We believe the market prices and models used to value these assets and liabilities represent the best information available with respect to closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility factors underlying the assets and liabilities.
 
Fair-value estimates also consider our own creditworthiness and the creditworthiness of the counterparties involved. Our counterparties consist primarily of financial institutions and major energy companies. This concentration of counterparties may materially impact our exposure to credit risk resulting from market, economic or regulatory conditions. Adverse developments in the global financial and credit markets in the last few years have made it more difficult and more expensive for companies to access the short-term capital markets, which may negatively impact the creditworthiness of our counterparties. A further tightening of the credit markets could cause more of our counterparties to fail to perform. We seek to minimize counterparty credit risk through an evaluation of their financial condition and credit ratings and the use of collateral requirements under certain circumstances.
 
Amounts reported at fair value are subject to potentially significant volatility based upon changes in market prices, the valuation of the portfolio of our contracts, maturity and settlement of these contracts and newly originated transactions, each of which directly affect the estimated fair value of our financial instruments. We believe the market prices and models used to value these financial instruments represent the best information available with respect to closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility factors underlying the contracts. Values are adjusted to reflect the potential impact of an orderly liquidation of our positions over a reasonable period of time under then current market conditions.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Overview
 
Atmos Energy Corporation is involved in the distribution, marketing and transportation of natural gas. Accordingly, our results of operations are impacted by the demand for natural gas, particularly during the winter heating season, and the volatility of the natural gas markets. This generally results in higher operating revenues and net income during the period from October through March of each fiscal year and lower operating revenues and either lower net income or net losses during the period from April through September of each fiscal year. As a result of the seasonality of the natural gas industry, our second fiscal quarter has historically been our most critical earnings quarter with an average of approximately 61 percent of our consolidated net income having been earned in the second quarter during the three most recently completed fiscal years.
 
Additionally, the seasonality of our business impacts our working capital differently at various times during the year. Typically, our accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term debt balances peak by the end of January and then start to decline, as customers begin to pay their winter heating bills. Gas stored underground, particularly in our natural gas distribution segment, typically peaks in November and declines as we utilize storage gas to serve our customers.
 
During the current year, colder-than-normal weather and recent improvements in rate designs in our natural gas distribution segment partially offset the decline in demand for natural gas, which contributed to a 19 percent year-over-year decrease in consolidated throughput in our regulated transmission and storage segment and a 5 percent year-over-year decrease in consolidated sales volumes in our natural gas marketing segment.


40


Table of Contents

During the year, we continued to successfully access the capital markets and received updated debt ratings from three rating agencies. In December 2009 we renewed a $450 million 364-day committed credit facility for our nonregulated operations. In March 2010, Moody’s upgraded our rating outlook from stable to positive and affirmed the existing credit rating on our senior long-term debt and commercial paper while S&P affirmed our rating outlook as stable and our senior long-term debt credit rating. In June 2010, Fitch upgraded our rating outlook from stable to positive and affirmed the existing credit rating on our senior unsecured debt and commercial paper. In October 2010, we replaced our $200 million 364-day revolving credit agreement prior to its expiration with a $200 million 180-day revolving credit agreement. The new credit facilities should help ensure we have sufficient liquidity to fund our working capital needs, while our credit ratings should help us continue to obtain financing at a reasonable cost in the future.
 
On July 1, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase program with Goldman Sachs & Co. as part of our ongoing efforts to improve shareholder value. The shares that will be repurchased under this program should offset the dilutive impact of stock grants made under our various employee and director incentive compensation plans. The impact of the shares repurchased under the program during fiscal 2010 increased diluted earnings per share by approximately $0.01.
 
Consolidated Results
 
The following table presents our consolidated financial highlights for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30
    2010   2009   2008
    (In thousands, except per share data)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 4,789,690     $ 4,969,080     $ 7,221,305  
Gross profit
    1,364,941       1,346,702       1,321,326  
Operating expenses
    875,505       899,300       893,431  
Operating income
    489,436       447,402       427,895  
Miscellaneous income (expense)
    (339 )     (3,303 )     2,731  
Interest charges
    154,471       152,830       137,922  
Income before income taxes
    334,626       291,269       292,704  
Income tax expense
    128,787       100,291       112,373  
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
Earnings per diluted share
  $ 2.20     $ 2.07     $ 1.99  
 
Historically, our regulated operations arising from our natural gas distribution and regulated transmission and storage operations contributed 65 to 85 percent of our consolidated net income. Regulated operations contributed 81 percent, 83 percent and 74 percent to our consolidated net income for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008. Our consolidated net income during the last three fiscal years was earned across our business segments as follows:
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Natural gas distribution segment
  $ 125,949     $ 116,807     $ 92,648  
Regulated transmission and storage segment
    41,486       41,056       41,425  
Natural gas marketing segment
    27,729       20,194       29,989  
Pipeline, storage and other segment
    10,675       12,921       16,269  
                         
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
                         


41


Table of Contents

The following table segregates our consolidated net income and diluted earnings per share between our regulated and nonregulated operations:
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Regulated operations
  $ 167,435     $ 157,863     $ 134,073  
Nonregulated operations
    38,404       33,115       46,258  
                         
Consolidated net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
                         
Diluted EPS from regulated operations
  $ 1.79     $ 1.71     $ 1.48  
Diluted EPS from nonregulated operations
    0.41       0.36       0.51  
                         
Consolidated diluted EPS
  $ 2.20     $ 2.07     $ 1.99  
                         
 
Net income during fiscal 2010 increased eight percent over fiscal 2009. Net income from our regulated operations increased six percent during fiscal 2010. The increase primarily reflects colder than normal weather in most of our service areas as well as the net favorable impact of various ratemaking activities in our natural gas distribution segment. Net income in our nonregulated operations increased $5.3 million during fiscal 2010 primarily due to the impact of unrealized margins. Non-cash, net unrealized margins totaled $4.3 million which reduced earnings per share by $0.05 per diluted share compared to the prior year, when net unrealized losses totaled $21.6 million, which reduced earnings per share by $0.23 per diluted share.
 
Net income in both periods was impacted by nonrecurring items. The current year period includes the positive impact of a state sales tax refund of $4.6 million, or $0.05 per diluted share. Net income in the prior-year period included the net positive impact of several one-time items totaling $17.1 million, or $0.19 per diluted share related to the following pre-tax amounts:
 
  •  $11.3 million related to a favorable one-time tax benefit.
 
  •  $7.6 million related to the favorable impact of an update to the estimate for unbilled accounts.
 
  •  $7.0 million favorable impact of the reversal of estimated uncollectible gas costs.
 
  •  $5.4 million unfavorable impact of a non-cash impairment charge related to available-for-sale securities in our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan.
 
Net income during fiscal 2009 increased six percent over fiscal 2008, driven largely from an 18 percent increase in net income from regulated operations during fiscal 2009. The increase primarily reflects a $32.3 million increase in gross profit resulting from the net favorable impact of various ratemaking activities in our natural gas distribution segment, partially offset by higher depreciation expense, pipeline maintenance costs and interest expense. Net income in our nonregulated operations decreased $13.1 million primarily due to the impact of unrealized margins. Pre-tax unrealized margins totaled $35.9 million which reduced earnings per share by $0.23 per diluted share. The overall increase in consolidated net income was also favorably affected by non-recurring items totaling $17.1 million, or $0.19 per diluted share, related to the items noted above.
 
See the following discussion regarding the results of operations for each of our business operating segments.
 
Natural Gas Distribution Segment
 
The primary factors that impact the results of our natural gas distribution operations are our ability to earn our authorized rates of return, the cost of natural gas, competitive factors in the energy industry and economic conditions in our service areas.
 
Our ability to earn our authorized rates is based primarily on our ability to improve the rate design in our various ratemaking jurisdictions by reducing or eliminating regulatory lag and, ultimately, separating the recovery of our approved margins from customer usage patterns. Improving rate design is a long-term process


42


Table of Contents

and is further complicated by the fact that we operate in multiple rate jurisdictions. The “Ratemaking Activity” section of this Form 10-K describes our current rate strategy, progress towards implementing that strategy and recent ratemaking initiatives in more detail.
 
We are generally able to pass the cost of gas through to our customers without markup under purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms; therefore the cost of gas typically does not have an impact on our gross profit as increases in the cost of gas are offset by a corresponding increase in revenues. Accordingly, we believe gross profit is a better indicator of our financial performance than revenues. However, gross profit in our Texas and Mississippi service areas include franchise fees and gross receipts taxes, which are calculated as a percentage of revenue (inclusive of gas costs). Therefore, the amount of these taxes included in revenues is influenced by the cost of gas and the level of gas sales volumes. We record the tax expense as a component of taxes, other than income. Although changes in revenue-related taxes arising from changes in gas costs affect gross profit, over time the impact is offset within operating income. Prior to January 1, 2009, timing differences existed between the recognition of revenue for franchise fees collected from our customers and the recognition of expense of franchise taxes. These timing differences had a significant temporary effect on operating income in periods with volatile gas prices, particularly in our Mid-Tex Division. Beginning January 1, 2009, changes in our franchise fee agreements in our Mid-Tex Division became effective which have significantly reduced the impact of this timing difference. However, this timing difference is still present for gross receipts taxes.
 
As discussed above, the cost of gas typically does not have a direct impact on our gross profit. However, higher gas costs may adversely impact our accounts receivable collections, resulting in higher bad debt expense, and may require us to increase borrowings under our credit facilities resulting in higher interest expense. In addition, higher gas costs, as well as competitive factors in the industry and general economic conditions may cause customers to conserve or, in the case of industrial consumers, to use alternative energy sources. However, gas cost risk has been mitigated in recent years through improvements in rate design that allow us to collect from our customers the gas cost portion of our bad debt expense on approximately 65 percent of our residential and commercial margins.


43


Table of Contents

Review of Financial and Operating Results
 
Financial and operational highlights for our natural gas distribution segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented below.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
          (In thousands, unless otherwise noted)        
 
Gross profit
  $ 1,049,447     $ 1,024,628     $ 1,006,066     $ 24,819     $ 18,562  
Operating expenses
    726,993       735,614       744,901       (8,621 )     (9,287 )
                                         
Operating income
    322,454       289,014       261,165       33,440       27,849  
Miscellaneous income
    1,384       5,766       9,689       (4,382 )     (3,923 )
Interest charges
    118,430       124,055       117,933       (5,625 )     6,122  
                                         
Income before income taxes
    205,408       170,725       152,921       34,683       17,804  
Income tax expense
    79,459       53,918       60,273       25,541       (6,355 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 125,949     $ 116,807     $ 92,648     $ 9,142     $ 24,159  
                                         
Consolidated natural gas distribution sales volumes — MMcf
    322,628       282,117       292,676       40,511       (10,559 )
Consolidated natural gas distribution
                                       
transportation volumes — MMcf
    131,547       126,768       136,678       4,779       (9,910 )
                                         
Total consolidated natural gas distribution throughput — MMcf
    454,175       408,885       429,354       45,290       (20,469 )
                                         
Consolidated natural gas distribution average transportation revenue per Mcf
  $ 0.47     $ 0.47     $ 0.44     $     $ 0.03  
Consolidated natural gas distribution average cost of gas per Mcf sold
  $ 5.77     $ 6.95     $ 9.05     $ (1.18 )   $ (2.10 )
 
The following table shows our operating income by natural gas distribution division for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The presentation of our natural gas distribution operating income is included for financial reporting purposes and may not be appropriate for ratemaking purposes.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Mid-Tex
  $ 134,655     $ 127,625     $ 115,009     $ 7,030     $ 12,616  
Kentucky/Mid-States
    57,866       47,978       48,731       9,888       (753 )
Louisiana
    45,759       43,434       39,090       2,325       4,344  
West Texas
    33,509       23,338       13,843       10,171       9,495  
Colorado-Kansas
    25,200       21,321       20,615       3,879       706  
Mississippi
    26,441       21,287       19,970       5,154       1,317  
Other
    (976 )     4,031       3,907       (5,007 )     124  
                                         
Total
  $ 322,454     $ 289,014     $ 261,165     $ 33,440     $ 27,849  
                                         
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
 
The $24.8 million increase in natural gas distribution gross profit primarily reflects rate adjustments and increased throughput as follows:
 
  •  $33.7 million net increase in rate adjustments, primarily in the West Texas, Mid-Tex, Louisiana, Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia and Mississippi service areas.


44


Table of Contents

 
  •  $11.2 million increase as a result of an 11 percent increase in consolidated throughput primarily associated with higher residential and commercial consumption and colder weather in most of our service areas.
 
These increases were partially offset by:
 
  •  $7.6 million decrease due to a non-recurring adjustment recorded in the prior-year period to update the estimate for gas delivered to customers but not yet billed to reflect base rate changes.
 
  •  $7.0 million decrease related to a prior-year reversal of an accrual for estimated unrecoverable gas costs that did not recur in the current year.
 
  •  $1.6 million decrease in revenue-related taxes, primarily due to a decrease in revenues on which the tax is calculated.
 
Operating expenses, which include operation and maintenance expense, provision for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, other than income and asset impairments decreased $8.6 million, primarily due to the following:
 
  •  $5.4 million decrease due to a state sales tax reimbursement received in March 2010.
 
  •  $4.6 million decrease due to the absence of an impairment charge for available-for-sale securities recorded in the prior year.
 
  •  $4.4 million decrease in contract labor expenses.
 
  •  $4.4 million decrease in travel, legal and other administrative costs.
 
These decreases were partially offset by:
 
  •  $7.4 million increase in employee-related expenses.
 
  •  $4.3 million increase in taxes, other than income.
 
Miscellaneous income decreased $4.4 million due to lower interest income. Interest charges decreased $5.6 million primarily due to lower short-term debt balances and interest rates.
 
Additionally, results for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, were favorably impacted by a one-time tax benefit of $10.5 million. During the second quarter of fiscal 2009, the Company completed a study of the calculations used to estimate its deferred tax rate, and concluded that revisions to these calculations to include more specific jurisdictional tax rates would result in a more accurate calculation of the tax rate at which deferred taxes would reverse in the future. Accordingly, the Company modified the tax rate used to calculate deferred taxes from 38 percent to an individual rate for each legal entity. These rates vary from 36-41 percent depending on the jurisdiction of the legal entity.
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
 
The $18.6 million increase in natural gas distribution gross profit primarily reflects an increase in rates. The major components of the increase are as follows:
 
  •  $13.6 million net increase in rates in the Mid-Tex Division as a result of the implementation of its 2008 Rate Review Mechanism (RRM) filing with all incorporated cities in the division other than the City of Dallas and environs (the Settled Cities) and adjustments for customers in the City of Dallas.
 
  •  $16.0 million increase in other rate adjustments primarily in Georgia, Kansas, Louisiana and West Texas.
 
  •  $7.6 million increase attributable to a non-recurring update to our estimate for gas delivered to customers but not yet billed to reflect changes in base rates in several of our jurisdictions recorded in the fiscal first quarter.
 
  •  $7.0 million uncollectible gas cost accrual recorded in a prior year that was reversed in the current year period.


45


Table of Contents

 
These increases were partially offset by:
 
  •  $17.9 million decrease as a result of a five percent decrease in consolidated distribution throughput primarily associated with lower residential, commercial and industrial consumption and warmer weather in our Colorado service area, which does not have weather-normalized rates.
 
  •  $10.8 million decrease due to lower revenue related taxes, partially offset by the associated franchise and state gross receipts tax expense recorded as a component of taxes other than income discussed below.
 
Operating expenses, which include operation and maintenance expense, provision for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, other than income and asset impairments decreased $9.3 million, primarily due to the following:
 
  •  $10.6 million decrease due to lower legal, fuel and other administrative costs.
 
  •  $9.2 million decrease in allowance for doubtful accounts due to the impact of recent rate design changes in certain jurisdictions that allow us to recover the gas cost portion of uncollectible accounts as well as a 23 percent year-over-year decline in the average cost of gas.
 
  •  $9.2 million decrease in taxes other than income primarily associated with lower franchise fees and state gross receipt taxes.
 
These decreases were partially offset by:
 
  •  $15.1 million increase in depreciation and amortization, due primarily to additional assets placed in service during the current year.
 
  •  $4.6 million increase due to a noncash charge to impair certain available-for-sale investments as we believed the fair value of these investments would not recover within a reasonable period of time.
 
As discussed above, the results for fiscal 2009 include a $10.5 million tax benefit in the natural gas distribution segment. In addition, results for fiscal 2008 included a $1.2 million gain on the sale of irrigation assets in our West Texas Division.
 
Interest charges increased $6.1 million primarily due to the effect of the Company’s March 2009 issuance of $450 million 8.50% senior notes to repay $400 million 4.00% senior notes in April 2009. In addition, we experienced higher average short-term debt balances, interest rates and commitment fees during the current year compared to the prior year.
 
Regulated Transmission and Storage Segment
 
Our regulated transmission and storage segment consists of the regulated pipeline and storage operations of the Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division. The Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division transports natural gas to our Mid-Tex Division and third parties and manages five underground storage reservoirs in Texas. We also provide ancillary services customary in the pipeline industry including parking arrangements, lending and sales of excess gas.
 
Similar to our natural gas distribution segment, our regulated transmission and storage segment is impacted by seasonal weather patterns, competitive factors in the energy industry and economic conditions in our service areas. Natural gas prices do not directly impact the results of this segment as revenues are derived from the transportation of natural gas. However, natural gas prices and demand for natural gas could influence the level of drilling activity in the markets that we serve, which may influence the level of throughput we may be able to transport on our pipeline. Further, natural gas price differences between the various hubs that we serve could influence customers to transport gas through our pipeline to capture arbitrage gains.
 
The results of Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division are also significantly impacted by the natural gas requirements of the Mid-Tex Division because it is the sole supplier of natural gas for our Mid-Tex Division.


46


Table of Contents

Finally, as a regulated pipeline, the operations of the Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division may be impacted by the timing of when costs and expenses are incurred and when these costs and expenses are recovered through its tariffs.
 
Review of Financial and Operating Results
 
Financial and operational highlights for our regulated transmission and storage segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008 are presented below.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
    (In thousands, unless otherwise noted)  
 
Mid-Tex Division transportation
  $ 102,891     $ 89,348     $ 86,665     $ 13,543     $ 2,683  
Third-party transportation
    73,648       95,314       85,256       (21,666 )     10,058  
Storage and park and lend services
    10,657       11,858       9,746       (1,201 )     2,112  
Other
    15,817       13,138       14,250       2,679       (1,112 )
                                         
Gross profit
    203,013       209,658       195,917       (6,645 )     13,741  
Operating expenses
    105,975       116,495       106,172       (10,520 )     10,323  
                                         
Operating income
    97,038       93,163       89,745       3,875       3,418  
Miscellaneous income
    135       1,433       1,354       (1,298 )     79  
Interest charges
    31,174       30,982       27,049       192       3,933  
                                         
Income before income taxes
    65,999       63,614       64,050       2,385       (436 )
Income tax expense
    24,513       22,558       22,625       1,955       (67 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 41,486     $ 41,056     $ 41,425     $ 430     $ (369 )
                                         
Gross pipeline transportation volumes — MMcf
    634,885       706,132       782,876       (71,247 )     (76,744 )
                                         
Consolidated pipeline transportation volumes — MMcf
    428,599       528,689       595,542       (100,090 )     (66,853 )
                                         
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
 
The $6.6 million decrease in regulated transmission and storage gross profit was attributable primarily to the following factors:
 
  •  $13.3 million decrease due to lower transportation fees on through-system deliveries due to narrower basis spreads.
 
  •  $2.6 million decrease due to decreased through-system volumes primarily associated with market conditions that resulted in reduced wellhead production, decreased drilling activity and increased competition, partially offset by increased deliveries to our Mid-Tex Division.
 
  •  $1.6 million net decrease in market-based demand fees, priority reservation fees and compression activity associated with lower throughput.
 
These decreases were partially offset by the following:
 
  •  $9.3 million increase associated with our GRIP filings.
 
  •  $2.0 million increase of excess inventory sales in the current-year period.
 
Operating expenses decreased $10.5 million primarily due to:
 
  •  $11.8 million decrease related to reduced contract labor.
 
  •  $2.0 million decrease due to a state sales tax reimbursement received in March 2010.


47


Table of Contents

 
These decreases were partially offset by a $2.1 million increase in taxes, other than income due to higher ad valorem and payroll taxes.
 
Miscellaneous income decreased $1.3 million due primarily to a decline in intercompany interest income.
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
 
The $13.7 million increase in regulated transmission and storage gross profit was attributable primarily to the following factors:
 
  •  $13.0 million increase from higher demand-based fees.
 
  •  $5.6 million increase resulting from higher transportation fees on through-system deliveries due to market conditions.
 
  •  $5.4 million increase due to our GRIP filings.
 
These increases were primarily offset by an $8.4 million decrease associated with a decrease in transportation volumes to our Mid-Tex Division due to warmer weather and a decrease in electrical generation, Barnett Shale and HUB deliveries.
 
Operating expenses increased $10.3 million primarily due to higher levels of pipeline maintenance activities.
 
Results for the current-year period also include a $1.7 million tax benefit associated with updating the rates used to determine our deferred taxes.
 
Natural Gas Marketing Segment
 
AEM’s primary business is to aggregate and purchase gas supply, arrange transportation and storage logistics and ultimately deliver gas to customers at competitive prices. In addition, AEM utilizes proprietary and customer-owned transportation and storage assets to provide various services our customers request, including furnishing natural gas supplies at fixed and market-based prices, contract negotiation and administration, load forecasting, gas storage acquisition and management services, transportation services, peaking sales and balancing services, capacity utilization strategies and gas price hedging through the use of financial instruments. As a result, AEM’s margins arise from the types of commercial transactions we have structured with our customers and our ability to identify the lowest cost alternative among the natural gas supplies, transportation and markets to which it has access to serve those customers.
 
AEM seeks to enhance its gross profit margin from delivering gas by maximizing, through asset optimization activities, the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity we own or control in our natural gas distribution and natural gas marketing segments. We attempt to meet this objective by engaging in natural gas storage transactions in which we seek to find and profit through the arbitrage of pricing differences in various locations and by recognizing pricing differences that occur over time. This process involves purchasing physical natural gas, storing it in the storage and transportation assets to which AEM has access and selling financial instruments at advantageous prices to lock in a gross profit margin.
 
AEM continually manages its net physical position to attempt to increase the future economic profit that was created when the original transaction was executed. Therefore, AEM may subsequently change its originally scheduled storage injection and withdrawal plans from one time period to another based on market conditions and recognize any associated gains or losses at that time. If AEM elects to accelerate the withdrawal of physical gas, it will execute new financial instruments to hedge the original financial instruments. If AEM elects to defer the withdrawal of gas, it will reset its positions by settling the original financial instruments and executing new financial instruments to correspond to the revised withdrawal schedule.
 
We use financial instruments, designated as fair value hedges, to hedge our natural gas inventory used in our natural gas marketing storage activities. These financial instruments are marked to market each month based upon the NYMEX price with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains and losses in the


48


Table of Contents

period of change. The hedged natural gas inventory is marked to market at the end of each month based on the Gas Daily index with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains and losses in the period of change. Changes in the spreads between the forward natural gas prices used to value the financial hedges designated against our physical inventory and the market (spot) prices used to value our physical storage result in unrealized margins until the underlying physical gas is withdrawn and the related financial instruments are settled. Once the gas is withdrawn and the financial instruments are settled, the previously unrealized margins associated with these net positions are realized.
 
AEM also uses financial instruments to capture additional storage arbitrage opportunities that may arise after the original physical inventory hedge and to attempt to insulate and protect the economic value within its asset optimization activities. Changes in fair value associated with these financial instruments are recognized as a component of unrealized margins until they are settled.
 
Due to the nature of these operations, natural gas prices, and differences in natural gas prices between the various markets that we serve (commonly referred to as basis differentials), have a significant impact on our natural gas marketing operations. Within our delivered gas activities, basis differentials impact our ability to create value from identifying the lowest cost alternative among the natural gas supplies, transportation and markets to which we have access. Further, higher natural gas prices may adversely impact our accounts receivable collections, resulting in higher bad debt expense, and may require us to increase borrowings under our credit facilities resulting in higher interest expense. Higher gas prices, as well as competitive factors in the industry and general economic conditions may also cause customers to conserve or use alternative energy sources. Within our asset optimization activities, higher gas prices could also lead to increased borrowings under our credit facilities resulting in higher interest expense.
 
Volatility in natural gas prices also has a significant impact on our natural gas marketing segment. Increased price volatility often has a significant impact on the spreads between the market (spot) prices and forward natural gas prices, which creates opportunities to earn higher arbitrage spreads within our asset optimization activities. Volatility could also impact the basis differentials we capture in our delivered gas activities. However, increased volatility impacts the amounts of unrealized margins recorded in our gross profit and could impact the amount of cash required to collateralize our risk management liabilities.
 
Review of Financial and Operating Results
 
Financial and operational highlights for our natural gas marketing segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented below. Gross profit margin consists primarily of margins earned from the delivery of gas and related services requested by our customers and margins earned from asset optimization activities, which are derived from the utilization of our proprietary and managed third party storage and transportation assets to capture favorable arbitrage spreads through natural gas trading activities.
 
Unrealized margins represent the unrealized gains or losses on our net physical position and the related financial instruments used to manage commodity price risk as described above. These margins fluctuate based upon changes in the spreads between the physical and forward natural gas prices. Generally, if the physical/financial spread narrows, we will record unrealized gains or lower unrealized losses. If the physical/financial spread widens, we will record unrealized losses or lower unrealized gains. The magnitude of the unrealized gains and losses is also dependent upon the levels of our net physical position at the end of the reporting period.
 


49


Table of Contents

                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
          (In thousands, unless otherwise noted)        
 
Realized margins
                                       
Delivered gas
  $ 59,523     $ 75,341     $ 73,627     $ (15,818 )   $ 1,714  
Asset optimization
    37,214       37,670       (6,135 )     (456 )     43,805  
                                         
      96,737       113,011       67,492       (16,274 )     45,519  
Unrealized margins
    (10,786 )     (28,399 )     25,529       17,613       (53,928 )
                                         
Gross profit
    85,951       84,612       93,021       1,339       (8,409 )
Operating expenses
    31,699       38,208       36,629       (6,509 )     1,579  
                                         
Operating income
    54,252       46,404       56,392       7,848       (9,988 )
Miscellaneous income
    2,280       537       2,022       1,743       (1,485 )
Interest charges
    9,280       12,911       9,036       (3,631 )     3,875  
                                         
Income before income taxes
    47,252       34,030       49,378       13,222       (15,348 )
Income tax expense
    19,523       13,836       19,389       5,687       (5,553 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 27,729     $ 20,194     $ 29,989     $ 7,535     $ (9,795 )
                                         
Gross natural gas marketing sales volumes — MMcf
    420,203       441,081       457,952       (20,878 )     (16,871 )
                                         
Consolidated natural gas marketing sales volumes — MMcf
    353,853       370,569       389,392       (16,716 )     (18,823 )
                                         
Net physical position (Bcf)
    13.7       13.8       8.0       (0.1 )     5.8  
                                         
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
 
AEM’s delivered gas business contributed 62 percent of total realized margins during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 with asset optimization activities contributing the remaining 38 percent. The $16.3 million decrease in realized gross profit reflected the following:
 
  •  $15.8 million decrease in realized delivered gas margins due to lower per-unit margins as a result of narrowing basis spreads, combined with lower delivered sales volumes. Per-unit margins were $0.14/Mcf in the current-year period compared with $0.17/Mcf in the prior-year period, while delivered sales volumes were 5 percent lower in the current year when compared with the prior year.
 
  •  $0.5 million decrease in asset optimization margins primarily due to higher storage demand fees partially offset by higher realized storage and trading gains during the fiscal year.
 
The decrease in realized gross profit was more than offset by a $17.6 million increase in unrealized margins due to the period-over-period timing of storage withdrawal gains and the associated reversal of unrealized gains into realized gains.
 
Operating expenses, which include operation and maintenance expense, provision for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, other than income taxes and asset impairments decreased $6.5 million primarily due to a decrease in employee and other administrative costs.
 
Miscellaneous income increased $1.7 million due to proceeds received from a class-action legal settlement in the current year. Interest charges decreased $3.6 million primarily due to a decrease in intercompany borrowings.
 
Asset Optimization Activities
 
AEM monitors the impact of its asset optimization efforts by estimating the gross profit, before related fees, that it captured through the purchase and sale of physical natural gas and the execution of the associated

50


Table of Contents

financial instruments. This economic value, combined with the effect of the future reversal of unrealized gains or losses currently recognized in the income statement and related fees is referred to as the potential gross profit.
 
We define potential gross profit as the change in AEM’s gross profit in future periods if its optimization efforts are executed as planned. This amount does not include other operating expenses and associated income taxes that will be incurred to realize this amount. Therefore, it does not represent an estimated increase in future net income. There is no assurance that the economic value or the potential gross profit will be fully realized in the future.
 
We consider this measure a non-GAAP financial measure as it is calculated using both forward-looking storage injection/withdrawal and hedge settlement estimates and historical financial information. This measure is presented because we believe it provides a more comprehensive view to investors of our asset optimization efforts and thus a better understanding of these activities than would be presented by GAAP measures alone. Because there is no assurance that the economic value or potential gross profit will be realized in the future, corresponding future GAAP amounts are not available.
 
The following table presents AEM’s economic value and its potential gross profit (loss) at September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In millions, unless otherwise noted)  
 
Economic value
  $ (7.8 )   $ 28.6  
Associated unrealized losses
    12.6       11.0  
                 
Subtotal
    4.8       39.6  
Related fees (1)
    (9.6 )     (14.7 )
                 
Potential gross profit (loss)
  $ (4.8 )   $ 24.9  
                 
Net physical position (Bcf)
    13.7       13.8  
                 
 
 
(1) Related fees represent AEM’s contractual costs to acquire the storage capacity utilized in its asset optimization operations. The fees primarily consist of demand fees and contractual obligations to sell gas below market index in exchange for the right to manage and optimize third party storage assets for the positions AEM has entered into as of September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, AEM’s economic value decreased from $28.6 million, or $2.07/Mcf at September 30, 2009 to a negative economic value of $7.8 million, or $0.57/Mcf.
 
Early in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, AEM withdrew gas and realized previously captured spread values. As current cash prices declined during the first fiscal quarter, AEM injected gas and rolled positions into the second fiscal quarter to increase economic value. These positions were settled in the second fiscal quarter and the associated economic value was realized. However, during the year, weak market fundamentals have caused cash prices to remain low and have contracted spot-to-forward spread values, which has limited opportunities to capture economic value. Therefore, during the fiscal third and fourth quarters, AEM elected to forego capturing these narrower spread values and maintained a short-term trading position. We anticipate spot-to-forward spread values will expand in the near term and we expect to be able to roll positions and capture greater economic value than what we can capture as of September 30, 2010. However, the short-dated nature of AEM’s trading positions combined with current short-term forward prices that are lower than the cost of gas that was injected into storage in prior periods resulted in negative economic value as of September 30, 2010.
 
The economic value is based upon planned storage injection and withdrawal schedules and its realization is contingent upon the execution of this plan, weather and other execution factors. Since AEM actively manages and optimizes its portfolio to attempt to enhance the future profitability of its storage position, it may


51


Table of Contents

change its scheduled storage injection and withdrawal plans from one time period to another based on market conditions. Therefore, we cannot ensure that the economic value or the potential gross profit or loss calculated as of September 30, 2010 will be fully realized in the future nor can we predict in what time periods such realization may occur. Further, if we experience operational or other issues which limit our ability to optimally manage our stored gas positions, our earnings could be adversely impacted.
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
 
AEM’s delivered gas business contributed 67 percent to total realized margins during fiscal 2009 with asset optimization activities contributing the remaining 33 percent. In the prior year, delivered gas activities represented substantially all of AEM’s realized gross profit margin. The $45.5 million increase in realized gross profit reflected:
 
  •  A $43.8 million increase in asset optimization margins. AEM realized substantially all of its realized asset optimization margin in the fiscal 2009 first quarter when it realized substantially all of the economic value that it had captured as of September 30, 2008 from withdrawing gas and settling the associated financial instruments. Since that time, as a result of falling current cash prices, AEM has been deferring storage withdrawals and has been a net injector of gas into storage to increase the economic value it could realize in future periods from its asset optimization activities. In the prior year, AEM deferred storage withdrawals primarily into fiscal 2009 and recognized losses on the settlement of the associated financial instruments.
 
  •  A $1.7 million increase in realized delivered gas margins. AEM experienced a six percent increase in per-unit margins as a result of improved basis spreads in certain market areas where we were able to better optimize transportation assets and successful contract renewals. These margins improvements more than offset a four percent decrease in gross sales volumes primarily attributable to lower industrial demand as a result of the current economic climate.
 
The increase in realized gross profit was more than offset by a $53.9 million decrease in unrealized margins attributable to the following:
 
  •  The realization of unrealized gains recorded during fiscal 2008.
 
  •  A modest widening of the physical/financial spreads, partially offset by favorable unrealized basis gains in certain markets.
 
  •  A 5.8 Bcf increase in AEM’s net physical position.
 
Operating expenses, which include operation and maintenance expense, provision for doubtful accounts, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, other than income taxes, and asset impairments increased $1.6 million primarily due the following factors:
 
  •  $4.0 million increase in legal and other administrative costs.
 
  •  $2.4 million decrease related to tax matters incurred in the prior year that did not recur in the current year.
 
Pipeline, Storage and Other Segment
 
Our pipeline, storage and other segment consists primarily of the operations of Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC (APS). APS is engaged in nonregulated transmission, storage and natural gas-gathering services. Its primary asset is a proprietary 21 mile pipeline located in New Orleans, Louisiana that is principally used to aggregate gas supply for our regulated natural gas distribution division in Louisiana, our natural gas marketing segment, and, on a more limited basis, for third parties. APS also owns or has an interest in underground storage fields in Kentucky and Louisiana that are used to reduce the need of our natural gas distribution divisions to contract for additional pipeline capacity to meet customer demand during peak periods.
 
In addition, APS engages in asset optimization activities whereby it seeks to maximize the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity it owns or controls. Certain of these arrangements


52


Table of Contents

are with regulated affiliates of the Company which have been approved by applicable state regulatory commissions. Generally, these asset management plans require APS to share with our regulated customers a portion of the profits earned from these arrangements. APS also seeks to maximize the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity it owns or controls by engaging in natural gas storage transactions in which it seeks to find and profit from the pricing differences that occur over time.
 
Results for this segment are primarily impacted by seasonal weather patterns and, similar to our natural gas marketing segment, volatility in the natural gas markets. Additionally, this segment’s results include an unrealized component as APS hedges its risk associated with its asset optimization activities.
 
Review of Financial and Operating Results
 
Financial and operational highlights for our pipeline, storage and other segment for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented below.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Storage and transportation services
  $ 13,206     $ 12,784     $ 14,247     $ 422     $ (1,463 )
Asset optimization
    10,286       21,474       5,178       (11,188 )     16,296  
Other
    1,652       2,728       4,183       (1,076 )     (1,455 )
Unrealized margins
    2,996       (7,490 )     4,705       10,486       (12,195 )
                                         
Gross profit
    28,140       29,496       28,313       (1,356 )     1,183  
Operating expenses
    12,448       11,019       8,064       1,429       2,955  
                                         
Operating income
    15,692       18,477       20,249       (2,785 )     (1,772 )
Miscellaneous income
    3,083       6,253       8,428       (3,170 )     (2,175 )
Interest charges
    2,808       1,830       2,322       978       (492 )
                                         
Income before income taxes
    15,967       22,900       26,355       (6,933 )     (3,455 )
Income tax expense
    5,292       9,979       10,086       (4,687 )     (107 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 10,675     $ 12,921     $ 16,269     $ (2,246 )   $ (3,348 )
                                         
 
Fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
 
Gross profit from our pipeline, storage and other segment decreased $1.4 million primarily due to the following:
 
  •  $4.9 million decrease from lower margins earned on storage optimization activities.
 
  •  $3.9 million decrease in basis gains earned from utilizing leased capacity.
 
  •  $2.4 million decrease from lower margins earned on asset management plans.
 
  •  $10.5 million increase in unrealized margins associated with our asset optimization activities.
 
Operating expenses increased $1.4 million primarily due to increased operating costs associated with APS’ gas gathering activities and administrative costs.
 
Miscellaneous income decreased $3.2 million primarily due to lower intercompany interest income earned by this segment.


53


Table of Contents

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
 
Gross profit from our pipeline, storage and other segment increased $1.2 million primarily due to the following:
 
  •  $16.3 million increase in asset optimization margins as a result of larger realized gains from the settlement of financial positions associated with storage and trading activities, basis gains earned from utilizing controlled pipeline capacity and higher margins earned under asset management plans.
 
  •  $12.2 million decrease in unrealized margins associated with our asset optimization activities due to a widening of the spreads between current cash prices and forward natural gas prices.
 
Operating expenses increased $3.0 million primarily due to increased employee costs and higher depreciation expense which was largely attributable to additional assets placed in service during the year.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
The liquidity required to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and other cash needs is provided from a variety of sources, including internally generated funds and borrowings under our commercial paper program and bank credit facilities. Additionally, we have various uncommitted trade credit lines with our gas suppliers that we utilize to purchase natural gas on a monthly basis. Finally, from time to time, we raise funds from the public debt and equity capital markets to fund our liquidity needs.
 
We regularly evaluate our funding strategy and profile to ensure that we have sufficient liquidity for our short-term and long-term needs in a cost-effective manner. We also evaluate the levels of committed borrowing capacity that we require. In fiscal 2011, we anticipate consolidating our short-term facilities used for our regulated operations into a single line of credit. In October 2010, we replaced our $200 million 364-day revolving credit agreement with a $200 million 180-day revolving credit agreement. Additionally, we intend to replace AEM’s $450 million 364-day facility with a $200 million, three-year facility when it expires in December 2010.
 
Our $350 million unsecured 7.375% Senior Notes will mature in May 2011. We intend to refinance this debt on a long-term basis through the issuance of 30-year unsecured senior notes in June 2011. Additionally, we plan to issue $250 million of 30-year unsecured senior notes in November 2011 to fund our capital expenditure program. On September 30, 2010, we entered into five Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost of financing the anticipated issuances of senior notes. We designated all of the Treasury lock agreements as cash flow hedges of an anticipated transaction. Any realized gain or loss incurred when these agreements are settled will be recognized as a component of interest expense over the life of the related long-term debt.
 
We believe the liquidity provided by our senior notes and committed credit facilities, combined with our operating cash flows, will be sufficient to fund our working capital needs and capital expenditure program for fiscal year 2011.
 
Cash Flows
 
Our internally generated funds may change in the future due to a number of factors, some of which we cannot control. These include regulatory changes, the price for our services, the demand for such products and services, margin requirements resulting from significant changes in commodity prices, operational risks and other factors.


54


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented below.
 
                                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008     2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Total cash provided by (used in)
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 726,476     $ 919,233     $ 370,933     $ (192,757 )   $ 548,300  
Investing activities
    (542,702 )     (517,201 )     (483,009 )     (25,501 )     (34,192 )
Financing activities
    (163,025 )     (337,546 )     98,068       174,521       (435,614 )
                                         
Change in cash and cash equivalents
    20,749       64,486       (14,008 )     (43,737 )     78,494  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    111,203       46,717       60,725       64,486       (14,008 )
                                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 131,952     $ 111,203     $ 46,717     $ 20,749     $ 64,486  
                                         
 
Cash flows from operating activities
 
Year-over-year changes in our operating cash flows primarily are attributable to changes in net income, working capital changes, particularly within our natural gas distribution segment resulting from the price of natural gas and the timing of customer collections, payments for natural gas purchases and purchased gas cost recoveries. The significant factors impacting our operating cash flow for the last three fiscal years are summarized below.
 
Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2010 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2009
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we generated operating cash flow of $726.5 million from operating activities compared with $919.2 million in the prior year, primarily due to the fluctuation in gas costs. Gas costs, which reached historically high levels during the 2008 injection season, declined sharply when the economy slipped into the recession and have remained relatively stable since that time. Operating cash flows for the fiscal 2010 period reflect the recovery of lower gas costs through purchased gas recovery mechanisms and sales. This is in contrast to the fiscal 2009 period, where operating cash flows were favorably influenced by the recovery of high gas costs during a period of falling prices.
 
Fiscal Year ended September 30, 2009 compared with fiscal year ended September 30, 2008
 
Operating cash flows were $548.3 million higher in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008, primarily due to the following:
 
  •  $368.9 million increase attributable to the favorable impact on our working capital due to the decline in natural gas prices in the current year compared to the prior year.
 
  •  $56.8 million increase due to lower cash margin requirements related to our natural gas marketing financial instruments.
 
  •  These increases were partially offset by a $21.0 million decrease due to a contribution made to our pension plans in the current year.
 
Cash flows from investing activities
 
In recent fiscal years, a substantial portion of our cash resources has been used to fund acquisitions and growth projects, our ongoing construction program and improvements to information technology systems. Our ongoing construction program enables us to provide natural gas distribution services to our existing customer base, expand our natural gas distribution services into new markets, enhance the integrity of our pipelines and, more recently, expand our intrastate pipeline network. In executing our current rate strategy, we are focusing our capital spending in jurisdictions that permit us to earn an adequate return timely on our investment without


55


Table of Contents

compromising the safety or reliability of our system. Currently, our Mid-Tex, Louisiana, Mississippi and West Texas natural gas distribution divisions and our Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division have rate designs that provide the opportunity to include in their rate base approved capital costs on a periodic basis without being required to file a rate case.
 
Since early 2010, we have been discussing the financial and operational details of an accelerated steel service line replacement program with representatives of 440 municipalities served by our Mid-Tex Division. Two coalitions of cities, representing the majority of the cities our Mid-Tex Division serves, have agreed to a program of installing 100,000 replacements during the next two years, with approved recovery of the associated return, depreciation and taxes. Under the terms of the agreement, the accelerated replacement program will commence in fiscal 2011 at a total projected capital cost of $80 — $120 million, with completion expected in September 2012. As a result of this project and spending to replace our regulated customer service systems and our nonregulated energy trading risk management system, we anticipate capital expenditures will increase significantly during the next two fiscal years.
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we incurred $542.6 million for capital expenditures compared with $509.5 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 and $472.3 million for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008.
 
The $33.1 million increase in capital expenditures in fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009 primarily reflects spending for the relocation of our information technology data center to a new facility, the construction of two service centers and the steel service line replacement program in our Mid-Tex Division.
 
The increase in capital expenditures in fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008 primarily reflects $32.6 million related to spending for a regulated transmission pipeline project completed in the fourth quarter of 2009.
 
Cash flows from financing activities
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, our financing activities used $163.0 million in cash, while financing activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009 used $337.5 million in cash compared with cash of $98.1 million provided for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008. Our significant financing activities for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are summarized as follows:
 
2010
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, we:
 
  •  Paid $124.3 million in cash dividends which reflected a payout ratio of 61 percent of net income.
 
  •  Paid $100.5 million for the repurchase of common stock under our accelerated share repurchase program.
 
  •  Borrowed a net $54.3 million under our short-term facilities due to the impact of seasonal natural gas purchases.
 
  •  Received $8.8 million net proceeds related to the issuance of 0.4 million shares of common stock, which is a 68 percent decrease compared to the prior year due primarily to the fact that in fiscal 2010 shares have begun to be purchased on the open market rather than being issued by us to the Direct Stock Purchase Plan and the Retirement Savings Plan.
 
  •  Paid $1.2 million to repurchase equity awards.
 
2009
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, we:
 
  •  Paid $407.4 million to repay our $400 million 4.00% unsecured notes.
 
  •  Repaid a net $284.0 million short-term borrowings under our credit facilities.


56


Table of Contents

 
  •  Paid $121.5 million in cash dividends which reflected a payout ratio of 64 percent of net income.
 
  •  Received $445.6 million in net proceeds related to the March 2009 issuance of $450 million of 8.50% Senior Notes due 2019. The net proceeds were used to repay the $400 million 4.00% unsecured notes.
 
  •  Received $27.7 million net proceeds related to the issuance of 1.2 million shares of common stock.
 
  •  Received $1.9 million net proceeds related to the settlement of the Treasury lock agreement associated with the March 2009 issuance of the $450 million of 8.50% Senior Notes due 2019.
 
2008
 
During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008, we:
 
  •  Borrowed a net $200.2 million under our short-term facilities due to the impact of seasonal natural gas purchases and the effect of higher natural gas prices.
 
  •  Repaid $10.3 million long-term debt in accordance with their normal maturity schedules.
 
  •  Received $25.5 million in net proceeds related to the issuance of 1.0 million shares of common stock.
 
  •  Paid $117.3 million in dividends, which reflected a payout ratio of 65 percent of net income.
 
The following table shows the number of shares issued for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                         
    For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
 
Shares issued:
                       
Direct stock purchase plan
    103,529       407,262       388,485  
Retirement savings plan
    79,722       640,639       558,014  
1998 Long-term incentive plan
    421,706       686,046       538,450  
Outside directors stock-for-fee plan
    3,382       3,079       3,197  
                         
Total shares issued
    608,339       1,737,026       1,488,146  
                         
 
The year-over-year decrease in the number of shares issued primarily reflects the fact that in fiscal 2010, shares have begun to be purchased in the open market rather than by being issued by us to the Direct Stock Purchase Plan and the Retirement Savings Plan. In addition, we awarded fewer shares under our 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan due to the Company achieving a lower level of performance relative to the target performance established under the Plan during fiscal 2009 compared to fiscal 2008. Further, a higher average stock price during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2010 compared to the second and third quarters of 2009 enabled us to issue fewer shares during the current year.
 
During the fiscal year, we repurchased 2,958,580 common shares as part of the accelerated share repurchase agreement that is described in further detail below. Additionally, we repurchased 37,365 shares attributable to equity awards during the year. The repurchased share activity is not included in the table above.
 
Share Repurchase Agreement
 
On, July 1, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. under which we repurchased $100 million of our outstanding common stock in order to offset stock grants made under our various employee and director incentive compensation plans.
 
We paid $100 million to Goldman Sachs & Co. on July 7, 2010 for shares of Atmos Energy common stock in a share forward transaction and received 2,958,580 shares. We will receive the balance of the shares at the conclusion of the term of the repurchase agreement. The specific number of shares we will ultimately repurchase in the transaction will be based generally on the average of the daily volume-weighted average share price of our common stock over the duration of the agreement. The agreement is scheduled to end in


57


Table of Contents

March 2011, although the termination date may be accelerated at the option of Goldman Sachs & Co. As a result of this transaction, beginning in our fourth fiscal quarter, the number of outstanding shares used to calculate our earnings per share was reduced by the number of shares received and the $100 million purchase price was recorded as a reduction in shareholders’ equity. The number of shares used to calculate our earnings per share in fiscal 2011 will continue to be reduced by the shares we received in July 2010; however, the total impact to diluted earnings per share for fiscal 2011 will be dependent upon the average share price of our common stock over the remainder of the agreement.
 
Credit Facilities
 
Our short-term borrowing requirements are affected by the seasonal nature of the natural gas business. Changes in the price of natural gas and the amount of natural gas we need to supply to meet our customers’ needs could significantly affect our borrowing requirements. However, our short-term borrowings typically reach their highest levels in the winter months.
 
As of September 30, 2010, we financed our short-term borrowing requirements through a combination of a $566.7 million commercial paper program and four committed credit facilities with third-party lenders that provide approximately $1.2 billion of working capital funding. As of September 30, 2010, the amount available to us under our credit facilities, net of outstanding letters of credit was $834.8 million. These facilities are described in further detail in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
In October 2010, our $200 million 364-day facility expired and our five-year $566.7 million facility will expire in December 2011. We replaced the $200 million 364-day facility before its expiration with a $200 million 180-day credit facility that will expire in April 2011. We do not plan to replace this facility upon expiration. We expect to begin discussions in fiscal 2011 to replace the expiring five-year $566.7 million facility with a larger multi-year credit facility. We believe our existing five-year facility will provide adequate short-term borrowing capacity until we can successfully execute a new multi-year credit facility.
 
Additionally, on December 9, 2010, AEM’s existing $450 million committed revolving credit facility will expire. In October 2010, we received regulatory approval to increase AEH’s intercompany demand credit facility with AEC from $200 million to $350 million, effective December 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011. As a result of this increase, we are in discussions with our third-party lenders to replace AEM’s $450 million committed revolving credit facility with a $200 million three-year committed revolving credit facility with an accordion feature that could increase AEM’s borrowing capacity to $500 million. As a result of consolidating and reducing the amounts available under our facilities, we expect to reduce our short-term financing costs.
 
Shelf Registration
 
On March 31, 2010, we filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to issue, from time to time, up to $1.3 billion in common stock and/or debt securities available for issuance. We had already received approvals from all requisite state regulatory commissions to issue a total of $1.3 billion in common stock and/or debt securities under the new shelf registration statement, including the carryforward of the $450 million of securities remaining available for issuance under our shelf registration statement filed with the SEC on March 23, 2009. Due to certain restrictions imposed by one state regulatory commission on our ability to issue securities under the new registration statement, we will be able to issue a total of $950 million in debt securities and $350 million in equity securities.
 
Credit Ratings
 
Our credit ratings directly affect our ability to obtain short-term and long-term financing, in addition to the cost of such financing. In determining our credit ratings, the rating agencies consider a number of quantitative factors, including debt to total capitalization, operating cash flow relative to outstanding debt, operating cash flow coverage of interest and pension liabilities and funding status. In addition, the rating agencies consider qualitative factors such as consistency of our earnings over time, the quality of our management and business strategy, the risks associated with our regulated and nonregulated businesses and the regulatory structures that govern our rates in the states where we operate.


58


Table of Contents

Our debt is rated by three rating agencies: Standard & Poor’s Corporation (S&P), Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s) and Fitch Ratings, Ltd. (Fitch). In March 2010, Moody’s upgraded our rating outlook from stable to positive and affirmed the credit rating on our senior long-term debt at Baa2 and on our commercial paper at P-2. Moody’s stated that the key driver for the upgrade was successful rate case outcomes over the past year. In March 2010, S&P affirmed our senior long-term debt credit rating of BBB+ and our rating outlook as stable. In June 2010, Fitch reaffirmed our senior long-term debt rating of BBB+ and commercial paper ratings of F-2 and upgraded our rating outlook from stable to positive. Fitch cited our effective management of the regulatory process as well as our consistent financial and operational performance as the primary reasons for the upgrade. Our current debt ratings are all considered investment grade and are as follows:
 
                         
    S&P     Moody’s     Fitch  
 
Unsecured senior long-term debt
    BBB+       Baa2       BBB+  
Commercial paper
    A-2       P-2       F-2  
 
A significant degradation in our operating performance or a significant reduction in our liquidity caused by more limited access to the private and public credit markets as a result of deteriorating global or national financial and credit conditions could trigger a negative change in our ratings outlook or even a reduction in our credit ratings by the three credit rating agencies. This would mean more limited access to the private and public credit markets and an increase in the costs of such borrowings.
 
A credit rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities. The highest investment grade credit rating for is AAA for S&P, Aaa for Moody’s and AAA for Fitch. The lowest investment grade credit rating is BBB- for S&P, Baa3 for Moody’s and BBB- for Fitch. Our credit ratings may be revised or withdrawn at any time by the rating agencies, and each rating should be evaluated independently of any other rating. There can be no assurance that a rating will remain in effect for any given period of time or that a rating will not be lowered, or withdrawn entirely, by a rating agency if, in its judgment, circumstances so warrant.
 
Debt Covenants
 
We were in compliance with all of our debt covenants as of September 30, 2010. Our debt covenants are described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Capitalization
 
The following table presents our capitalization as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands, except percentages)  
 
Short-term debt
  $ 126,100       2.8 %   $ 72,550       1.6 %
Long-term debt
    2,169,682       48.5 %     2,169,531       49.1 %
Shareholders’ equity
    2,178,348       48.7 %     2,176,761       49.3 %
                                 
Total capitalization, including short-term debt
  $ 4,474,130       100.0 %   $ 4,418,842       100.0 %
                                 
 
Total debt as a percentage of total capitalization, including short-term debt, was 51.3 percent and 50.7 percent at September 30, 2010 and 2009. The increase in the debt to capitalization ratio primarily reflects an increase in short-term debt as of September 30, 2010 compared to the prior year. Our ratio of total debt to capitalization is typically greater during the winter heating season as we make additional short-term borrowings to fund natural gas purchases and meet our working capital requirements. We intend to maintain our debt to capitalization ratio in a target range of 50 to 55 percent.


59


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
The following table provides information about contractual obligations and commercial commitments at September 30, 2010.
 
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
          Less Than
                More Than
 
    Total     1 Year     1-3 Years     3-5 Years     5 Years  
    (In thousands)  
 
Contractual Obligations
                                       
Long-term debt (1)
  $ 2,172,696     $ 360,131     $ 252,565     $ 500,000     $ 1,060,000  
Short-term debt (1)
    126,100       126,100                    
Interest charges (2)
    1,040,151       130,826       219,726       179,347       510,252  
Gas purchase commitments (3)
    346,186       264,525       79,758       1,903        
Capital lease obligations (4)
    1,380       186       372       372       450  
Operating leases (4)
    217,184       18,240       33,407       31,207       134,330  
Demand fees for contracted storage (5)
    26,305       13,332       10,243       2,730        
Demand fees for contracted transportation (6)
    32,422       8,678       15,744       7,759       241  
Financial instrument obligations (7)
    58,597       49,673       8,924              
Postretirement benefit plan contributions (8)
    154,511       13,006       24,584       29,882       87,039  
Uncertain tax positions (including interest) (9)
    6,731             6,731              
                                         
Total contractual obligations
  $ 4,182,263     $ 984,697     $ 652,054     $ 753,200     $ 1,792,312  
                                         
 
 
(1) See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2) Interest charges were calculated using the stated rate for each debt issuance.
 
(3) Gas purchase commitments were determined based upon contractually determined volumes at prices estimated based upon the index specified in the contract, adjusted for estimated basis differentials and contractual discounts as of September 30, 2010.
 
(4) See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(5) Represents third party contractual demand fees for contracted storage in our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments. Contractual demand fees for contracted storage for our natural gas distribution segment are excluded as these costs are fully recoverable through our purchase gas adjustment mechanisms.
 
(6) Represents third party contractual demand fees for transportation in our natural gas marketing segment.
 
(7) Represents liabilities for natural gas commodity financial instruments that were valued as of September 30, 2010. The ultimate settlement amounts of these remaining liabilities are unknown because they are subject to continuing market risk until the financial instruments are settled.
 
(8) Represents expected contributions to our postretirement benefit plans.
 
(9) Represents liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions claimed or expected to be claimed on tax returns.
 
AEM has commitments to purchase physical quantities of natural gas under contracts indexed to the forward NYMEX strip or fixed price contracts. At September 30, 2010, AEM was committed to purchase 69.5 Bcf within one year, 28.4 Bcf within one to three years and 3.2 Bcf after three years under indexed contracts. AEM is committed to purchase 3.1 Bcf within one year and 0.3 Bcf within one to three years under fixed price contracts with prices ranging from $3.55 to $6.36 per Mcf.
 
With the exception of our Mid-Tex Division, our natural gas distribution segment maintains supply contracts with several vendors that generally cover a period of up to one year. Commitments for estimated


60


Table of Contents

base gas volumes are established under these contracts on a monthly basis at contractually negotiated prices. Commitments for incremental daily purchases are made as necessary during the month in accordance with the terms of the individual contract. Our Mid-Tex Division maintains long-term supply contracts to ensure a reliable source of gas for our customers in its service area which obligate it to purchase specified volumes at market prices. The estimated commitments under these contract terms as of September 30, 2010 are reflected in the table above.
 
Risk Management Activities
 
We use financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk and, periodically, to manage interest rate risk. We conduct risk management activities through our natural gas distribution, natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments. In our natural gas distribution segment, we use a combination of physical storage, fixed physical contracts and fixed financial contracts to reduce our exposure to unusually large winter-period gas price increases. In our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments, we manage our exposure to the risk of natural gas price changes and lock in our gross profit margin through a combination of storage and financial instruments, including futures, over-the-counter and exchange-traded options and swap contracts with counterparties. To the extent our inventory cost and actual sales and actual purchases do not correlate with the changes in the market indices we use in our hedges, we could experience ineffectiveness or the hedges may no longer meet the accounting requirements for hedge accounting, resulting in the financial instruments being treated as mark to market instruments through earnings.
 
We use financial instruments, designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated purchases and sales at index prices, to mitigate the commodity price risk in our natural gas marketing segment associated with deliveries under fixed-priced forward contracts to deliver gas to customers, and we use financial instruments, designated as fair value hedges, to hedge our natural gas inventory used in our asset optimization activities in our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments.
 
Also, in our natural gas marketing segment, we use storage swaps and futures to capture additional storage arbitrage opportunities that arise subsequent to the execution of the original fair value hedge associated with our physical natural gas inventory, basis swaps to insulate and protect the economic value of our fixed price and storage books and various over-the-counter and exchange-traded options. These financial instruments have not been designated as hedges.
 
We record our financial instruments as a component of risk management assets and liabilities, which are classified as current or noncurrent based upon the anticipated settlement date of the underlying financial instrument. Substantially all of our financial instruments are valued using external market quotes and indices.
 
The following table shows the components of the change in fair value of our natural gas distribution segment’s financial instruments for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
         
Fair value of contracts at September 30, 2009
  $ (14,166 )
Contracts realized/settled
    (34,575 )
Fair value of new contracts
    (6,764 )
Other changes in value
    5,905  
         
Fair value of contracts at September 30, 2010
  $ (49,600 )
         


61


Table of Contents

The fair value of our natural gas distribution segment’s financial instruments at September 30, 2010, is presented below by time period and fair value source:
 
                                         
    Fair Value of Contracts at September 30, 2010  
    Maturity in Years        
    Less
                Greater
    Total Fair
 
Source of Fair Value
  Than 1     1-3     4-5     Than 5     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Prices actively quoted
  $ (46,723 )   $ (2,877 )   $     $     $ (49,600 )
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
                             
                                         
Total Fair Value
  $ (46,723 )   $ (2,877 )   $     $     $ (49,600 )
                                         
 
The following table shows the components of the change in fair value of our natural gas marketing segment’s financial instruments for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 (in thousands):
 
         
Fair value of contracts at September 30, 2009
  $ 26,698  
Contracts realized/settled
    (34,170 )
Fair value of new contracts
     
Other changes in value
    (4,902 )
         
Fair value of contracts at September 30, 2010
    (12,374 )
Netting of cash collateral
    24,889  
         
Cash collateral and fair value of contracts at September 30, 2010
  $ 12,515  
         
 
The fair value of our natural gas marketing segment’s financial instruments at September 30, 2010, is presented below by time period and fair value source.
 
                                                 
    Fair Value of Contracts at September 30, 2010  
    Maturity in Years              
    Less
                Greater
          Total Fair
 
Source of Fair Value
  Than 1     1-3     4-5     Than 5           Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
Prices actively quoted
  $ (7,264 )   $ (5,096 )   $ (14 )   $             $ (12,374 )
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
                                     
                                                 
Total Fair Value
  $ (7,264 )   $ (5,096 )   $ (14 )   $             $ (12,374 )
                                                 
 
Employee Benefit Programs
 
An important element of our total compensation program, and a significant component of our operation and maintenance expense, is the offering of various benefit programs to our employees. These programs include medical and dental insurance coverage and pension and postretirement programs.
 
Medical and Dental Insurance
 
We offer medical and dental insurance programs to substantially all of our employees, and we believe these programs are consistent with other programs in our industry. Since 2005, we have experienced medical and prescription inflation of approximately seven percent. In recent years, we have strived to actively manage our health care costs through the introduction of a wellness strategy that is focused on helping employees to identify health risks and to manage these risks through improved lifestyle choices.
 
Net Periodic Pension and Postretirement Benefit Costs
 
For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, our total net periodic pension and other benefits costs was $50.8 million, compared with $50.2 million and $47.9 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2009


62


Table of Contents

and 2008. These costs relating to our natural gas distribution operations are recoverable through our gas distribution rates. A portion of these costs is capitalized into our gas distribution rate base, and the remaining costs are recorded as a component of operation and maintenance expense.
 
The increase in total net periodic pension and other benefits costs during fiscal 2010 compared with fiscal 2009 primarily reflects the decline in fair value of our plan assets. The discount rate used to compute the present value of a plan’s liabilities generally is based on rates of high-grade corporate bonds with maturities similar to the average period over which the benefits will be paid. At our September 30, 2009 measurement date, the interest rates were slightly lower than the interest rates at September 30, 2008, the measurement date used to determine our fiscal 2009 net periodic cost. Our expected return on our pension plan assets remained constant at 8.25%.
 
The increase in total net periodic pension and other benefits costs during fiscal 2009 compared with fiscal 2008 primarily reflects the change in assumptions we made during our annual pension plan valuation completed September 30, 2008. The discount rate used to compute the present value of a plan’s liabilities generally was based on rates of high-grade corporate bonds with maturities similar to the average period over which the benefits will be paid. At our September 30, 2008 measurement date, the interest rates were approximately 130 basis points higher than the interest rates at June 30, 2007, the measurement date used to determine our fiscal 2008 net periodic cost. The corresponding increase in the discount rate was the primary driver for the increase in our fiscal 2009 pension and benefit costs. Our expected return on our pension plan assets remained constant at 8.25%.
 
Pension and Postretirement Plan Funding
 
Generally, our funding policy is to contribute annually an amount that will at least equal the minimum amount required to comply with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. However, additional voluntary contributions are made from time to time as considered necessary. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.
 
During fiscal 2010, we did not contribute cash to our pension plans as the fair value of the plans’ assets recovered somewhat during the year from the unfavorable market conditions experienced in the latter half of calendar year 2008 and our plan assets were sufficient to achieve a desirable funding threshold as established by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA). During fiscal 2009, we contributed $21.0 million to our pension plans to achieve the same desired level of funding as established by the PPA. During fiscal 2008, we voluntarily contributed $2.3 million to the Atmos Energy Corporation Retirement Plan for Mississippi Valley Gas Union Employees. This contribution achieved a desired level of funding for this plan for the 2007 plan year.
 
We contributed $11.8 million, $10.1 million and $9.6 million to our postretirement benefits plans for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008. The contributions represent the portion of the postretirement costs we are responsible for under the terms of our plan and minimum funding required by state regulatory commissions.
 
Outlook for Fiscal 2011 and Beyond
 
As of September 30, 2010, interest and corporate bond rates utilized to determine our discount rates, which impacted our fiscal 2011 net periodic pension and postretirement costs, were lower than the interest and corporate bond rates as of September 30, 2009, the measurement date for our fiscal 2010 net periodic cost. As a result of the lower interest and corporate bond rates, we decreased the discount rate used to determine our fiscal 2011 pension and benefit costs to 5.39 percent. We maintained the expected return on our pension plan assets at 8.25 percent, despite the recent uncertainty in the financial markets as we believe this rate reflects the average rate of expected earnings on plan assets that will fund our projected benefit obligation. Although the fair value of our plan assets has declined as the financial markets have declined, the impact of this decline is partially mitigated by the fact that assets are smoothed for purposes of determining net periodic pension cost which results in asset gains and losses that are recognized over time as a component of net periodic pension and benefit costs for our Pension Account Plan, our largest funded plan. Due to the decline in the fair value of


63


Table of Contents

our plan assets, we expect our fiscal 2011 pension and postretirement medical costs to increase compared to fiscal 2010. Based upon market conditions subsequent to September 30, 2010, the current funded position of the plans and the new funding requirements under the PPA, we believe it is reasonably possible that we will be required to contribute to the Plans in fiscal 2011. Further, we will consider whether an additional voluntary contribution is prudent to maintain certain PPA funding thresholds. However, we cannot anticipate with certainty whether such contributions will be made and the amount of such contributions. With respect to our postretirement medical plans, we anticipate contributing approximately $13.0 million during fiscal 2011.
 
The projected pension liability, future funding requirements and the amount of pension expense or income recognized for the Plan are subject to change, depending upon the actuarial value of plan assets and the determination of future benefit obligations as of each subsequent actuarial calculation date. These amounts are impacted by actual investment returns, changes in interest rates and changes in the demographic composition of the participants in the plan.
 
In August 2010, the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy approved a proposal to close the Pension Account Plan (PAP) to new participants, effective October 1, 2010. Employees participating in the PAP as of October 1, 2010 will be allowed to make a one-time election to migrate from the PAP into our defined contribution plan with enhanced features, effective January 1, 2011. Participants who choose to remain in the PAP will continue to earn benefits and interest allocations with no changes to their existing benefits.
 
In March 2010, President Obama signed The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act into law (the “Health Care Reform Act”). The Health Care Reform Act will be phased in over an eight-year period. Although we are still assessing the impact of the Health Care Reform Act on the health care benefits we provide to our employees, the design of our health care plans has already changed in order to comply with provisions of the Health Care Reform Act that have already gone into effect or will be going into effect in 2011. For example, lifetime maximums on benefits have been eliminated, coverage for dependent children has been extended to age 26 and all costs of preventive coverage must be paid for by the insurer. In 2014, health insurance exchanges will open in each state in order to provide a competitive marketplace for purchasing health insurance by individuals. Companies who offer health insurance to their employees could face a substantial increase in premiums at that time if they choose to continue to provide such coverage. However, companies who elect to cease providing health insurance to their employees will be faced with paying significant penalties to the federal government for each employee who receives coverage through an exchange. We will continue to monitor all developments on health care reform and continue to comply with all existing relevant laws and regulations.
 
For fiscal 2011, we anticipate an approximate 10 percent medical and prescription drug inflation rate, primarily due to anticipated higher claims costs and the initial implementation of the Health Care Reform Act.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
 
Recent accounting developments and their impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows are described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
ITEM 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
 
We are exposed to risks associated with commodity prices and interest rates. Commodity price risk is the potential loss that we may incur as a result of changes in the fair value of a particular instrument or commodity. Interest-rate risk results from our portfolio of debt and equity instruments that we issue to provide financing and liquidity for our business activities.
 
We conduct risk management activities through both our natural gas distribution and natural gas marketing segments. In our natural gas distribution segment, we use a combination of physical storage, fixed physical contracts and fixed financial contracts to protect us and our customers against unusually large winter period gas price increases. In our natural gas marketing segment, we manage our exposure to the risk of natural gas price changes and lock in our gross profit margin through a combination of storage and financial instruments including futures, over-the-counter and exchange-traded options and swap contracts with


64


Table of Contents

counterparties. Our risk management activities and related accounting treatment are described in further detail in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements. Additionally, our earnings are affected by changes in short-term interest rates as a result of our issuance of short-term commercial paper and our other short-term borrowings.
 
Commodity Price Risk
 
Natural gas distribution segment
 
We purchase natural gas for our natural gas distribution operations. Substantially all of the costs of gas purchased for natural gas distribution operations are recovered from our customers through purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms. Therefore, our natural gas distribution operations have limited commodity price risk exposure.
 
Natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments
 
Our natural gas marketing segment is also exposed to risks associated with changes in the market price of natural gas. For our natural gas marketing segment, we use a sensitivity analysis to estimate commodity price risk. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate commodity price risk by applying a $0.50 change in the forward NYMEX price to our net open position (including existing storage and related financial contracts) at the end of each period. Based on AEH’s net open position (including existing storage and related financial contracts) at September 30, 2010 of 0.1 Bcf, a $0.50 change in the forward NYMEX price would have had a $0.1 million impact on our consolidated net income.
 
Changes in the difference between the indices used to mark to market our physical inventory (Gas Daily) and the related fair-value hedge (NYMEX) can result in volatility in our reported net income; but, over time, gains and losses on the sale of storage gas inventory will be offset by gains and losses on the fair-value hedges. Based upon our net physical position at September 30, 2010 and assuming our hedges would still qualify as highly effective, a $0.50 change in the difference between the Gas Daily and NYMEX indices would impact our reported net income by approximately $4.8 million.
 
Additionally, these changes could cause us to recognize a risk management liability, which would require us to place cash into an escrow account to collateralize this liability position. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of cash we would have on hand to fund our working capital needs.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Our earnings are exposed to changes in short-term interest rates associated with our short-term commercial paper program and other short-term borrowings. We use a sensitivity analysis to estimate our short-term interest rate risk. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our short-term interest rate risk as the difference between our actual interest expense for the period and estimated interest expense for the period assuming a hypothetical average one percent increase in the interest rates associated with our short-term borrowings. Had interest rates associated with our short-term borrowings increased by an average of one percent, our interest expense would have increased by approximately $1.5 million during 2010.
 
As of September 30, 2010, we were not engaged in other activities that would cause exposure to the risk of material earnings or cash flow loss due to changes in interest rates or market commodity prices.


65


 

ITEM 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
 
Index to financial statements and financial statement schedule:
 
         
    Page
 
    67  
Financial statements and supplementary data:
       
    68  
    69  
    70  
    71  
    72  
    133  
Financial statement schedule for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008
       
    141  
 
All other financial statement schedules are omitted because the required information is not present, or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the financial statements and accompanying notes thereto.


66


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Atmos Energy Corporation
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Atmos Energy Corporation as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2010. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Atmos Energy Corporation at September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2010, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Atmos Energy Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated November 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/   ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
November 12, 2010


67


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands,
 
    except share data)  
 
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 6,384,396     $ 5,981,420  
Construction in progress
    157,922       105,198  
                 
      6,542,318       6,086,618  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    1,749,243       1,647,515  
                 
Net property, plant and equipment
    4,793,075       4,439,103  
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    131,952       111,203  
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $12,701 in 2010 and $11,478 in 2009
    273,207       232,806  
Gas stored underground
    319,038       352,728  
Other current assets
    150,995       132,203  
                 
Total current assets
    875,192       828,940  
Goodwill and intangible assets
    740,148       740,064  
Deferred charges and other assets
    355,376       358,976  
                 
    $ 6,763,791     $ 6,367,083  
                 
 
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Shareholders’ equity
               
Common stock, no par value (stated at $.005 per share);
200,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding:
               
2010 — 90,164,103 shares, 2009 — 92,551,709 shares
  $ 451     $ 463  
Additional paid-in capital
    1,714,364       1,791,129  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (23,372 )     (20,184 )
Retained earnings
    486,905       405,353  
                 
Shareholders’ equity
    2,178,348       2,176,761  
Long-term debt
    1,809,551       2,169,400  
                 
Total capitalization
    3,987,899       4,346,161  
Commitments and contingencies
               
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    266,208       207,421  
Other current liabilities
    413,640       457,319  
Short-term debt
    126,100       72,550  
Current maturities of long-term debt
    360,131       131  
                 
Total current liabilities
    1,166,079       737,421  
Deferred income taxes
    829,128       570,940  
Regulatory cost of removal obligation
    350,521       344,403  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
    430,164       368,158  
                 
    $ 6,763,791     $ 6,367,083  
                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


68


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
                         
    Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Operating revenues
                       
Natural gas distribution segment
  $ 2,912,493     $ 2,984,765     $ 3,655,130  
Regulated transmission and storage segment
    203,013       209,658       195,917  
Natural gas marketing segment
    2,151,264       2,336,847       4,287,862  
Pipeline, storage and other segment
    35,318       41,924       31,709  
Intersegment eliminations
    (512,398 )     (604,114 )     (949,313 )
                         
      4,789,690       4,969,080       7,221,305  
Purchased gas cost
                       
Natural gas distribution segment
    1,863,046       1,960,137       2,649,064  
Regulated transmission and storage segment
                 
Natural gas marketing segment
    2,065,313       2,252,235       4,194,841  
Pipeline, storage and other segment
    7,178       12,428       3,396  
Intersegment eliminations
    (510,788 )     (602,422 )     (947,322 )
                         
      3,424,749       3,622,378       5,899,979  
                         
Gross profit
    1,364,941       1,346,702       1,321,326  
Operating expenses
                       
Operation and maintenance
    468,038       494,010       500,234  
Depreciation and amortization
    216,960       217,208       200,442  
Taxes, other than income
    190,507       182,700       192,755  
Asset impairments
          5,382        
                         
Total operating expenses
    875,505       899,300       893,431  
                         
Operating income
    489,436       447,402       427,895  
Miscellaneous income (expense), net
    (339 )     (3,303 )     2,731  
Interest charges
    154,471       152,830       137,922  
                         
Income before income taxes
    334,626       291,269       292,704  
Income tax expense
    128,787       100,291       112,373  
                         
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
                         
Per share data
                       
Basic net income per share
  $ 2.22     $ 2.08     $ 2.00  
                         
Diluted net income per share
  $ 2.20     $ 2.07     $ 1.99  
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding:
                       
Basic
    91,852       91,117       89,385  
                         
Diluted
    92,422       91,620       89,941  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


69


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
                                                 
                      Accumulated
             
    Common Stock     Additional
    Other
             
    Number of
    Stated
    Paid-in
    Comprehensive
    Retained
       
    Shares     Value     Capital     Loss     Earnings     Total  
    (In thousands, except share and per share data)  
 
Balance, September 30, 2007
    89,326,537     $ 447     $ 1,700,378     $ (16,198 )   $ 281,127     $ 1,965,754  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            180,331       180,331  
Unrealized holding losses on investments, net
                      (1,897 )           (1,897 )
Treasury lock agreements, net
                      3,148             3,148  
Cash flow hedges, net
                      (21,000 )           (21,000 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            160,582  
Retroactive charge to record initial
                                               
uncertain tax positions
                            (569 )     (569 )
Cash dividends ($1.30 per share)
                            (117,288 )     (117,288 )
Common stock issued:
                                               
Direct stock purchase plan
    388,485       2       10,333                   10,335  
Retirement savings plan
    558,014       3       15,116                   15,119  
1998 Long-term incentive plan
    538,450       2       5,592                   5,594  
Employee stock-based compensation
                12,878                   12,878  
Outside directors stock-for-fee plan
    3,197             87                   87  
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2008
    90,814,683       454       1,744,384       (35,947 )     343,601       2,052,492  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            190,978       190,978  
Unrealized holding losses on investments, net
                      (1,820 )           (1,820 )
Other than temporary impairment of
                                               
investments, net
                      3,370             3,370  
Treasury lock agreements, net
                      3,606             3,606  
Cash flow hedges, net
                      10,607             10,607  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            206,741  
Change in measurement date for
                                               
employee benefit plans
                            (7,766 )     (7,766 )
Cash dividends ($1.32 per share)
                            (121,460 )     (121,460 )
Common stock issued:
                                               
Direct stock purchase plan
    407,262       2       8,743                   8,745  
Retirement savings plan
    640,639       3       16,571                   16,574  
1998 Long-term incentive plan
    686,046       4       8,075                   8,079  
Employee stock-based compensation
                13,280                   13,280  
Outside directors stock-for-fee plan
    3,079             76                   76  
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2009
    92,551,709       463       1,791,129       (20,184 )     405,353       2,176,761  
Comprehensive income:
                                               
Net income
                            205,839       205,839  
Unrealized holding gains on investments, net
                      1,745             1,745  
Treasury lock agreements, net
                      2,030             2,030  
Cash flow hedges, net
                      (6,963 )           (6,963 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            202,651  
Repurchase of common stock
    (2,958,580 )     (15 )     (100,435 )                 (100,450 )
Repurchase of equity awards
    (37,365 )           (1,191 )                 (1,191 )
Cash dividends ($1.34 per share)
                            (124,287 )     (124,287 )
Common stock issued:
                                               
Direct stock purchase plan
    103,529       1       2,881                   2,882  
Retirement savings plan
    79,722             2,281                   2,281  
1998 Long-term incentive plan
    421,706       2       8,708                   8,710  
Employee stock-based compensation
                10,894                   10,894  
Outside directors stock-for-fee plan
    3,382             97                   97  
                                                 
Balance, September 30, 2010
    90,164,103     $ 451     $ 1,714,364     $ (23,372 )   $ 486,905     $ 2,178,348  
                                                 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


70


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                         
    Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Asset impairments
          5,382        
Depreciation and amortization:
                       
Charged to depreciation and amortization
    216,960       217,208       200,442  
Charged to other accounts
    173       94       147  
Deferred income taxes
    196,731       129,759       97,940  
Stock-based compensation
    12,655       14,494       14,032  
Debt financing costs
    11,908       10,364       10,665  
Other
    (1,245 )     (1,177 )     (5,492 )
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
    (40,401 )     244,713       (97,018 )
(Increase) decrease in gas stored underground
    54,014       194,287       (54,726 )
(Increase) decrease in other current assets
    (18,387 )     117,737       (120,882 )
(Increase) decrease in deferred charges and other assets
    14,886       (106,231 )     22,476  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities
    58,069       (181,978 )     39,902  
Increase (decrease) in other current liabilities
    (48,992 )     (717 )     60,026  
Increase in deferred credits and other liabilities
    64,266       84,320       23,090  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    726,476       919,233       370,933  
CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                       
Capital expenditures
    (542,636 )     (509,494 )     (472,273 )
Other, net
    (66 )     (7,707 )     (10,736 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (542,702 )     (517,201 )     (483,009 )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                       
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt
    54,268       (283,981 )     200,174  
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
          445,623        
Settlement of Treasury lock agreement
          1,938        
Repayment of long-term debt
    (131 )     (407,353 )     (10,284 )
Cash dividends paid
    (124,287 )     (121,460 )     (117,288 )
Repurchase of common stock
    (100,450 )            
Repurchase of equity awards
    (1,191 )            
Issuance of common stock
    8,766       27,687       25,466  
                         
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (163,025 )     (337,546 )     98,068  
                         
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    20,749       64,486       (14,008 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    111,203       46,717       60,725  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 131,952     $ 111,203     $ 46,717  
                         
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


71


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.   Nature of Business
 
Atmos Energy Corporation (“Atmos Energy” or the “Company”) and our subsidiaries are engaged primarily in the regulated natural gas distribution and transmission and storage businesses as well as certain other nonregulated businesses. Through our natural gas distribution business, we deliver natural gas through sales and transportation arrangements to over three million residential, commercial, public-authority and industrial customers through our six regulated natural gas distribution divisions in the service areas described below:
 
     
Division   Service Area
 
Atmos Energy Colorado-Kansas Division
  Colorado, Kansas, Missouri (1)
Atmos Energy Kentucky/Mid-States Division
  Georgia (1) , Illinois (1) , Iowa (1) , Kentucky, Missouri (1) , Tennessee, Virginia (1)
Atmos Energy Louisiana Division
  Louisiana
Atmos Energy Mid-Tex Division
  Texas, including the Dallas/Fort Worth metropolitan area
Atmos Energy Mississippi Division
  Mississippi
Atmos Energy West Texas Division
  West Texas
 
 
(1) Denotes locations where we have more limited service areas.
 
In addition, we transport natural gas for others through our distribution system. Our natural gas distribution business is subject to federal and state regulation and/or regulation by local authorities in each of the states in which our natural gas distribution divisions operate. Our corporate headquarters and shared-services function are located in Dallas, Texas, and our customer support centers are located in Amarillo and Waco, Texas.
 
Our regulated transmission and storage business consists of the regulated operations of our Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division, a division of the Company. This division transports natural gas to our Mid-Tex Division, transports natural gas for third parties and manages five underground storage reservoirs in Texas. We also provide ancillary services customary to the pipeline industry including parking arrangements, lending and sales of inventory on hand. Parking arrangements provide short-term interruptible storage of gas on our pipeline. Lending services provide short-term interruptible loans of natural gas from our pipeline to meet market demands.
 
Our nonregulated businesses operate primarily in the Midwest and Southeast and include our natural gas marketing operations and our pipeline, storage and other operations. These businesses are operated through various wholly-owned subsidiaries of Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc. (AEH), which is wholly-owned by the Company and based in Houston, Texas.
 
Our natural gas marketing operations are conducted through Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC (AEM), which is wholly-owned by AEH. AEM provides a variety of natural gas management services to municipalities, natural gas utility systems and industrial natural gas customers, primarily in the southeastern and midwestern states and to our Colorado-Kansas, Kentucky/Mid-States and Louisiana divisions. These services consist primarily of furnishing natural gas supplies at fixed and market-based prices, contract negotiation and administration, load forecasting, gas storage acquisition and management services, transportation services, peaking sales and balancing services, capacity utilization strategies and gas price hedging through the use of financial instruments.
 
Our pipeline, storage and other segment consists primarily of the operations of Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC (APS). APS owns and operates a 21 mile pipeline located in New Orleans, Louisiana. This


72


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
pipeline is used primarily to aggregate gas supply for our regulated natural gas distribution division in Louisiana and for AEM, but also provides limited third party transportation services.
 
APS also engages in asset optimization activities whereby it seeks to maximize the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity it owns or controls. Certain of these arrangements are asset management plans with regulated affiliates of the Company which have been approved by applicable state regulatory commissions. Generally, these asset management plans require APS to share with our regulated customers a portion of the profits earned from these arrangements.
 
Further, APS owns or has an interest in underground storage fields in Kentucky and Louisiana that are used to reduce the need of our natural gas distribution divisions to contract for pipeline capacity to meet customer demand during peak periods.
 
2.   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of consolidation — The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Atmos Energy Corporation and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated.
 
Basis of comparison — Certain prior-year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
 
Use of estimates — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. The most significant estimates include the allowance for doubtful accounts, legal and environmental accruals, insurance accruals, pension and postretirement obligations, deferred income taxes, asset retirement obligations, impairment of long-lived assets, risk management and trading activities, fair value measurements and the valuation of goodwill, indefinite-lived intangible assets and other long-lived assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Regulation — Our natural gas distribution and regulated transmission and storage operations are subject to regulation with respect to rates, service, maintenance of accounting records and various other matters by the respective regulatory authorities in the states in which we operate. Our accounting policies recognize the financial effects of the ratemaking and accounting practices and policies of the various regulatory commissions. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States require cost-based, rate-regulated entities that meet certain criteria to reflect the authorized recovery of costs due to regulatory decisions in their financial statements. As a result, certain costs are permitted to be capitalized rather than expensed because they can be recovered through rates.
 
We record regulatory assets as a component of other current assets and deferred charges and other assets for costs that have been deferred for which future recovery through customer rates is considered probable. Regulatory liabilities are recorded either on the face of the balance sheet or as a component of current liabilities, deferred income taxes or deferred credits and other liabilities when it is probable that revenues will


73


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
be reduced for amounts that will be credited to customers through the ratemaking process. Significant regulatory assets and liabilities as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 included the following:
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Regulatory assets:
               
Pension and postretirement benefit costs
  $ 209,564     $ 197,743  
Merger and integration costs, net
    6,714       7,161  
Deferred gas costs
    22,701       22,233  
Regulatory cost of removal asset
    31,014       23,317  
Environmental costs
    805       866  
Rate case costs
    4,505       5,923  
Deferred franchise fees
    1,161       10,014  
Deferred income taxes, net
          639  
Other
    1,046       6,218  
                 
    $ 277,510     $ 274,114  
                 
Regulatory liabilities:
               
Deferred gas costs
  $ 43,333     $ 110,754  
Regulatory cost of removal obligation
    381,474       358,745  
Other
    6,112       7,960  
                 
    $ 430,919     $ 477,459  
                 
 
Currently, authorized rates do not include a return on certain of our merger and integration costs; however, we recover the amortization of these costs. Merger and integration costs, net, are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging up to 20 years. Environmental costs have been deferred to be included in future rate filings in accordance with rulings received from various state regulatory commissions. During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we recognized $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million in amortization expense related to these costs.
 
Revenue recognition — Sales of natural gas to our natural gas distribution customers are billed on a monthly basis; however, the billing cycle periods for certain classes of customers do not necessarily coincide with accounting periods used for financial reporting purposes. We follow the revenue accrual method of accounting for natural gas distribution segment revenues whereby revenues applicable to gas delivered to customers, but not yet billed under the cycle billing method, are estimated and accrued and the related costs are charged to expense. During the year ended September 30, 2009 we recognized a non-recurring $7.6 million increase in gross profit associated with a one-time update to our estimate for gas delivered to customers but not yet billed, resulting from base rate changes in several jurisdictions.
 
On occasion, we are permitted to implement new rates that have not been formally approved by our state regulatory commissions, which are subject to refund. As permitted by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, we recognize this revenue and establish a reserve for amounts that could be refunded based on our experience for the jurisdiction in which the rates were implemented.
 
Rates established by regulatory authorities are adjusted for increases and decreases in our purchased gas costs through purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms. Purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms provide gas utility companies a method of recovering purchased gas costs on an ongoing basis without filing a rate case to address all of the utility company’s non-gas costs. There is no gross profit generated through purchased


74


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
gas cost adjustments, but they provide a dollar-for-dollar offset to increases or decreases in our natural gas distribution segment’s gas costs. The effects of these purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms are recorded as deferred gas costs on our balance sheet.
 
Operating revenues for our natural gas marketing segment and the associated carrying value of natural gas inventory (inclusive of storage costs) are recognized when we sell the gas and physically deliver it to our customers. Operating revenues include realized gains and losses arising from the settlement of financial instruments used in our natural gas marketing activities and unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of natural gas inventory designated as a hedged item in a fair value hedge and the associated financial instruments. For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, we included unrealized gains (losses) on open contracts of $(10.8) million, $(28.4) million and $25.5 million as a component of natural gas marketing revenues.
 
Operating revenues for our regulated transmission and storage and pipeline, storage and other segments are recognized in the period in which actual volumes are transported and storage services are provided.
 
Cash and cash equivalents — We consider all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts — Accounts receivable arise from natural gas sales to residential, commercial, industrial, municipal and other customers. For the majority of our receivables, we establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on our collection experience. On certain other receivables where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability or reluctance to pay, we record an allowance for doubtful accounts against amounts due to reduce the net receivable balance to the amount we reasonably expect to collect. However, if circumstances change, our estimate of the recoverability of accounts receivable could be affected. Circumstances which could affect our estimates include, but are not limited to, customer credit issues, the level of natural gas prices, customer deposits and general economic conditions. Accounts are written off once they are deemed to be uncollectible.
 
Gas stored underground — Our gas stored underground is comprised of natural gas injected into storage to support the winter season withdrawals for our natural gas distribution operations and natural gas held by our natural gas marketing and other nonregulated subsidiaries to conduct their operations. The average cost method is used for all our regulated operations, except for certain jurisdictions in the Kentucky/Mid-States Division, where it is valued on the first-in first-out method basis, in accordance with regulatory requirements. Our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments utilize the average cost method; however, most of this inventory is hedged and is therefore reported at fair value at the end of each month. Gas in storage that is retained as cushion gas to maintain reservoir pressure is classified as property, plant and equipment and is valued at cost.
 
Regulated property, plant and equipment — Regulated property, plant and equipment is stated at original cost, net of contributions in aid of construction. The cost of additions includes direct construction costs, payroll related costs (taxes, pensions and other fringe benefits), administrative and general costs and an allowance for funds used during construction. The allowance for funds used during construction represents the estimated cost of funds used to finance the construction of major projects and are capitalized in the rate base for ratemaking purposes when the completed projects are placed in service. Interest expense of $3.9 million, $4.9 million and $2.9 million was capitalized in 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Major renewals, including replacement pipe, and betterments that are recoverable under our regulatory rate base are capitalized while the costs of maintenance and repairs that are not recoverable through rates are charged to expense as incurred. The costs of large projects are accumulated in construction in progress until the project is completed. When the project is completed, tested and placed in service, the balance is transferred to the regulated plant in service account included in the rate base and depreciation begins.


75


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Regulated property, plant and equipment is depreciated at various rates on a straight-line basis. These rates are approved by our regulatory commissions and are comprised of two components: one based on average service life and one based on cost of removal. Accordingly, we recognize our cost of removal expense as a component of depreciation expense. The related cost of removal accrual is reflected as a regulatory liability on the consolidated balance sheet. At the time property, plant and equipment is retired, removal expenses less salvage, are charged to the regulatory cost of removal accrual. The composite depreciation rate was 3.5 percent, 3.8 percent and 3.7 percent for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Nonregulated property, plant and equipment — Nonregulated property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation is generally computed on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes based upon estimated useful lives ranging from three to 41 years.
 
Asset retirement obligations — We record a liability at fair value for an asset retirement obligation when the legal obligation to retire the asset has been incurred with an offsetting increase to the carrying value of the related asset. Accretion of the asset retirement obligation due to the passage of time is recorded as an operating expense.
 
As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, we recorded asset retirement obligations of $11.4 million and $13.0 million. Additionally, we recorded $3.8 million and $3.9 million of asset retirement costs as a component of property, plant and equipment that will be depreciated over the remaining life of the underlying associated assets.
 
We believe we have a legal obligation to retire our natural gas storage facilities. However, we have not recognized an asset retirement obligation associated with our storage facilities because we are not able to determine the settlement date of this obligation as we do not anticipate taking our storage facilities out of service permanently. Therefore, we cannot reasonably estimate the fair value of this obligation.
 
Impairment of long-lived assets — We periodically evaluate whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate that other long-lived assets may not be recoverable or that the remaining useful life may warrant revision. When such events or circumstances are present, we assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value will be recovered through the expected future cash flows. In the event the sum of the expected future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded.
 
Goodwill and intangible assets — We annually evaluate our goodwill balances for impairment during our second fiscal quarter or more frequently as impairment indicators arise. We use a present value technique based on discounted cash flows to estimate the fair value of our reporting units. These calculations are dependent on several subjective factors including the timing of future cash flows, future growth rates and the discount rate. An impairment charge is recognized if the carrying value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds its fair value.
 
Intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives of 10 years. These assets are reviewed for impairment as impairment indicators arise. When such events or circumstances are present, we assess the recoverability of long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value will be recovered through the expected future cash flows. In the event the sum of the expected future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset is less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss equal to the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value is recorded. No impairment has been recognized.
 
Marketable securities — As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, all of our marketable securities were classified as available-for-sale. In accordance with the authoritative accounting standards, these securities are reported at market value with unrealized gains and losses shown as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). We regularly evaluate the performance of these investments on a fund by fund


76


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
basis for impairment, taking into consideration the fund’s purpose, volatility and current returns. If a determination is made that a decline in fair value is other than temporary, the related fund is written down to its estimated fair value.
 
Due to the deterioration of the financial markets in late calendar 2008 and early calendar 2009 and the uncertainty of a full recovery of these investments given the then current economic environment, we recorded a $5.4 million noncash charge to impair certain available-for-sale investments during fiscal 2009.
 
Financial instruments and hedging activities — We currently use financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk. Additionally, we periodically use financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The objectives and strategies for using financial instruments have been tailored to our regulated and nonregulated businesses. Currently, we utilize financial instruments in our natural gas distribution, natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments. The objectives and strategies for the use of financial instruments are discussed in Note 4.
 
We record all of our financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value , with changes in fair value ultimately recorded in the income statement. These financial instruments are reported as risk management assets and liabilities and are classified as current or noncurrent other assets or liabilities based upon the anticipated settlement date of the underlying financial instrument.
 
The timing of when changes in fair value of our financial instruments are recorded in the income statement depends on whether the financial instrument has been designated and qualifies as a part of a hedging relationship or if regulatory rulings require a different accounting treatment. Changes in fair value for financial instruments that do not meet one of these criteria are recognized in the income statement as they occur.
 
Financial Instruments Associated with Commodity Price Risk
 
In our natural gas distribution segment, the costs associated with and the gains and losses arising from the use of financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk are included in our purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms in accordance with regulatory requirements. Therefore, changes in the fair value of these financial instruments are initially recorded as a component of deferred gas costs and recognized in the consolidated statement of income as a component of purchased gas cost when the related costs are recovered through our rates and recognized in revenue in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Accordingly, there is no earnings impact on our natural gas distribution segment as a result of the use of financial instruments.
 
In our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments, we have designated the natural gas inventory held by these operating segments as the hedged item in a fair-value hedge. This inventory is marked to market at the end of each month based on the Gas Daily index, with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains or losses in revenue in the period of change. The financial instruments associated with this natural gas inventory have been designated as fair-value hedges and are marked to market each month based upon the NYMEX price with changes in fair value recognized as unrealized gains or losses in revenue in the period of change. Changes in the spreads between the forward natural gas prices used to value the financial hedges designated against our physical inventory (NYMEX) and the market (spot) prices used to value our physical storage (Gas Daily) result in unrealized margins until the underlying physical gas is withdrawn and the related financial instruments are settled. Once the gas is withdrawn and the financial instruments are settled, the previously unrealized margins associated with these net positions are realized. We have elected to exclude this spot/forward differential for purposes of assessing the effectiveness of these fair-value hedges. Over time, we expect gains and losses on the sale of storage gas inventory to be offset by gains and losses on the fair-value hedges, resulting in the realization of the economic gross profit margin we anticipated at the time we structured the original transaction.


77


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In our natural gas marketing segment, we have elected to treat fixed-price forward contracts to deliver natural gas as normal purchases and normal sales. As such, these deliveries are recorded on an accrual basis in accordance with our revenue recognition policy. Financial instruments used to mitigate the commodity price risk associated with these contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated purchases and sales at indexed prices. Accordingly, unrealized gains and losses on these open financial instruments are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income, and are recognized in earnings as a component of revenue when the hedged volumes are sold. Hedge ineffectiveness, to the extent incurred, is reported as a component of revenue.
 
Gains and losses from hedge ineffectiveness are recognized in the income statement. Fair value and cash flow hedge ineffectiveness arising from natural gas market price differences between the locations of the hedged inventory and the delivery location specified in the financial instruments is referred to as basis ineffectiveness. Ineffectiveness arising from changes in the fair value of the fair value hedges due to changes in the difference between the spot price and the futures price, as well as the difference between the timing of the settlement of the futures and the valuation of the underlying physical commodity is referred to as timing ineffectiveness.
 
In our natural gas marketing segment, we also utilize master netting agreements with significant counterparties that allow us to offset gains and losses arising from financial instruments that may be settled in cash with gains and losses arising from financial instruments that may be settled with the physical commodity. Assets and liabilities from risk management activities, as well as accounts receivable and payable, reflect the master netting agreements in place. Additionally, the accounting guidance for master netting arrangements requires us to include the fair value of cash collateral or the obligation to return cash in the amounts that have been netted under master netting agreements used to offset gains and losses arising from financial instruments. As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company netted $24.9 million and $11.7 million of cash held in margin accounts into its current risk management assets and liabilities.
 
Financial Instruments Associated with Interest Rate Risk
 
We periodically manage interest rate risk, typically when we issue new or refinance existing long-term debt. In fiscal 2010 and in prior years, we entered into Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost associated with anticipated financings. We designated these Treasury lock agreements as a cash flow hedge of an anticipated transaction at the time the agreements were executed. Accordingly, unrealized gains and losses associated with the Treasury lock agreements were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). When the Treasury locks were settled, the realized gain or loss was recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and is being recognized as a component of interest expense over the life of the related financing arrangement.
 
Fair Value Measurements — We report certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). We primarily use quoted market prices and other observable market pricing information in valuing our financial assets and liabilities and minimize the use of unobservable pricing inputs in our measurements.
 
Prices actively quoted on national exchanges are used to determine the fair value of most of our assets and liabilities recorded on our balance sheet at fair value. Within our nonregulated operations, we utilize a mid-market pricing convention (the mid-point between the bid and ask prices) as a practical expedient for determining fair value measurement, as permitted under current accounting standards. Values derived from these sources reflect the market in which transactions involving these financial instruments are executed. We utilize models and other valuation methods to determine fair value when external sources are not available. Values are adjusted to reflect the potential impact of an orderly liquidation of our positions over a reasonable period of time under then-current market conditions. We believe the market prices and models used to value


78


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
these assets and liabilities represent the best information available with respect to closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility factors underlying the assets and liabilities.
 
Fair-value estimates also consider our own creditworthiness and the creditworthiness of the counterparties involved. Our counterparties consist primarily of financial institutions and major energy companies. This concentration of counterparties may materially impact our exposure to credit risk resulting from market, economic or regulatory conditions. Adverse developments in the last few years in the global financial and credit markets have periodically made it more difficult and more expensive for companies to access the short-term capital markets, which may negatively impact the creditworthiness of our counterparties. Any further tightening of the credit markets could cause more of our counterparties to fail to perform. We seek to minimize counterparty credit risk through an evaluation of their financial condition and credit ratings and the use of collateral requirements under certain circumstances.
 
Amounts reported at fair value are subject to potentially significant volatility based upon changes in market prices, the valuation of the portfolio of our contracts, maturity and settlement of these contracts and newly originated transactions, each of which directly affect the estimated fair value of our financial instruments. We believe the market prices and models used to value these financial instruments represent the best information available with respect to closing exchange and over-the-counter quotations, time value and volatility factors underlying the contracts. Values are adjusted to reflect the potential impact of an orderly liquidation of our positions over a reasonable period of time under then current market conditions.
 
Authoritative accounting literature establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value based on observable and unobservable data. The hierarchy categorizes the inputs into three levels, with the highest priority given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority given to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The levels of the hierarchy are described below:
 
Level 1  — Represents unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for the asset or liability is defined as a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Our Level 1 measurements consist primarily of exchange-traded financial instruments, gas stored underground that has been designated as the hedged item in a fair value hedge and our available-for-sale securities. The Level 1 measurements for investments in our Master Trust, Supplemental Executive Benefit Plan and postretirement benefit plan consist primarily of exchange-traded financial instruments.
 
Level 2  — Represents pricing inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability as of the reporting date. These inputs are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data. Our Level 2 measurements primarily consist of non-exchange-traded financial instruments, such as over-the-counter options and swaps where market data for pricing is observable. The Level 2 measurements for investments in our Master Trust, Supplemental Executive Benefit Plan and postretirement benefit plan consist primarily of non-exchange traded financial instruments such as common collective trusts and investments in limited partnerships.
 
Level 3  — Represents generally unobservable pricing inputs which are developed based on the best information available, including our own internal data, in situations where there is little if any market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. The pricing inputs utilized reflect what a market participant would use to determine fair value. Our Master Trust has investments in real estate that qualify as Level 3 fair value measurements. Currently, we have no other assets or liabilities recorded at fair value that would qualify for Level 3 reporting.
 
Pension and other postretirement plans  — Pension and other postretirement plan costs and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are affected by numerous assumptions and estimates including the market value of plan assets, estimates of the expected return on plan assets, assumed discount rates and current


79


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
demographic and actuarial mortality data. Through fiscal 2008, we reviewed the estimates and assumptions underlying our pension and other postretirement plan costs and liabilities annually based upon a June 30 measurement date. To comply with the new measurement date requirements established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) and incorporated into accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, effective October 1, 2008, we changed our measurement date from June 30 to our fiscal year end, September 30. This change is more fully discussed in Note 8. The assumed discount rate and the expected return are the assumptions that generally have the most significant impact on our pension costs and liabilities. The assumed discount rate, the assumed health care cost trend rate and assumed rates of retirement generally have the most significant impact on our postretirement plan costs and liabilities.
 
In August 2010, the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy approved a proposal to close the Pension Account Plan (PAP) to new participants, effective October 1, 2010. Employees participating in the PAP as of October 1, 2010 will be allowed to make a one-time election to migrate from the PAP into our defined contribution plan which has been enhanced, effective January 1, 2011. Participants who choose to remain in the PAP will continue to earn benefits and interest allocations with no changes to their existing benefits.
 
The discount rate is utilized principally in calculating the actuarial present value of our pension and postretirement obligation and net pension and postretirement cost. When establishing our discount rate, we consider high quality corporate bond rates based on bonds available in the marketplace that are suitable for settling the obligations, changes in those rates from the prior year and the implied discount rate that is derived from matching our projected benefit disbursements with currently available high quality corporate bonds.
 
The expected long-term rate of return on assets is utilized in calculating the expected return on plan assets component of the annual pension and postretirement plan cost. We estimate the expected return on plan assets by evaluating expected bond returns, equity risk premiums, asset allocations, the effects of active plan management, the impact of periodic plan asset rebalancing and historical performance. We also consider the guidance from our investment advisors in making a final determination of our expected rate of return on assets. To the extent the actual rate of return on assets realized over the course of a year is greater than or less than the assumed rate, that year’s annual pension or postretirement plan cost is not affected. Rather, this gain or loss reduces or increases future pension or postretirement plan costs over a period of approximately ten to twelve years.
 
The market-related value of our plan assets represents the fair market value of the plan assets, adjusted to smooth out short-term market fluctuations over a five-year period. The use of this calculation will delay the impact of current market fluctuations on the pension expense for the period.
 
We estimate the assumed health care cost trend rate used in determining our annual postretirement net cost based upon our actual health care cost experience, the effects of recently enacted legislation and general economic conditions. Our assumed rate of retirement is estimated based upon the annual review of our participant census information as of the measurement date.
 
Income taxes  — Income taxes are provided based on the liability method, which results in income tax assets and liabilities arising from temporary differences. Temporary differences are differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements that will result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. The liability method requires the effect of tax rate changes on current and accumulated deferred income taxes to be reflected in the period in which the rate change was enacted. The liability method also requires that deferred tax assets be reduced by a valuation allowance unless it is more likely than not that the assets will be realized.
 
The Company may recognize the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is at least more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon


80


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
settlement with the taxing authorities. We recognize accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense. We recognize penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of miscellaneous income (expense) in accordance with regulatory requirements.
 
Stock-based compensation plans  — We maintain the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan that provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, bonus stock, time-lapse restricted stock, performance-based restricted stock units and stock units to officers, division presidents and other key employees. Non-employee directors are also eligible to receive stock-based compensation under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The objectives of this plan include attracting and retaining the best personnel, providing for additional performance incentives and promoting our success by providing employees with the opportunity to acquire our common stock.
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss  — Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, consisted of the following unrealized gains (losses):
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Unrealized holding gains on investments
  $ 4,205     $ 2,460  
Treasury lock agreements
    (5,468 )     (7,498 )
Cash flow hedges
    (22,109 )     (15,146 )
                 
    $ (23,372 )   $ (20,184 )
                 
 
Subsequent events — We have evaluated subsequent events from the September 30, 2010 balance sheet date through the date these financial statements were filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Except as discussed in Note 6, no events occurred subsequent to the balance sheet date that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
Recent accounting pronouncements  — During the year ended September 30, 2010, six new accounting standards became applicable to the Company. Except as indicated below, the adoption of these standards did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. There were no other significant changes to our accounting policies during the year ended September 30, 2010.
 
The determination of participating securities in the basic earnings per share calculation - The Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance related to determining whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are considered participating securities. The FASB determined that non-vested share-based payments with a nonforfeitable right to dividends or dividend equivalents are participating securities and, as a result, companies with these types of participating securities must use the two-class method to compute earnings per share. Based on this guidance, the Company is required to calculate earnings per share using the two-class method and will include non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units for which vesting is only predicated upon the passage of time in the basic earnings per share calculation. Non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units for which vesting is predicated, in part upon the achievement of specified performance targets, continue to be excluded from the calculation of earnings per share. Although the provisions of this standard were effective for us as of October 1, 2009, prior-period earnings per share data must be recalculated and adjusted accordingly. The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share pursuant


81


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
to the two-class method is presented in Note 10. The application of the two-class method resulted in the following changes to basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008.
 
                 
    Year Ended
  Year Ended
    September 30, 2009   September 30, 2008
    (In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Basic Earnings Per Share
               
Basic EPS — as previously reported
  $ 2.10     $ 2.02  
Basic EPS — as adjusted
  $ 2.08     $ 2.00  
Weighted average shares outstanding — as previously reported
    91,117       89,385  
Weighted average shares outstanding — as adjusted
    91,117       89,385  
Diluted Earnings Per Share
               
Diluted EPS — as previously reported
  $ 2.08     $ 2.00  
Diluted EPS — as adjusted
  $ 2.07     $ 1.99  
Weighted average shares outstanding — as previously reported
    92,024       90,272  
Weighted average shares outstanding — as adjusted
    91,620       89,941  
 
Fair value measurements of plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan — This guidance requires employers to disclose annually information about fair value measurements of the assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan in a manner similar to the requirements established for financial and non-financial assets. The objectives of the required disclosures are to provide users of financial statements with an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value of plan assets and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. These disclosures appear in Note 8 for the year ended September 30, 2010.
 
Measurement of liabilities at fair value — This guidance requires that, effective October 1, 2009, when a quoted price in an active market for an identical liability is not available, we will be required to measure fair value using a valuation technique that uses quoted prices of similar liabilities, quoted prices of identical or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or another valuation technique that is consistent with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), such as the income or market approach. Additionally, when estimating the fair value of a liability, we will not be required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the existence of a restriction that prevents our transfer of the liability. The adoption of this guidance did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Business combination accounting  — Effective October 1, 2009, this new pronouncement established new principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree at the acquisition date fair value. This update significantly changes the accounting for business combinations in a number of areas, including the treatment of contingent consideration, preacquisition contingencies, transaction costs and restructuring costs. In addition, under the new guidelines, changes in an acquired entity’s deferred tax assets and uncertain tax positions after the measurement period will impact current period income tax expense.
 
Accounting and reporting for minority interests — In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance related to the accounting and reporting for minority interests, which will be recharacterized as noncontrolling interests and classified as a component of equity. This new consolidation method significantly changed the accounting for transactions with minority interest holders beginning October 1, 2009. As of September 30, 2010, Atmos Energy did not have any transactions with minority interest holders.


82


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Fair value disclosures — The FASB issued guidance that requires new disclosures surrounding fair value measurements to enhance the existing disclosure requirements including 1) information about transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements as well as a detailed reconciliation of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements; 2) a more detailed level of disaggregation for each class of assets and liabilities; and 3) a requirement to disclose information about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures became effective for us on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures related to the detailed reconciliation of Level 3 fair value measurements, which will become effective for us on October 1, 2011. As a result of adopting this standard, beginning in our second fiscal quarter we added a disclosure about the valuation techniques and inputs we used to measure fair value for our Level 2 recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements, which is included in Note 5. As of September 30, 2010, we did not have any Level 3 fair value measurements. Our Master Trust holds an investment in real estate which is classified as a Level 3 fair value measurement at September 30, 2010.
 
3.   Goodwill and Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill and intangible assets were comprised of the following as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Goodwill
  $ 739,314     $ 738,603  
Intangible assets
    834       1,461  
                 
Total
  $ 740,148     $ 740,064  
                 
 
The following presents our goodwill balance allocated by segment and changes in the balance for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010:
 
                                         
          Regulated
                   
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Pipeline, Storage
       
    Distribution
    and Storage
    Marketing
    and Other
       
    Segment     Segment     Segment     Segment     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Balance as of September 30, 2009
  $ 571,592     $ 132,300     $ 24,282     $ 10,429     $ 738,603  
Deferred tax adjustments on prior acquisitions (1)
    670       41                   711  
                                         
Balance as of September 30, 2010
  $ 572,262     $ 132,341     $ 24,282     $ 10,429     $ 739,314  
                                         
 
 
(1) During the preparation of the fiscal 2010 tax provision, we adjusted certain deferred taxes recorded in connection with acquisitions completed in fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2004, which resulted in an increase to goodwill and net deferred tax liabilities of $0.7 million.
 
Information regarding our intangible assets is reflected in the following table. As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, we had no intangible assets with indefinite lives.
 
                                                         
        September 30, 2010   September 30, 2009
    Useful
  Gross
          Gross
       
    Life
  Carrying
  Accumulated
      Carrying
  Accumulated
   
    (Years)   Amount   Amortization   Net   Amount   Amortization   Net
    (In thousands)
 
Customer contracts
    10     $ 6,926     $ (6,092 )   $ 834     $ 6,926     $ (5,465 )   $ 1,461  


83


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents actual amortization expense recognized during 2010 and an estimate of future amortization expense based upon our intangible assets at September 30, 2010.
 
         
Amortization expense (in thousands):
       
Actual for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2010
  $ 627  
Estimated for the fiscal year ending:
       
September 30, 2011
  $ 627  
September 30, 2012
    43  
September 30, 2013
    43  
September 30, 2014
    43  
September 30, 2015
    43  
 
4.   Financial Instruments
 
We currently use financial instruments to mitigate commodity price risk. Additionally, we periodically utilize financial instruments to manage interest rate risk. The objectives and strategies for using financial instruments have been tailored to our regulated and nonregulated businesses. Currently, we utilize financial instruments in our natural gas distribution, natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments. However, our pipeline, storage and other segment uses financial instruments acquired from AEM on the same terms that AEM received from an independent counterparty. On a consolidated basis, these financial instruments are reported in the natural gas marketing segment.
 
As discussed in Note 2, we report our financial instruments as risk management assets and liabilities, each of which is classified as current or noncurrent based upon the anticipated settlement date of the underlying financial instrument. The following table shows the fair values of our risk management assets and liabilities by segment at September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                         
    Natural Gas
    Natural Gas
       
    Distribution     Marketing     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
September 30, 2010
                       
Assets from risk management activities, current (1)
  $ 2,219     $ 18,356     $ 20,575  
Assets from risk management activities, noncurrent
    47       890       937  
Liabilities from risk management activities, current (1)
    (48,942 )     (731 )     (49,673 )
Liabilities from risk management activities, noncurrent
    (2,924 )     (6,000 )     (8,924 )
                         
Net assets (liabilities)
  $ (49,600 )   $ 12,515     $ (37,085 )
                         
September 30, 2009
                       
Assets from risk management activities, current (2)
  $ 4,395     $ 27,248     $ 31,643  
Assets from risk management activities, noncurrent
    1,620       12,415       14,035  
Liabilities from risk management activities, current
    (20,181 )     (1,301 )     (21,482 )
Liabilities from risk management activities, noncurrent
                 
                         
Net assets (liabilities)
  $ (14,166 )   $ 38,362     $ 24,196  
                         
 
 
(1) Includes $24.9 million of cash held on deposit to collateralize certain financial instruments. Of this amount, $12.6 million was used to offset current risk management liabilities under master netting arrangements and the remaining $12.3 million is classified as current risk management assets.
 
(2) Includes $11.7 million of cash held on deposit to collateralize certain financial instruments which is classified as current risk management assets.


84


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Regulated Commodity Risk Management Activities
 
Although our purchased gas cost adjustment mechanisms essentially insulate our natural gas distribution segment from commodity price risk, our natural gas distribution customers are exposed to the effects of volatile natural gas prices. We manage this exposure through a combination of physical storage, fixed-price forward contracts and financial instruments, primarily over-the-counter swap and option contracts, in an effort to minimize the impact of natural gas price volatility on our customers during the winter heating season.
 
Our natural gas distribution gas supply department is responsible for executing this segment’s commodity risk management activities in conformity with regulatory requirements. In jurisdictions where we are permitted to mitigate commodity price risk through financial instruments, the relevant regulatory authorities may establish the level of heating season gas purchases that can be hedged. If the regulatory authority does not establish this level, we seek to hedge between 25 and 50 percent of anticipated heating season gas purchases using financial instruments. For the 2009-2010 heating season, in the jurisdictions where we are permitted to utilize financial instruments, we hedged approximately 29 percent, or 26.9 Bcf of the winter flowing gas requirements at a weighted average cost of approximately $6.38 per Mcf. We have not designated these financial instruments as hedges.
 
We currently do not manage commodity price risk with financial instruments in our regulated transmission and storage segment.
 
Nonregulated Commodity Risk Management Activities
 
Our natural gas marketing segment, through AEM, aggregates and purchases gas supply, arranges transportation and/or storage logistics and ultimately delivers gas to our customers at competitive prices. To facilitate this process, we utilize proprietary and customer-owned transportation and storage assets to provide the various services our customers’ request.
 
We also perform asset optimization activities in both our natural gas marketing segment and pipeline, storage and other segment. Through asset optimization activities, we seek to enhance our gross profit by maximizing the economic value associated with the storage and transportation capacity we own or control. We attempt to meet this objective by engaging in natural gas storage transactions in which we seek to find and profit from the pricing differences that occur over time. We purchase physical natural gas and then sell financial instruments at advantageous prices to lock in a gross profit margin. Through the use of transportation and storage services and financial instruments, we also seek to capture gross profit margin through the arbitrage of pricing differences that exist in various locations and by recognizing pricing differences that occur over time. Over time, gains and losses on the sale of storage gas inventory should be offset by gains and losses on the financial instruments, resulting in the realization of the economic gross profit margin we anticipated at the time we structured the original transaction.
 
As a result of these activities, our nonregulated operations are exposed to risks associated with changes in the market price of natural gas. We manage our exposure to such risks through a combination of physical storage and financial instruments, including futures, over-the-counter and exchange-traded options and swap contracts with counterparties. Future contracts provide the right to buy or sell the commodity at a fixed price in the future. Option contracts provide the right, but not the requirement, to buy or sell the commodity at a fixed price. Swap contracts require receipt of payment for the commodity based on the difference between a fixed price and the market price on the settlement date.
 
We use financial instruments, designated as cash flow hedges of anticipated purchases and sales at index prices, to mitigate the commodity price risk in our natural gas marketing segment associated with deliveries under fixed-priced forward contracts to deliver gas to customers. These financial instruments have maturity dates ranging from one to 59 months. We use financial instruments, designated as fair value hedges, to hedge


85


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
our natural gas inventory used in our asset optimization activities in our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments.
 
Also, in our natural gas marketing segment, we use storage swaps and futures to capture additional storage arbitrage opportunities that arise subsequent to the execution of the original fair value hedge associated with our physical natural gas inventory, basis swaps to insulate and protect the economic value of our fixed price and storage books and various over-the-counter and exchange-traded options. These financial instruments have not been designated as hedges.
 
Our nonregulated risk management activities are controlled through various risk management policies and procedures. Our Audit Committee has oversight responsibility for our nonregulated risk management limits and policies. Our risk management committee, comprised of corporate and business unit officers, is responsible for establishing and enforcing our nonregulated risk management policies and procedures.
 
Under our risk management policies, we seek to match our financial instrument positions to our physical storage positions as well as our expected current and future sales and purchase obligations in order to maintain no open positions at the end of each trading day. The determination of our net open position as of any day, however, requires us to make assumptions as to future circumstances, including the use of gas by our customers in relation to our anticipated storage and market positions. Because the price risk associated with any net open position at the end of each day may increase if the assumptions are not realized, we review these assumptions as part of our daily monitoring activities. Our operations can also be affected by intraday fluctuations of gas prices, since the price of natural gas purchased or sold for future delivery earlier in the day may not be hedged until later in the day. At times, limited net open positions related to our existing and anticipated commitments may occur. At the close of business on September 30, 2010, AEH had net open positions (including existing storage and related financial contracts) of 0.1 Bcf.
 
Interest Rate Risk Management Activities
 
We periodically manage interest rate risk by entering into Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost associated with anticipated financings.
 
We intend to refinance our $350 million unsecured 7.375% Senior Notes that will mature in May 2011 through the issuance of 30-year unsecured senior notes in June 2011. Additionally, we anticipate issuing $250 million of 30-year unsecured senior notes in November 2011 to fund our capital expenditure program. In September 2010, we entered into five Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost associated with the anticipated issuances of these senior notes. We designated all of these Treasury locks as cash flow hedges of an anticipated transaction.


86


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
In fiscal years 2004 through 2009, we entered into several Treasury lock agreements to fix the Treasury yield component of the interest cost of financing the issuance of long-term debt and senior notes. In October 2004, we settled four Treasury lock agreements associated with the permanent financing of our TXU Gas acquisition with a net $43.8 million payment to the counterparties. In June 2007, we settled a Treasury lock agreement associated with the issuance of our $250 million 6.35% Senior notes with the receipt of $2.9 million from the counterparties, and in March 2009 we settled an agreement associated with the issuance of our $450 million 8.50% senior notes with the receipt of $1.9 million from the counterparty.
 
The gains and losses realized upon settlement were recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are being recognized as a component of interest expense over the life of the associated notes from the date of settlement.
 
Quantitative Disclosures Related to Financial Instruments
 
The following tables present detailed information concerning the impact of financial instruments on our consolidated balance sheet and income statements.
 
As of September 30, 2010, our financial instruments were comprised of both long and short commodity positions. A long position is a contract to purchase the commodity, while a short position is a contract to sell the commodity. As of September 30, 2010, we had net long/(short) commodity contracts outstanding in the following quantities:
 
                             
              Natural
    Pipeline,
 
    Hedge
  Natural Gas
    Gas
    Storage
 
Contract Type   Designation   Distribution     Marketing     and Other  
        Quantity (MMcf)  
 
Commodity contracts
  Fair Value           (13,785 )     (1,770 )
    Cash Flow           38,158       (1,480 )
    Not designated     34,276       34,779       1,255  
                             
          34,276       59,152       (1,995 )
                             


87


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Financial Instruments on the Balance Sheet
 
The following tables present the fair value and balance sheet classification of our financial instruments by operating segment as of September 30, 2010 and 2009. As required by authoritative accounting literature, the fair value amounts below are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect the netting of asset and liability positions permitted under the terms of our master netting arrangements. Further, the amounts below do not include $24.9 million and $11.7 million of cash held on deposit in margin accounts as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 to collateralize certain financial instruments. Therefore, these gross balances are not indicative of either our actual credit exposure or net economic exposure. Additionally, the amounts below will not be equal to the amounts presented on our consolidated balance sheet, nor will they be equal to the fair value information presented for our financial instruments in Note 5.
 
                                     
        Natural
    Natural
             
        Gas
    Gas
             
   
Balance Sheet Location
  Distribution     Marketing (1)     Total        
        (In thousands)        
 
September 30, 2010
                                   
Designated As Hedges:
                                   
Asset Financial Instruments
                                   
Current commodity contracts
  Other current assets   $     $ 40,030     $ 40,030          
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets           2,461       2,461          
Liability Financial Instruments
                                   
Current commodity contracts
  Other current liabilities           (56,575 )     (56,575 )        
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred credits and other liabilities           (9,222 )     (9,222 )        
                                     
Total
              (23,306 )     (23,306 )        
Not Designated As Hedges:
                                   
Asset Financial Instruments
                                   
Current commodity contracts
  Other current assets     2,219       16,459       18,678          
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets     47       2,056       2,103          
Liability Financial Instruments
                                   
Current commodity contracts
  Other current liabilities     (48,942 )     (7,178 )     (56,120 )        
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred credits and other liabilities     (2,924 )     (405 )     (3,329 )        
                                     
Total
        (49,600 )     10,932       (38,668 )        
                                     
Total Financial Instruments
      $ (49,600 )   $ (12,374 )   $ (61,974 )        
                                     
 
 
(1) Our pipeline, storage and other segment uses financial instruments acquired from AEM on the same terms that AEM received from an independent counterparty. On a consolidated basis, these financial instruments are reported in the natural gas marketing segment; however, the underlying hedged item is reported in the pipeline, storage and other segment.
 


88


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                             
        Natural
    Natural
       
        Gas
    Gas
       
   
Balance Sheet Location
  Distribution     Marketing (1)     Total  
              (In thousands)        
 
September 30, 2009
                           
Designated As Hedges:
                           
Asset Financial Instruments
                           
Current commodity contracts
  Other current assets   $     $ 53,526     $ 53,526  
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets           6,800       6,800  
Liability Financial Instruments
                           
Current commodity contracts
  Other current liabilities           (47,146 )     (47,146 )
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred credits and other liabilities           (999 )     (999 )
                             
Total
              12,181       12,181  
Not Designated As Hedges:
                           
Asset Financial Instruments
                           
Current commodity contracts
  Other current assets     4,395       27,559       31,954  
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred charges and other assets     1,620       7,964       9,584  
Liability Financial Instruments
                           
Current commodity contracts
  Other current liabilities     (20,181 )     (19,657 )     (39,838 )
Noncurrent commodity contracts
  Deferred credits and other liabilities           (1,349 )     (1,349 )
                             
Total
        (14,166 )     14,517       351  
                             
Total Financial Instruments
      $ (14,166 )   $ 26,698     $ 12,532  
                             
 
 
(1) Our pipeline, storage and other segment uses financial instruments acquired from AEM on the same terms that AEM received from an independent counterparty. On a consolidated basis, these financial instruments are reported in the natural gas marketing segment; however, the underlying hedged item is reported in the pipeline, storage and other segment.
 
Impact of Financial Instruments on the Income Statement
 
The following tables present the impact that financial instruments had on our consolidated income statement, by operating segment, as applicable, for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Hedge ineffectiveness for our natural gas marketing and pipeline storage and other segments is recorded as a component of unrealized gross profit and primarily results from differences in the location and timing of the derivative instrument and the hedged item. Hedge ineffectiveness could materially affect our results of operations for the reported period. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 we recognized a gain arising from fair value and cash flow hedge ineffectiveness of $51.8 million, $6.4 million and $46.0 million. Additional information regarding ineffectiveness recognized in the income statement is included in the tables below.

89


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Fair Value Hedges
 
The impact of commodity contracts designated as fair value hedges and the related hedged item on our consolidated income statement for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010  
    Natural Gas
    Pipeline, Storage
       
    Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
          (In thousands)        
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 31,397     $ 3,253     $ 34,650  
Fair value adjustment for natural gas inventory designated as the hedged item
    16,557       3,310       19,867  
                         
Total impact on revenue
  $ 47,954     $ 6,563     $ 54,517  
                         
The impact on revenue is comprised of the following:
                       
Basis ineffectiveness
  $ (1,272 )   $     $ (1,272 )
Timing ineffectiveness
    49,226       6,563       55,789  
                         
    $ 47,954     $ 6,563     $ 54,517  
                         
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009  
    Natural Gas
    Pipeline, Storage
       
    Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
          (In thousands)        
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 37,967     $ 7,153     $ 45,120  
Fair value adjustment for natural gas inventory designated as the hedged item
    (25,501 )     (3,330 )     (28,831 )
                         
Total impact on revenue
  $ 12,466     $ 3,823     $ 16,289  
                         
The impact on revenue is comprised of the following:
                       
Basis ineffectiveness
  $ 5,958     $     $ 5,958  
Timing ineffectiveness
    6,508       3,823       10,331  
                         
    $ 12,466     $ 3,823     $ 16,289  
                         
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008  
    Natural Gas
    Pipeline, Storage
       
    Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
          (In thousands)        
 
Commodity contracts
  $ 30,572     $ 4,941     $ 35,513  
Fair value adjustment for natural gas inventory designated as the hedged item
    6,281       482       6,763  
                         
Total impact on revenue
  $ 36,853     $ 5,423     $ 42,276  
                         
The impact on revenue is comprised of the following:
                       
Basis ineffectiveness
  $ (2,841 )   $     $ (2,841 )
Timing ineffectiveness
    39,694       5,423       45,117  
                         
    $ 36,853     $ 5,423     $ 42,276  
                         
 
Basis ineffectiveness arises from natural gas market price differences between the locations of the hedged inventory and the delivery location specified in the hedge instruments. Timing ineffectiveness arises due to changes in the difference between the spot price and the futures price, as well as the difference between the timing of the settlement of the futures and the valuation of the underlying physical commodity. As the commodity contract nears the settlement date, spot to forward price differences should converge, which should reduce or eliminate the impact of this ineffectiveness on revenue.


90


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The impact of cash flow hedges on our consolidated income statements for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below. Note that this presentation does not reflect the financial impact arising from the hedged physical transaction. Therefore, this presentation is not indicative of the economic gross profit we realized when the underlying physical and financial transactions were settled.
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010  
    Natural
          Pipeline,
       
    Gas
    Natural Gas
    Storage
       
    Distribution     Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into revenue for effective portion of commodity contracts
  $     $ (48,095 )   $ 3,286     $ (44,809 )
Loss arising from ineffective portion of commodity contracts
          (2,717 )           (2,717 )
                                 
Total impact on revenue
          (50,812 )     3,286       (47,526 )
Net loss on settled Treasury lock agreements reclassified from AOCI into interest expense
    (2,678 )                 (2,678 )
                                 
Total impact from cash flow hedges
  $ (2,678 )   $ (50,812 )   $ 3,286     $ (50,204 )
                                 
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009  
    Natural
          Pipeline,
       
    Gas
    Natural Gas
    Storage
       
    Distribution     Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into revenue for effective portion of commodity contracts
  $     $ (162,283 )   $ 25,743     $ (136,540 )
Loss arising from ineffective portion of commodity contracts
          (9,888 )           (9,888 )
                                 
Total impact on revenue
          (172,171 )     25,743       (146,428 )
Net loss on settled Treasury lock agreements reclassified from AOCI into interest expense
    (4,070 )                 (4,070 )
                                 
Total impact from cash flow hedges
  $ (4,070 )   $ (172,171 )   $ 25,743     $ (150,498 )
                                 
 


91


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                 
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2008  
    Natural
          Pipeline,
       
    Gas
    Natural Gas
    Storage
       
    Distribution     Marketing     and Other     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into revenue for effective portion of commodity contracts
  $     $ (12,739 )   $ 9,468     $ (3,271 )
Gain arising from ineffective portion of commodity contracts
          3,720             3,720  
                                 
Total impact on revenue
          (9,019 )     9,468       449  
Net loss on settled Treasury lock agreements reclassified from AOCI into interest expense
    (5,076 )                 (5,076 )
                                 
Total impact from cash flow hedges
  $ (5,076 )   $ (9,019 )   $ 9,468     $ (4,627 )
                                 
 
The following table summarizes the gains and losses arising from hedging transactions that were recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, for the years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009. The amounts included in the table below exclude gains and losses arising from ineffectiveness because these amounts are immediately recognized in the income statement as incurred.
 
                 
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Increase (decrease) in fair value:
               
Treasury lock agreements
  $ 343     $ 1,221  
Forward commodity contracts
    (34,296 )     (72,683 )
Recognition of (gains) losses in earnings due to settlements:
               
Treasury lock agreements
    1,687       2,385  
Forward commodity contracts
    27,333       83,290  
                 
Total other comprehensive income (loss) from hedging, net of tax (1)
  $ (4,933 )   $ 14,213  
                 
 
 
(1) Utilizing an income tax rate of approximately 37 percent comprised of the effective rates in each taxing jurisdiction.
 
Deferred losses recorded in AOCI associated with our Treasury lock agreements are recognized in earnings as they are amortized, while deferred losses associated with commodity contracts are recognized in earnings upon settlement. The following amounts, net of deferred taxes, represent the expected recognition in earnings of the deferred losses recorded in AOCI associated with our financial instruments, based upon the fair values of these financial instruments as of September 30, 2010. However, the table below does not include the expected recognition in earnings of the Treasury lock agreements entered into on September 30, 2010 as those financial instruments have not yet settled.
 

92


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                         
    Treasury
             
    Lock
    Commodity
       
    Agreements     Contracts     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
2011
  $ (1,687 )   $ (16,131 )   $ (17,818 )
2012
    (1,687 )     (3,265 )     (4,952 )
2013
    (1,687 )     (1,528 )     (3,215 )
2014
    (1,687 )     (1,178 )     (2,865 )
2015
    179       (7 )     172  
Thereafter
    758             758  
                         
Total (1)
  $ (5,811 )   $ (22,109 )   $ (27,920 )
                         
 
 
(1) Utilizing an income tax rate of approximately 37 percent comprised of the effective rates in each taxing jurisdiction.
 
Financial Instruments Not Designated as Hedges
 
The impact of financial instruments that have not been designated as hedges on our consolidated income statements for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is presented below. Note that this presentation does not reflect the expected gains or losses arising from the underlying physical transactions associated with these financial instruments. Therefore, this presentation is not indicative of the economic gross profit we realized when the underlying physical and financial transactions were settled.
 
As discussed above, financial instruments used in our natural gas distribution segment are not designated as hedges. However, there is no earnings impact on our natural gas distribution segment as a result of the use of these financial instruments because the gains and losses arising from the use of these financial instruments are recognized in the consolidated statement of income as a component of purchased gas cost when the related costs are recovered through our rates and recognized in revenue. Accordingly, the impact of these financial instruments is excluded from this presentation.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended
 
    September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Natural gas marketing commodity contracts
  $ 15,380     $ 43,483     $ (37,200 )
Pipeline, storage and other commodity contracts
    2       (6,614 )     1,139  
                         
Total impact on revenue
  $ 15,382     $ 36,869     $ (36,061 )
                         
 
5.   Fair Value Measurements
 
We report certain assets and liabilities at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). We record cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable at carrying value, which substantially approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. For other financial assets and liabilities, we primarily use quoted market prices and other observable market pricing information to minimize the use of unobservable pricing inputs in our measurements when determining fair value. The methods used to determine fair value for our assets and liabilities are fully described in Note 2.

93


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Effective October 1, 2009, the authoritative guidance related to nonrecurring fair value measurements became effective for us with respect to asset retirement obligations, most nonfinancial assets and liabilities that may be acquired in a business combination and impairment analyses performed for nonfinancial assets. The adoption of the FASB’s fair value guidance for the reporting of these nonrecurring fair value measurements did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows for the year ended September 30, 2010.
 
Fair value measurements also apply to the valuation of our pension and post-retirement plan assets. The fair value of these assets is presented in Note 8 below.
 
Quantitative Disclosures
 
Financial Instruments
 
The classification of our fair value measurements requires judgment regarding the degree to which market data are observable or corroborated by observable market data. The following tables summarize, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2010 and 2009. As required under authoritative accounting literature, assets and liabilities are categorized in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
 
                                         
    Quoted
    Significant
    Significant
             
    Prices in
    Other
    Other
    Netting
       
    Active
    Observable
    Unobservable
    and
       
    Markets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Cash
    September 30,
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2) (1)     (Level 3)     Collateral (2)     2010  
                (In thousands)              
 
Assets:
                                       
Financial instruments
                                       
Natural gas distribution segment
  $     $ 2,266     $     $     $ 2,266  
Natural gas marketing segment
    18,544       42,462             (41,760 )     19,246  
                                         
Total financial instruments
    18,544       44,728             (41,760 )     21,512  
Hedged portion of gas stored underground
                                       
Natural gas marketing segment
    51,032                         51,032  
Pipeline, storage and other segment (4)
    6,475                         6,475  
                                         
Total gas stored underground
    57,507                         57,507  
Available-for-sale securities
    41,466                         41,466  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 117,517     $ 44,728     $     $ (41,760 )   $ 120,485  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Financial instruments
                                       
Natural gas distribution segment
  $     $ 51,866     $     $     $ 51,866  
Natural gas marketing segment
    41,430       31,950             (66,649 )     6,731  
                                         
Total liabilities
  $ 41,430     $ 83,816     $     $ (66,649 )   $ 58,597  
                                         
 


94


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                         
    Quoted
    Significant
    Significant
             
    Prices in
    Other
    Other
    Netting
       
    Active
    Observable
    Unobservable
    and
       
    Markets
    Inputs
    Inputs
    Cash
    September 30,
 
    (Level 1)     (Level 2) (1)     (Level 3)     Collateral (3)     2009  
                (In thousands)              
 
Assets:
                                       
Financial instruments
                                       
Natural gas distribution segment
  $     $ 6,015     $     $     $ 6,015  
Natural gas marketing segment
    34,281       61,568             (56,186 )     39,663  
                                         
Total financial instruments
    34,281       67,583             (56,186 )     45,678  
Hedged portion of gas stored underground
                                       
Natural gas marketing segment
    47,967                         47,967  
Pipeline, storage and other segment (4)
    6,789                         6,789  
                                         
Total gas stored underground
    54,756                         54,756  
Available-for-sale securities
    41,699                         41,699  
                                         
Total assets
  $ 130,736     $ 67,583     $     $ (56,186 )   $ 142,133  
                                         
Liabilities:
                                       
Financial instruments
                                       
Natural gas distribution segment
  $     $ 20,181     $     $     $ 20,181  
Natural gas marketing segment
    48,268       20,883             (67,850 )     1,301  
                                         
Total liabilities
  $ 48,268     $ 41,064     $     $ (67,850 )   $ 21,482  
                                         
 
 
(1) Our Level 2 measurements primarily consist of non-exchange-traded financial instruments, such as over-the-counter options and swaps where market data for pricing is observable. The fair values for these assets and liabilities are determined using a market-based approach in which observable market prices are adjusted for criteria specific to each instrument, such as the strike price, notional amount or basis differences.
 
(2) This column reflects adjustments to our gross financial instrument assets and liabilities to reflect netting permitted under our master netting agreements and the relevant authoritative accounting literature. In addition, as of September 30, 2010 we had $24.9 million of cash held in margin accounts to collateralize certain financial instruments. Of this amount, $12.6 million was used to offset current risk management liabilities under master netting agreements and the remaining $12.3 million is classified as current risk management assets.
 
(3) This column reflects adjustments to our gross financial instrument assets and liabilities to reflect netting permitted under our master netting agreements and the relevant authoritative accounting literature. In addition, as of September 30, 2009 we had $11.7 million of cash held in margin accounts to collateralize certain financial instruments which has been classified as current risk management assets.
 
(4) Our pipeline, storage and other segment uses financial instruments acquired from AEM on the same terms that AEM received from an independent counterparty. On a consolidated basis, these financial instruments are reported in the natural gas marketing segment; however, the underlying hedged item is reported in the pipeline, storage and other segment.

95


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
 
Other Fair Value Measures
 
In addition to the financial instruments above, we have several financial and nonfinancial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measures. These financial assets and liabilities include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The nonfinancial assets and liabilities include asset retirement obligations and pension and post-retirement plan assets. As noted above, fair value disclosures for pension and post-retirement plan assets became effective for us on October 1, 2009. These disclosures are included in Note 8. We record cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt at carrying value. For cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable, we consider carrying value to materially approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.
 
Our debt is recorded at carrying value. The fair value of our debt is determined using third party market value quotations. The following table presents the carrying value and fair value of our debt as of September 30, 2010:
 
         
    September 30, 2010
    (In thousands)
 
Carrying Amount
  $ 2,172,696  
Fair Value
  $ 2,439,349  
 
6.   Debt
 
Long-term debt
 
Long-term debt at September 30, 2010 and 2009 consisted of the following:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Unsecured 7.375% Senior Notes, due May 2011
  $ 350,000     $ 350,000  
Unsecured 10% Notes, due December 2011
    2,303       2,303  
Unsecured 5.125% Senior Notes, due 2013
    250,000       250,000  
Unsecured 4.95% Senior Notes, due 2014
    500,000       500,000  
Unsecured 6.35% Senior Notes, due 2017
    250,000       250,000  
Unsecured 8.50% Senior Notes, due 2019
    450,000       450,000  
Unsecured 5.95% Senior Notes, due 2034
    200,000       200,000  
Medium term notes
               
Series A, 1995-2, 6.27%, due December 2010
    10,000       10,000  
Series A, 1995-1, 6.67%, due 2025
    10,000       10,000  
Unsecured 6.75% Debentures, due 2028
    150,000       150,000  
Rental property, propane and other term notes due in installments through 2013
    393       524  
                 
Total long-term debt
    2,172,696       2,172,827  
Less:
               
Original issue discount on unsecured senior notes and debentures
    (3,014 )     (3,296 )
Current maturities
    (360,131 )     (131 )
                 
    $ 1,809,551     $ 2,169,400  
                 
 
As noted above, our Unsecured 7.375% Senior Notes will mature in May 2011 and our Series A, 1995-2, 6.27% medium term notes will mature in December 2010; accordingly, these have been classified within the current maturities of long-term debt.


96


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Short-term debt
 
Our short-term borrowing requirements are affected by the seasonal nature of the natural gas business. Changes in the price of natural gas and the amount of natural gas we need to supply our customers’ needs could significantly affect our borrowing requirements. Our short-term borrowings typically reach their highest levels in the winter months.
 
We finance our short-term borrowing requirements through a combination of a $566.7 million commercial paper program and four committed revolving credit facilities with third-party lenders that provide approximately $1.2 billion of working capital funding. At September 30, 2010 and 2009, there was $126.1 million and $72.6 million outstanding under our commercial paper program. As of September 30, 2010 our commercial paper had maturities of less than one week with interest rates of 0.34 percent. We also use intercompany credit facilities to supplement the funding provided by these third-party committed credit facilities. These facilities are described in greater detail below.
 
Regulated Operations
 
We fund our regulated operations as needed, primarily through our commercial paper program and three committed revolving credit facilities with third-party lenders that provide approximately $800 million of working capital funding. The first facility is a five-year $566.7 million unsecured facility, expiring December 15, 2011, that bears interest at a base rate or at a LIBOR-based rate for the applicable interest period, plus a spread ranging from 0.30 percent to 0.75 percent, based on the Company’s credit ratings. This credit facility serves as a backup liquidity facility for our commercial paper program. At September 30, 2010, there were no borrowings under this facility, but we had $126.1 million of commercial paper outstanding leaving $440.6 million available.
 
The second facility is a $200 million unsecured 364-day facility expiring October 22, 2010, that bears interest at a base rate or at a LIBOR-based rate for the applicable interest period, plus a spread ranging from 1.75 percent to 3.00 percent, based on the Company’s credit ratings. At September 30, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility. In October 2010, this facility was replaced with a $200 million 180-day facility on substantially the same terms, which expires in April 2011.
 
The third facility is a $25 million unsecured facility that bears interest at a daily negotiated rate, generally based on the Federal Funds rate plus a variable margin. At September 30, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this facility.
 
The availability of funds under these credit facilities is subject to conditions specified in the respective credit agreements, all of which we currently satisfy. These conditions include our compliance with financial covenants and the continued accuracy of representations and warranties contained in these agreements. We are required by the financial covenants in each of these facilities to maintain, at the end of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of total debt to total capitalization of no greater than 70 percent. At September 30, 2010, our total-debt-to-total-capitalization ratio, as defined, was 54 percent. In addition, both the interest margin over the Eurodollar rate and the fee that we pay on unused amounts under each of these facilities are subject to adjustment depending upon our credit ratings.
 
In addition to these third-party facilities, our regulated operations have a $200 million intercompany revolving credit facility with AEH. This facility bears interest at the lower of (i) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 0.45 percent or (ii) the marginal borrowing rate available to the Company on the date of borrowing. The marginal borrowing rate is defined as the lower of (i) a rate based upon the lower of the Prime Rate or the Eurodollar rate under the five year revolving credit facility, (ii) a rate based upon the lower of the Prime Rate or the Eurodollar rate under the 364-day revolving credit facility or (iii) the lowest rate outstanding under the commercial paper program. Applicable state regulatory commissions have approved our use of this facility


97


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
through December 31, 2011 for up to $350 million. There was $132.4 million outstanding under this facility at September 30, 2010.
 
Nonregulated Operations
 
On December 10, 2009, AEM and the participating banks amended and restated AEM’s $450 million committed revolving credit facility extending it to December 9, 2010. We are currently in discussions with our third-party lenders to replace this facility with a $200 million three-year facility with an accordion feature that could increase AEM’s borrowing capacity to $500 million.
 
AEM uses this facility primarily to issue letters of credit and, on a less frequent basis, to borrow funds for gas purchases and other working capital needs. At AEM’s option, borrowings made under the credit facility are based on a base rate or an offshore rate, in each case plus an applicable margin. The base rate is a floating rate equal to the higher of: (a) 0.50 percent per annum above the latest federal funds rate; (b) the per annum rate of interest established by BNP Paribas from time to time as its “prime rate” or “base rate” for U.S. dollar loans; (c) an offshore rate (based on LIBOR with a one-month interest period) as in effect from time to time; and (d) the “cost of funds” rate which is the cost of funds as reasonably determined by the administrative agent plus 0.50 percent. The offshore rate is a floating rate equal to the higher of (a) an offshore rate based upon LIBOR for the applicable interest period; and (b) a “cost of funds” rate referred to above. In the case of both base rate and offshore rate loans, the applicable margin ranges from 2.250 percent to 2.625 percent per annum, depending on the excess tangible net worth of AEM, as defined in the credit facility. This facility is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of AEM and is guaranteed by AEH.
 
At September 30, 2010, there were no borrowings outstanding under this credit facility. However, at September 30, 2010, AEM letters of credit totaling $22.9 million had been issued under the facility, which reduced the amount available by a corresponding amount. The amount available under this credit facility is also limited by various covenants, including covenants based on working capital. Under the most restrictive covenant, the amount available to AEM under this credit facility was $169.3 million at September 30, 2010.
 
AEM is required by the financial covenants in this facility to maintain a ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth that does not exceed a maximum of 5 to 1. At September 30, 2010, AEM’s ratio of total liabilities to tangible net worth, as defined, was 0.94 to 1. Additionally, AEM must maintain minimum levels of net working capital and net worth ranging from $75 million to $112.5 million. As defined in the financial covenants, at September 30, 2010, AEM’s net working capital was $180.1 million and its tangible net worth was $194.6 million.
 
To supplement borrowings under this facility, as of September 30, 2010, AEM had a $300 million intercompany demand credit facility with AEH, which bears interest at the greater of (i) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 3.00 percent or (ii) the rate for AEM’s offshore borrowings under its committed credit facility plus 0.75 percent. Amounts outstanding under this facility are subordinated to AEM’s committed credit facility. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at September 30, 2010.
 
Finally, as of September 30, 2010, AEH had a $200 million intercompany demand credit facility with AEC, which bore interest at greater of (i) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 3.00 percent or (ii) the rate for AEM’s offshore borrowings under its committed credit facility plus 0.75 percent. In October 2010, we received regulatory approval to increase this facility, effective December 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011, to $350 million with substantially the same terms. There were no borrowings outstanding under this facility at September 30, 2010.


98


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Shelf Registration
 
On March 31, 2010, we filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to issue, from time to time, up to $1.3 billion in common stock and/or debt securities available for issuance.
 
We received approvals from all requisite state regulatory commissions to issue a total of $1.3 billion in common stock and/or debt securities under the new shelf registration statement, including the carryforward of the $450 million of securities remaining available for issuance under our shelf registration statement filed with the SEC on March 23, 2009. Due to certain restrictions imposed by one state regulatory commission on our ability to issue securities under the new registration statement, we will be able to issue a total of $950 million in debt securities and $350 million in equity securities.
 
Debt Covenants
 
In addition to the financial covenants described above, our credit facilities and public indentures contain usual and customary covenants for our business, including covenants substantially limiting liens, substantial asset sales and mergers.
 
Additionally, our public debt indentures relating to our senior notes and debentures, as well as our revolving credit agreements, each contain a default provision that is triggered if outstanding indebtedness arising out of any other credit agreements in amounts ranging from in excess of $15 million to in excess of $100 million becomes due by acceleration or is not paid at maturity.
 
Further, AEM’s credit agreement contains a cross-default provision whereby AEM would be in default if it defaults on other indebtedness, as defined, by at least $250 thousand in the aggregate.
 
Finally, AEM’s credit agreement contains a provision that would limit the amount of credit available if Atmos Energy were downgraded below an S&P rating of BBB and a Moody’s rating of Baa2. We have no other triggering events in our debt instruments that are tied to changes in specified credit ratings or stock price, nor have we entered into any transactions that would require us to issue equity, based on our credit rating or other triggering events.
 
We were in compliance with all of our debt covenants as of September 30, 2010. If we were unable to comply with our debt covenants, we would likely be required to repay our outstanding balances on demand, provide additional collateral or take other corrective actions.
 
Maturities of long-term debt at September 30, 2010 were as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2011
  $ 360,131  
2012
    2,434  
2013
    250,131  
2014
     
2015
    500,000  
Thereafter
    1,060,000  
         
    $ 2,172,696  
         


99


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
7.   Stock and Other Compensation Plans
 
Share Repurchase Agreement
 
On, July 1, 2010, we entered into an accelerated share repurchase agreement with Goldman Sachs & Co. under which we repurchased $100 million of our outstanding common stock in order to offset stock grants made under our various employee and director incentive compensation plans.
 
We paid $100 million to Goldman Sachs & Co. on July 7, 2010 in a share forward transaction and received 2,958,580 shares of Atmos Energy common stock. We will receive the balance of the shares at the conclusion of the repurchase program. The specific number of shares we will ultimately repurchase in the transaction will be based generally on the average of the daily volume-weighted average share price of our common stock over the duration of the agreement. The agreement is scheduled to end in March 2011, although the termination date may be accelerated. As a result of this transaction, our weighted-average shares outstanding were reduced during the last three months of fiscal 2010. Beginning with our fourth fiscal quarter, the number of outstanding shares used to calculate our earnings per share was reduced by the number of shares repurchased as they were delivered to us and the $100 million purchase price was recorded as a reduction in shareholders’ equity. The repurchase transaction added $0.01 to fiscal 2010 earnings per share.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Plans
 
Total stock-based compensation expense was $12.7 million, $14.5 million and $14.0 million for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, primarily related to restricted stock costs.
 
1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan
 
In August 1998, the Board of Directors approved and adopted the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP), which became effective in October 1998 after approval by our shareholders. The LTIP is a comprehensive, long-term incentive compensation plan providing for discretionary awards of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, bonus stock, time-lapse restricted stock, time-lapse restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units and stock units to certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company and our subsidiaries. The objectives of this plan include attracting and retaining the best personnel, providing for additional performance incentives and promoting our success by providing employees with the opportunity to acquire common stock.
 
We are authorized to grant awards for up to a maximum of 6.5 million shares of common stock under this plan subject to certain adjustment provisions. As of September 30, 2010, non-qualified stock options, bonus stock, time-lapse restricted stock, time-lapse restricted stock units, performance-based restricted stock units and stock units had been issued under this plan, and 848,730 shares were available for future issuance. The option price of the stock options issued under this plan is equal to the market price of our stock at the date of grant. These stock options expire 10 years from the date of the grant and vest annually over a service period ranging from one to three years. However, no stock options have been granted under this plan since fiscal 2003, except for a limited number of options that were converted from bonuses paid under our Annual Incentive Plan, the last of which occurred in fiscal 2006.
 
Restricted Stock Plans
 
As noted above, the LTIP provides for discretionary awards of restricted stock units to help attract, retain and reward employees of Atmos Energy and its subsidiaries. Certain of these awards vest based upon the passage of time and other awards vest based upon the passage of time and the achievement of specified performance targets. The fair value of the awards granted is based on the market price of our stock at the date of grant. The associated expense is recognized ratably over the vesting period.


100


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Employees who are granted shares of time-lapse restricted stock under our LTIP have a nonforfeitable right to dividends that are paid at the same rate at which they are paid on shares of stock without restrictions. In addition, employees who are granted shares of time-lapse restricted stock units under our LTIP have a nonforfeitable right to dividend equivalents that are paid at the same rate at which they are paid on shares of stock without restrictions. Both time-lapse restricted stock and time-lapse restricted stock units contain only a service condition that the employee recipients render continuous services to the Company for a period of three years from the date of grant, except for accelerated vesting in the event of death, disability, change of control of the Company or termination without cause (with certain exceptions). There are no performance conditions required to be met for employees to be vested in either the time-lapse restricted stock or time-lapse restricted stock units.
 
Employees who are granted shares of performance-based restricted stock units under our LTIP have a forfeitable right to dividends that accrue at the same rate at which they are paid on shares of stock without restrictions. Dividends on the performance-based restricted stock units are paid in the form of shares upon the vesting of the award. Performance-based restricted stock units contain a service condition that the employee recipients render continuous services to the Company for a period of three years from the date of grant, except for accelerated vesting in the event of death, disability, change of control of the Company or termination without cause (with certain exceptions) and a performance condition based on a cumulative earnings per share target amount.
 
The following summarizes information regarding the restricted stock issued under the plan during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008:
 
                                                 
    2010     2009     2008  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Number of
    Grant-Date
    Number of
    Grant-Date
    Number of
    Grant-Date
 
    Restricted
    Fair
    Restricted
    Fair
    Restricted
    Fair
 
    Shares     Value     Shares     Value     Shares     Value  
 
Nonvested at beginning of year
    1,295,841     $ 27.23       1,096,770     $ 29.04       948,717     $ 28.95  
Granted
    551,278       29.07       711,909       25.76       547,845       27.90  
Vested
    (493,957 )     29.24       (499,267 )     29.05       (380,895 )     27.17  
Forfeited
    (59,202 )     26.54       (13,571 )     28.92       (18,897 )     29.32  
                                                 
Nonvested at end of year
    1,293,960     $ 27.28       1,295,841     $ 27.23       1,096,770     $ 29.04  
                                                 
 
As of September 30, 2010, there was $18.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested time-lapse restricted shares and restricted stock units granted under the LTIP. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The fair value of restricted stock vested during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $14.4 million, $14.5 million and $10.3 million.


101


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Stock Option Plan
 
A summary of stock option activity under the LTIP follows:
 
                                                 
    2010     2009     2008  
          Weighted
          Weighted
          Weighted
 
          Average
          Average
          Average
 
    Number of
    Exercise
    Number of
    Exercise
    Number of
    Exercise
 
    Options     Price     Options     Price     Options     Price  
 
Outstanding at beginning of year
    611,227     $ 21.88       913,841     $ 22.54       920,841     $ 22.54  
Granted
                                   
Exercised
    (176,265 )     20.44       (130,965 )     21.99       (7,000 )     21.90  
Forfeited
                                   
Expired
                (171,649 )     25.31              
                                                 
Outstanding at end of year (1)
    434,962     $ 22.46       611,227     $ 21.88       913,841     $ 22.54  
                                                 
Exercisable at end of year (2)
    434,962     $ 22.46       611,227     $ 21.88       911,492     $ 22.53  
                                                 
 
 
(1) The weighted-average remaining contractual life for outstanding options was 1.6 years, 2.4 years, and 3.4 years for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options was $1.6 million, $2.1 million and $3.3 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
(2) The weighted-average remaining contractual life for exercisable options was 1.6 years, 2.4 years and 3.4 years for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. The aggregate intrinsic value of exercisable options was $1.6 million, $2.1 million and $3.3 million for the fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Information about outstanding and exercisable options under the LTIP, as of September 30, 2010, is reflected in the following tables:
 
                         
    Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
          Weighted
       
          Average
    Weighted
 
          Remaining
    Average
 
    Number of
    Contractual Life
    Exercise
 
Range of Exercise Prices
  Options     (In years)     Price  
 
$21.23 to $22.99
    316,205       1.7     $ 21.84  
$23.00 to $26.19
    118,757       1.3     $ 24.12  
                         
$21.23 to $26.19
    434,962       1.6     $ 22.46  
                         
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Grant date weighted average fair value per share
  $     $     $  
Net cash proceeds from stock option exercises
  $ 3,604     $ 2,880     $ 153  
Income tax benefit from stock option exercises
  $ 547     $ 177     $ 12  
Total intrinsic value of options exercised
  $ 239     $ 262     $ 26  
 
As of September 30, 2010, there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options.


102


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Other Plans
 
Direct Stock Purchase Plan
 
We maintain a Direct Stock Purchase Plan, open to all investors, which allows participants to have all or part of their cash dividends paid quarterly in additional shares of our common stock. The minimum initial investment required to join the plan is $1,250. Direct Stock Purchase Plan participants may purchase additional shares of our common stock as often as weekly with voluntary cash payments of at least $25, up to an annual maximum of $100,000.
 
Outside Directors Stock-For-Fee Plan
 
In November 1994, the Board adopted the Outside Directors Stock-for-Fee Plan which was approved by our shareholders in February 1995 and was amended and restated in November 1997. The plan permits non-employee directors to receive all or part of their annual retainer and meeting fees in stock rather than in cash.
 
Equity Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors
 
In November 1998, the Board of Directors adopted the Equity Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors which was approved by our shareholders in February 1999. This plan amended the Atmos Energy Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors adopted by the Company in May 1990 and replaced the pension payable under our Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors. The plan provides non-employee directors of Atmos Energy with the opportunity to defer receipt, until retirement, of compensation for services rendered to the Company, invest deferred compensation into either a cash account or a stock account and to receive an annual grant of share units for each year of service on the Board.
 
Other Discretionary Compensation Plans
 
We adopted the Variable Pay Plan in fiscal 1999 for our regulated segments’ employees to give each employee an opportunity to share in our financial success based on the achievement of key performance measures considered critical to achieving business objectives for a given year and has minimum and maximum thresholds. The plan must meet the minimum threshold for the plan to be funded and distributed to employees. These performance measures may include earnings growth objectives, improved cash flow objectives or crucial customer satisfaction and safety results. We monitor progress towards the achievement of the performance measures throughout the year and record accruals based upon the expected payout using the best estimates available at the time the accrual is recorded. During the last several fiscal years, we have used earnings per share as our sole performance measure.
 
We adopted an incentive plan in October 2001 to give the employees in our nonregulated segments an opportunity to share in the success of the nonregulated operations. In fiscal 2010, we modified the award structure of the plan to reflect the different performance goals of the front and back office employees of our nonregulated operations. The front office award structure is based on a fixed percentage of the net income of our nonregulated operations that represents the available award pool for eligible employees. There is no minimum or maximum threshold for the available award pool. The back office award structure is based upon the net earnings of the nonregulated operations and has minimum and maximum thresholds. The plan must meet the minimum threshold in order for the plan to be funded and distributed to employees. We monitor the progress toward the achievement of the thresholds throughout the year and record accruals based upon the expected payout using the best estimates available at the time the accrual is recorded.
 
8.   Retirement and Post-Retirement Employee Benefit Plans
 
We have both funded and unfunded noncontributory defined benefit plans that together cover substantially all of our employees. We also maintain post-retirement plans that provide health care benefits to retired


103


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
employees. Finally, we sponsor defined contribution plans which cover substantially all employees. These plans are discussed in further detail below.
 
Effective September 30, 2007, we adopted the guidance issued by the FASB related to changes in the accounting rules for defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans. The new standard made a significant change to the existing rules by requiring recognition in the balance sheet of the overfunded or underfunded positions of defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans, along with a corresponding noncash, after-tax adjustment to stockholders’ equity.
 
Additionally, this standard requires that our measurement date correspond to the fiscal year end balance sheet date. Effective October 1, 2008, the Company adopted the measurement date requirement using the remeasurement approach. Under this approach, the Company remeasured its projected benefit obligation, fair value of plan assets and its fiscal 2009 net periodic cost. In accordance with the transition rules of the new standard, the impact of changing the measurement date decreased retained earnings by $7.8 million, net of tax, decreased the unrecognized actuarial loss by $9.0 million and increased our postretirement liabilities by $3.5 million as of October 1, 2008.
 
As a rate regulated entity, we generally recover our pension costs in our rates over a period of up to 15 years. Therefore, the decrease in the unrecognized actuarial loss that would have been recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax, was recorded as a reduction to a regulatory asset as a component of deferred charges and other assets in fiscal 2009. The change in the measurement date did not materially impact the level of net periodic pension cost we recorded in fiscal 2009.
 
The amounts that have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost that have been recorded as regulatory assets are as follows:
 
                                 
          Supplemental
             
    Defined
    Executive
    Postretirement
       
    Benefits Plans     Retirement Plans     Plans     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
September 30, 2010
                               
Unrecognized transition obligation
  $     $     $ 4,731     $ 4,731  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (842 )           (10,311 )     (11,153 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    159,539       30,753       25,694       215,986  
                                 
    $ 158,697     $ 30,753     $ 20,114     $ 209,564  
                                 
September 30, 2009
                               
Unrecognized transition obligation
  $     $     $ 6,242     $ 6,242  
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (1,802 )     187       (11,761 )     (13,376 )
Unrecognized actuarial loss
    150,989       29,709       24,179       204,877  
                                 
    $ 149,187     $ 29,896     $ 18,660     $ 197,743  
                                 
 
Defined Benefit Plans
 
Employee Pension Plans
 
As of September 30, 2010, we maintained two defined benefit plans: the Atmos Energy Corporation Pension Account Plan (the Plan) and the Atmos Energy Corporation Retirement Plan for Mississippi Valley Gas Union Employees (the Union Plan) (collectively referred to as the Plans). The assets of the Plans are held within the Atmos Energy Corporation Master Retirement Trust (the Master Trust).


104


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The Plan is a cash balance pension plan that was established effective January 1999 and covers substantially all employees of Atmos Energy’s regulated operations. Opening account balances were established for participants as of January 1999 equal to the present value of their respective accrued benefits under the pension plans which were previously in effect as of December 31, 1998. The Plan credits an allocation to each participant’s account at the end of each year according to a formula based on the participant’s age, service and total pay (excluding incentive pay).
 
The Plan also provides for an additional annual allocation based upon a participant’s age as of January 1, 1999 for those participants who were participants in the prior pension plans. The Plan credited this additional allocation each year through December 31, 2008. In addition, at the end of each year, a participant’s account will be credited with interest on the employee’s prior year account balance. A special grandfather benefit also applied through December 31, 2008, for participants who were at least age 50 as of January 1, 1999, and who were participants in one of the prior plans on December 31, 1998. Participants are fully vested in their account balances after three years of service and may choose to receive their account balances as a lump sum or an annuity. In August 2010, the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy approved a proposal to close the Plan to new participants effective October 1, 2010. Additionally, employees participating in the Plan as of October 1, 2010 will be allowed to make a one-time election to migrate from the Plan into our defined contribution plan which will be enhanced, effective January 1, 2011.
 
The Union Plan is a defined benefit plan that covers substantially all full-time union employees in our Mississippi Division. Under this plan, benefits are based upon years of benefit service and average final earnings. Participants vest in the plan after five years and will receive their benefit in an annuity.
 
Generally, our funding policy is to contribute annually an amount in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, including the funding requirements under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA). However, additional voluntary contributions are made from time to time as considered necessary. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.
 
During fiscal 2010 we did make any contributions to our pension plans. In fiscal 2009, we contributed $21.0 million in cash to the Plans to achieve a desired level of funding while maximizing the tax deductibility of this payment. In fiscal 2008, we voluntarily contributed $2.3 million to the Union Plan, which achieved the desired level of funding for this plan for the 2007 plan year. Based upon market conditions subsequent to September 30, 2010, the current funded position of the plans and the new funding requirements under the PPA, we believe it is reasonably possible that we will be required to contribute to the Plans in fiscal 2011. Further, we will consider whether an additional voluntary contribution is prudent to maintain certain PPA funding thresholds. However, we cannot anticipate with certainty whether such contributions will be made and the amount of such contributions.
 
We manage the Master Trust’s assets with the objective of achieving a rate of return net of inflation of approximately four percent per year. We make investment decisions and evaluate performance on a medium term horizon of at least three to five years. We also consider our current financial status when making recommendations and decisions regarding the Master Trust’s assets. Finally, we strive to ensure the Master Trust’s assets are appropriately invested to maintain an acceptable level of risk and meet the Master Trust’s long-term asset investment policy adopted by the Board of Directors.
 
To achieve these objectives, we invest the Master Trust’s assets in equity securities, fixed income securities, interests in commingled pension trust funds, other investment assets and cash and cash equivalents. Investments in equity securities are diversified among the market’s various subsectors in an effort to diversify risk and maximize returns. Fixed income securities are invested in investment grade securities. Cash equivalents are invested in securities that either are short term (less than 180 days) or readily convertible to cash with modest risk.


105


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents asset allocation information for the Master Trust as of September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
                     
        Actual Allocation
 
    Targeted
  September 30  
Security Class
  Allocation Range   2010     2009  
 
Domestic equities
  35%-55%     44.1 %     38.5 %
International equities
  10%-20%     14.4 %     12.8 %
Fixed income
  10%-30%     19.0 %     19.6 %
Company stock
  5%-15%     11.3 %     10.9 %
Other assets
  5%-15%     11.2 %     18.2 %
 
At September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Plan held 1,169,700 shares of our common stock, which represented 11.3 percent and 10.9 percent of total Master Trust assets. These shares generated dividend income for the Plan of approximately $1.6 million and $1.5 million during fiscal 2010 and 2009.
 
Our employee pension plan expenses and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are affected by numerous assumptions and estimates including the market value of plan assets, estimates of the expected return on plan assets and assumed discount rates and demographic data. We review the estimates and assumptions underlying our employee pension plans annually based upon a September 30 measurement date. Prior to October 1, 2008, the estimates and assumptions were determined based on a June 30 measurement date. As described above, the adoption of new accounting guidance in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States necessitated a change in our measurement date during fiscal 2009. The development of our assumptions is fully described in our significant accounting policies in Note 2. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the pension liability for the Plans were determined as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the Plans were determined as of September 30, 2009, 2008 and June 30, 2007. These assumptions are presented in the following table:
 
                                         
    Pension Liability     Pension Cost  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2008  
 
Discount rate
    5.39 %     5.52 %     5.52 %     7.57 %     6.30 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %


106


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the Plans’ accumulated benefit obligation, projected benefit obligation and funded status as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 391,915     $ 366,770  
                 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 380,045     $ 337,640  
Measurement date change
          (18,446 )
Service cost
    13,499       12,951  
Interest cost
    20,870       24,060  
Actuarial loss
    19,809       49,807  
Benefits paid
    (26,687 )     (25,967 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    407,536       380,045  
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    301,146       341,380  
Measurement date change
          (34,935 )
Actual return on plan assets
    27,249       (332 )
Employer contributions
          21,000  
Benefits paid
    (26,687 )     (25,967 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    301,708       301,146  
                 
Reconciliation:
               
Funded status
    (105,828 )     (78,899 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
           
Unrecognized net loss
           
                 
Net amount recognized
  $ (105,828 )   $ (78,899 )
                 
 
Net periodic pension cost for the Plans for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 is recorded as operating expense and included the following components:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Components of net periodic pension cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 13,499     $ 12,951     $ 13,329  
Interest cost
    20,870       24,060       21,129  
Expected return on assets
    (25,280 )     (24,950 )     (25,242 )
Amortization of prior service cost
    (960 )     (946 )     (897 )
Recognized actuarial loss
    9,290       3,742       6,482  
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 17,419     $ 14,857     $ 14,801  
                         


107


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
As required by authoritative accounting literature, assets are categorized in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Master Trust’s assets at fair value as of September 30, 2010. The methods used to determine fair value for the assets held by the Master Trust are fully described in Note 2. In addition to the assets shown below, the Master Trust had net accounts receivable of $0.1 million at September 30, 2010 which materially approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of these assets.
 
                                 
    Assets at Fair Value as of September 30, 2010  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
Investments:
                               
Common stocks
  $ 116,315     $     $     $ 116,315  
Money market funds
          10,013             10,013  
Registered investment companies
    32,601                   32,601  
Common/collective trusts
          48,920             48,920  
Government securities
    5,548       16,296             21,844  
Corporate bonds
          33,987             33,987  
Limited partnerships
          37,691             37,691  
Real Estate
                200       200  
                                 
Total investments at fair value
  $ 154,464     $ 146,907     $ 200     $ 301,571  
                                 
 
The fair value of our Level 3 real estate assets was determined based on independent third party appraisals. There were no changes in the fair value of the Level 3 assets during the year ended September 30, 2010.
 
Supplemental Executive Benefits Plans
 
We have a nonqualified Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan which provides additional pension, disability and death benefits to our officers, division presidents and certain other employees of the Company who were employed on or before August 12, 1998. In addition, in August 1998, we adopted the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) (formerly known as the Performance-Based Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan), which covers all employees who become officers or division presidents after August 12, 1998 or any other employees selected by our Board of Directors at its discretion.
 
In August 2009, the Board of Directors determined that there would be no new participants in the SERP subsequent to August 5, 2009, except for any corporate officers who may be appointed to the Management Committee. The SERP is a 60 percent of covered compensation defined benefit arrangement in which benefits from the underlying qualified defined benefit plan are an offset to the benefits under the SERP. However, the Board also established a new defined benefit supplemental executive retirement plan (the 2009 SERP), effective August 5, 2009, with each participant being selected by the Board, with each such participant being either (i) a corporate officer (other than such officer who is appointed as a member of the Company’s Management Committee), (ii) a division president or (iii) an employee selected in the discretion of the Board. Under the 2009 SERP, a nominal account has been established for each participant, to which the Company contributes at the end of each calendar year an amount equal to ten percent of the total of each participant’s base salary and cash incentive compensation earned during each prior calendar year, beginning December 31, 2009. The benefits vest after three years of vesting and attainment of age 55 and earn interest credits at the same annual rate as the Company’s Pension Account Plan (currently 4.69%).
 
Similar to our employee pension plans, we review the estimates and assumptions underlying our supplemental executive benefit plans annually based upon a September 30 measurement date using the same


108


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
techniques as our employee pension plans. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the pension liability for the supplemental plans were determined as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the supplemental plans were determined as of September 30, 2009, 2008 and June 30, 2007. These assumptions are presented in the following table:
 
                                         
    Pension Liability   Pension Cost
    2010   2009   2010   2009   2008
 
Discount rate
    5.39 %     5.52 %     5.52 %     7.57 %     6.30 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
 
The following table presents the supplemental plans’ accumulated benefit obligation, projected benefit obligation and funded status as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 99,673     $ 93,906  
                 
Change in projected benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 102,747     $ 91,986  
Measurement date change
          (8,569 )
Service cost
    2,476       1,985  
Interest cost
    5,224       6,056  
Actuarial loss
    3,043       22,366  
Benefits paid
    (4,571 )     (12,722 )
Curtailment
          1,645  
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    108,919       102,747  
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
           
Employer contribution
    4,571       12,722  
Benefits paid
    (4,571 )     (12,722 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
           
                 
Reconciliation:
               
Funded status
    (108,919 )     (102,747 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
           
Unrecognized net loss
           
                 
Accrued pension cost
  $ (108,919 )   $ (102,747 )
                 


109


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Assets for the supplemental plans are held in separate rabbi trusts and comprise the following:
 
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
       
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gain     Loss     Value  
    (In thousands)  
 
As of September 30, 2010:
                               
Domestic equity mutual funds
  $ 29,540     $ 5,698     $     $ 35,238  
Foreign equity mutual funds
    4,753       976             5,729  
Money market funds
    499                   499  
                                 
    $ 34,792     $ 6,674     $     $ 41,466  
                                 
As of September 30, 2009:
                               
Domestic equity mutual funds
  $ 26,012     $ 3,012     $     $ 29,024  
Foreign equity mutual funds
    4,047       893             4,940  
Money market funds
    7,735                   7,735  
                                 
    $ 37,794     $ 3,905     $     $ 41,699  
                                 
 
In fiscal 2009, we recorded a $5.4 million noncash charge to impair certain available-for sale investments during the year ended September 30, 2009 due to the conditions of the financial markets at that time. At September 30, 2010, we did not maintain any investments that are in an unrealized loss position.
 
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the fair value of the assets used to fund the Company’s supplemental executive benefit plans as of September 30, 2010. The methods used to determine fair value for the assets held by the Supplemental Executive Benefit Plan are fully described in Note 2.
 
                                 
    Assets at Fair Value as of September 30, 2010  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
    (In thousands)  
 
Investments:
                               
Money market funds
  $     $ 499     $     $ 499  
Registered investment companies
    40,967                   40,967  
                                 
Total investments at fair value
  $ 40,967     $ 499     $     $ 41,466  
                                 
 
Net periodic pension cost for the supplemental plans for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 is recorded as operating expense and included the following components:
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
          (In thousands)        
 
Components of net periodic pension cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 2,476     $ 1,985     $ 2,184  
Interest cost
    5,224       6,056       5,816  
Amortization of transition asset
                 
Amortization of prior service cost
    187       212       212  
Recognized actuarial loss
    1,999       324       1,222  
Curtailment
          1,645        
                         
Net periodic pension cost
  $ 9,886     $ 10,222     $ 9,434  
                         


110


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Supplemental Disclosures for Defined Benefit Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of Plan Assets
 
The following summarizes key information for our defined benefit plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets. For fiscal 2010 and 2009 the accumulated benefit obligation for our supplemental plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets.
 
                 
    Supplemental Plans
    2010   2009
    (In thousands)
 
Projected Benefit Obligation
  $ 108,919     $ 102,747  
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
    99,673       93,906  
Fair Value of Plan Assets
           
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
 
The following benefit payments for our defined benefit plans, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the following fiscal years:
 
                 
    Pension
  Supplemental
    Plans   Plans
    (In thousands)
 
2011
  $ 31,345     $ 7,513  
2012
    30,586       24,751  
2013
    29,714       6,820  
2014
    29,188       4,709  
2015
    29,405       6,449  
2016-2020
    141,335       42,766  
 
Postretirement Benefits
 
We sponsor the Retiree Medical Plan for Retirees and Disabled Employees of Atmos Energy Corporation (the Atmos Retiree Medical Plan). This plan provides medical and prescription drug protection to all qualified participants based on their date of retirement. The Atmos Retiree Medical Plan provides different levels of benefits depending on the level of coverage chosen by the participants and the terms of predecessor plans; however, we generally pay 80 percent of the projected net claims and administrative costs and participants pay the remaining 20 percent of this cost.
 
As of September 30, 2009, the Board of Directors approved a change to the cost sharing methodology for employees who had not met the participation requirements by that date for the Atmos Retiree Medical Plan. Starting on January 1, 2015, the contribution rates that will apply to all non-grandfathered participants will be determined using a new cost sharing methodology by which Atmos Energy will limit its contribution to a three percent cost increase in claims and administrative costs each year. If medical costs covered by the Atmos Retiree Medical Plan increase more than three percent annually, participants will be responsible for the additional cost.
 
Generally, our funding policy is to contribute annually an amount in accordance with the requirements of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. However, additional voluntary contributions are made annually as considered necessary. Contributions are intended to provide not only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future. We expect to contribute $13.0 million to our postretirement benefits plan during fiscal 2011.


111


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
We maintain a formal investment policy with respect to the assets in our postretirement benefits plan to ensure the assets funding the postretirement benefit plan are appropriately invested to maintain an acceptable level of risk. We also consider our current financial status when making recommendations and decisions regarding the postretirement benefits plan.
 
We currently invest the assets funding our postretirement benefit plan in diversified investment funds which consist of common stocks, preferred stocks and fixed income securities. The diversified investment funds may invest up to 75 percent of assets in common stocks and convertible securities. The following table presents asset allocation information for the postretirement benefit plan assets as of September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
                 
    Actual Allocation
    September 30
Security Class
  2010   2009
 
Diversified investment funds
    97.5 %     98.1 %
Cash and cash equivalents
    2.5 %     1.9 %
 
Similar to our employee pension and supplemental plans, we review the estimates and assumptions underlying our postretirement benefit plan annually based upon a September 30 measurement date using the same techniques as our employee pension plans. The actuarial assumptions used to determine the pension liability for our postretirement plan were determined as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 and the actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension cost for the postretirement plan were determined as of September 30, 2009, 2008 and June 30, 2007. The assumptions are presented in the following table:
 
                                         
    Postretirement
    Postretirement
 
    Liability     Cost  
    2010     2009     2010     2009     2008  
 
Discount rate
    5.39 %     5.52 %     5.52 %     7.57 %     6.30 %
Expected return on plan assets
    5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Initial trend rate
    8.00 %     7.50 %     7.50 %     8.00 %     8.00 %
Ultimate trend rate
    5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %
Ultimate trend reached in
    2016       2014       2015       2015       2011  


112


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
The following table presents the postretirement plan’s benefit obligation and funded status as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 209,732     $ 193,997  
Measurement date change
          (15,024 )
Service cost
    13,439       11,786  
Interest cost
    12,071       14,080  
Plan participants’ contributions
    2,734       2,741  
Actuarial loss
    2,980       24,334  
Benefits paid
    (12,722 )     (10,537 )
Subsidy payments
          116  
Plan amendments
          (11,761 )
                 
Benefit obligation at end of year
    228,234       209,732  
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    47,646       48,072  
Measurement date change
          (4,128 )
Actual return on plan assets
    3,551       1,394  
Employer contributions
    11,824       10,104  
Plan participants’ contributions
    2,734       2,741  
Benefits paid
    (12,722 )     (10,537 )
                 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
    53,033       47,646  
                 
Reconciliation:
               
Funded status
    (175,201 )     (162,086 )
Unrecognized transition obligation
           
Unrecognized prior service cost
           
Unrecognized net loss
           
                 
Accrued postretirement cost
  $ (175,201 )   $ (162,086 )
                 


113


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Net periodic postretirement cost for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 is recorded as operating expense and included the components presented below.
 
                         
    Fiscal Year Ended September 30  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Components of net periodic postretirement cost:
                       
Service cost
  $ 13,439     $ 11,786     $ 13,367  
Interest cost
    12,071       14,080       11,648  
Expected return on assets
    (2,460 )     (2,292 )     (2,861 )
Amortization of transition obligation
    1,511       1,511       1,511  
Amortization of prior service cost
    (1,450 )            
Recognized actuarial loss
    374              
                         
Net periodic postretirement cost
  $ 23,485     $ 25,085     $ 23,665  
                         
 
Assumed health care cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the plan. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects on the latest actuarial calculations:
 
                 
    One-Percentage
  One-Percentage
    Point Increase   Point Decrease
    (In thousands)
 
Effect on total service and interest cost components
  $ 3,802     $ (3,178 )
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
  $ 26,219     $ (22,219 )
 
We are currently recovering other postretirement benefits costs through our regulated rates under accrual accounting as prescribed by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States in substantially all of our service areas. Other postretirement benefits costs have been specifically addressed in rate orders in each jurisdiction served by our Kentucky/Mid-States Division and our Mississippi Division or have been included in a rate case and not disallowed. Management believes that this accounting method is appropriate and will continue to seek rate recovery of accrual-based expenses in its ratemaking jurisdictions that have not yet approved the recovery of these expenses.
 
The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the Retiree Medical Plan’s assets at fair value as of September 30, 2010. The methods used to determine fair value for the assets held by the Retiree Medical Plan are fully described in Note 2.
 
                                 
    Assets at Fair Value as of September 30, 2010  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  
          (In thousands)        
 
Investments:
                               
Money market funds
  $     $ 1,307     $     $ 1,307  
Registered investment companies
    51,726                   51,726  
                                 
Total investments at fair value
  $ 51,726     $ 1,307     $     $ 53,033  
                                 


114


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Estimated Future Benefit Payments
 
The following benefit payments paid by us, retirees and prescription drug subsidy payments for our postretirement benefit plans, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the following fiscal years:
 
                                 
                Total
    Company
  Retiree
  Subsidy
  Postretirement
    Payments   Payments   Payments   Benefits
    (In thousands)
 
2011
  $ 13,006     $ 2,931     $     $ 15,937  
2012
    11,624       3,429             15,053  
2013
    12,960       3,848             16,808  
2014
    14,378       4,294             18,672  
2015
    15,504       4,713             20,217  
2016-2020
    87,039       31,041             118,080  
 
Defined Contribution Plans
 
As of September 30, 2010, we maintained three defined contribution benefit plans: the Atmos Energy Corporation Retirement Savings Plan and Trust (the Retirement Savings Plan), the Atmos Energy Corporation Savings Plan for MVG Union Employees (the Union 401K Plan) and the Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC 401K Profit-Sharing Plan (the AEM 401K Profit-Sharing Plan).
 
The Retirement Savings Plan covers substantially all employees in our regulated operations and is subject to the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Effective January 1, 2007, employees automatically became participants of the Retirement Savings Plan on the date of employment. Participants may elect a salary reduction ranging from a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of 65 percent of eligible compensation, as defined by the Plan, not to exceed the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. New participants are automatically enrolled in the Plan at a salary reduction amount of four percent of eligible compensation, from which they may opt out. We match 100 percent of a participant’s contributions, limited to four percent of the participant’s salary, in our common stock. However, participants have the option to immediately transfer this matching contribution into other funds held within the plan. Participants are eligible to receive matching contributions after completing one year of service. Participants are also permitted to take out loans against their accounts subject to certain restrictions. In August 2010, the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy approved a proposal to close the Pension Account Plan to new participants effective October 1, 2010. New employees will participate in our defined contribution plan, which has been enhanced, effective January 1, 2011. Current employees participating in the Pension Account Plan as of October 1, 2010 will be allowed to make a one-time election to migrate from the Plan into our defined contribution plan, effective January 1, 2011. Under the enhanced plan, participants will receive a fixed annual contribution of four percent of eligible earnings to their Retirement Savings Plan account. Participants will continue to be eligible for company matching contributions of up to four percent of their eligible earnings and will be fully vested in the fixed annual contribution after three years of service.
 
The Union 401K Plan covers substantially all Mississippi Division employees who are members of the International Chemical Workers Union Council, United Food and Commercial Workers Union International (the Union) and is subject to the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employees of the Union automatically become participants of the Union 401K plan on the date of union membership. We match 50 percent of a participant’s contribution in cash, limited to six percent of the participant’s eligible contribution. Participants are also permitted to take out loans against their accounts subject to certain restrictions.


115


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Matching contributions to the Retirement Savings Plan and the Union 401K Plan are expensed as incurred and amounted to $9.8 million, $9.3 million, and $8.9 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. The Board of Directors may also approve discretionary contributions, subject to the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and applicable regulations of the Internal Revenue Service. No discretionary contributions were made for fiscal years 2010, 2009 or 2008. At September 30, 2010 and 2009, the Retirement Savings Plan held 4.3 percent and 3.8 percent of our outstanding common stock.
 
The AEM 401K Profit-Sharing Plan covers substantially all AEM employees and is subject to the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants may elect a salary reduction ranging from a minimum of one percent up to a maximum of 65 percent of eligible compensation, as defined by the Plan, not to exceed the maximum allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company may elect to make safe harbor contributions up to three percent of the employee’s salary which vest immediately. The Company may also make discretionary profit sharing contributions to the AEM 401K Profit-Sharing Plan. Participants become fully vested in the discretionary profit-sharing contributions after three years of service. Participants are also permitted to take out loans against their accounts subject to certain restrictions. Discretionary contributions to the AEM 401K Profit-Sharing Plan are expensed as incurred and amounted to $1.3 million, $1.2 million and $1.2 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
9.   Details of Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Captions
 
The following tables provide additional information regarding the composition of certain of our balance sheet captions.
 
Accounts receivable
 
Accounts receivable was comprised of the following at September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Billed accounts receivable
  $ 223,129     $ 179,667  
Unbilled revenue
    47,423       42,618  
Other accounts receivable
    15,356       21,999  
                 
Total accounts receivable
    285,908       244,284  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
    (12,701 )     (11,478 )
                 
Net accounts receivable
  $ 273,207     $ 232,806  
                 


116


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Other current assets
 
Other current assets as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 were comprised of the following accounts.
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Assets from risk management activities
  $ 20,575     $ 31,643  
Deferred gas costs
    22,701       22,233  
Taxes receivable
    19,382       15,115  
Current deferred tax asset
    53,926        
Prepaid expenses
    24,754       21,807  
Current portion of leased assets receivable
    2,973       2,973  
Materials and supplies
    3,940       3,349  
Asset held for sale
          19,925  
Other
    2,744       15,158  
                 
Total
  $ 150,995     $ 132,203  
                 
 
In February 2008, Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC, a subsidiary of AEH, announced plans to construct and operate a salt-cavern storage project in Franklin Parish, Louisiana. During the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009, management approved a plan to pursue the sale of the storage facility project which was expected to be completed within fiscal 2010; therefore the assets were classified in other current assets as an asset held for sale as of September 30, 2009. In March 2010, we entered into an option and acquisition agreement with a third party, which provides the third party with the exclusive option to develop the proposed Fort Necessity salt-dome natural gas storage project. If the option is exercised, we will retain a non-controlling equity position in Fort Necessity and will share in a percentage of the profits. In July 2010, we signed an extension to the option and acquisition agreement which gives the third party until March 2011 to exercise the option to develop the project. Due to the current status of the project, the assets are presented as a long-term asset as of September 30, 2010 and are no longer classified as an asset held for sale.
 
Property, plant and equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment was comprised of the following as of September 30, 2010 and 2009:
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Production plant
  $ 17,360     $ 23,359  
Storage plant
    193,155       156,466  
Transmission plant
    1,108,398       1,029,487  
Distribution plant
    4,339,277       4,103,531  
General plant
    671,953       614,324  
Intangible plant
    54,253       54,253  
                 
      6,384,396       5,981,420  
Construction in progress
    157,922       105,198  
                 
      6,542,318       6,086,618  
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (1,749,243 )     (1,647,515 )
                 
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 4,793,075     $ 4,439,103  
                 


117


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Deferred charges and other assets
 
Deferred charges and other assets as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 were comprised of the following accounts.
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Marketable securities
  $ 41,466     $ 41,699  
Regulatory assets
    254,809       251,242  
Deferred financing costs
    35,761       40,854  
Assets from risk management activities
    937       14,035  
Other
    22,403       11,146  
                 
Total
  $ 355,376     $ 358,976  
                 
 
Other current liabilities
 
Other current liabilities as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 were comprised of the following accounts.
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Customer deposits
  $ 63,733     $ 69,966  
Accrued employee costs
    40,642       40,582  
Deferred gas costs
    43,333       110,754  
Accrued interest
    42,901       46,495  
Liabilities from risk management activities
    49,673       21,482  
Taxes payable
    56,616       49,821  
Pension and postretirement obligations
    14,815       28,712  
Regulatory cost of removal accrual
    30,953       14,342  
Current deferred tax liability
          9,054  
Other
    70,974       66,111  
                 
Total
  $ 413,640     $ 457,319  
                 


118


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Deferred credits and other liabilities
 
Deferred credits and other liabilities as of September 30, 2010 and 2009 were comprised of the following accounts.
 
                 
    September 30  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Postretirement obligations
  $ 167,899     $ 154,784  
Retirement plan obligations
    207,234       160,236  
Customer advances for construction
    15,466       16,907  
Regulatory liabilities
    6,112       7,960  
Asset retirement obligation
    11,432       13,037  
Uncertain tax positions
    6,731       6,731  
Liabilities from risk management activities
    8,924        
Other
    6,366       8,503  
                 
Total
  $ 430,164     $ 368,158  
                 
 
10.   Earnings Per Share
 
As discussed in Note 2, since we have non-vested share-based payments with a nonforfeitable right to dividends or dividend equivalents (referred to as participating securities) we are required to use the two-class method of computing earnings per share as of October 1, 2009. The Company’s non-vested restricted stock and restricted stock units, granted under the LTIP, for which vesting is predicated solely on the passage of time, are considered to be participating securities. The calculation of earnings per share using the two-class method excludes income attributable to these participating securities from the numerator and excludes the dilutive impact of those shares from the denominator. The presentation of earnings per share for previously reported periods has been adjusted to reflect the retrospective adoption of this standard.


119


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended September 30 are calculated as follows:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Basic Earnings Per Share
                       
Net income
  $ 205,839     $ 190,978     $ 180,331  
Less: Income allocated to participating securities
    2,106       1,784       1,387  
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 203,733     $ 189,194     $ 178,944  
                         
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    91,852       91,117       89,385  
                         
Net income per share — Basic
  $ 2.22     $ 2.08     $ 2.00  
                         
Diluted Earnings Per Share
                       
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 203,733     $ 189,194     $ 178,944  
Effect of dilutive stock options and other shares
    5       4       3  
                         
Net income available to common shareholders
  $ 203,738     $ 189,198     $ 178,947  
                         
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
    91,852       91,117       89,385  
Additional dilutive stock options and other shares
    570       503       556  
                         
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
    92,422       91,620       89,941  
                         
Net income per share — Diluted
  $ 2.20     $ 2.07     $ 1.99  
                         
 
There were no out-of-the-money options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 and 2008. There were approximately 70,000 out-of-the-money options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2009.
 
11.   Income Taxes
 
The components of income tax expense from continuing operations for 2010, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Current
                       
Federal
  $ (73,794 )   $ (37,042 )   $ 7,161  
State
    6,133       7,964       7,696  
Deferred
                       
Federal
    184,800       138,959       85,573  
State
    11,931       (9,200 )     12,367  
Investment tax credits
    (283 )     (390 )     (424 )
                         
    $ 128,787     $ 100,291     $ 112,373  
                         


120


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Reconciliations of the provision for income taxes computed at the statutory rate to the reported provisions for income taxes from continuing operations for 2010, 2009 and 2008 are set forth below:
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Tax at statutory rate of 35%
  $ 117,119     $ 101,944     $ 102,446  
Common stock dividends deductible for tax reporting
    (1,785 )     (1,591 )     (1,363 )
Tax exempt income
    (2 )     (153 )      
State taxes (net of federal benefit)
    11,742       (803 )     12,523  
Other, net
    1,713       894       (1,233 )
                         
Income tax expense
  $ 128,787     $ 100,291     $ 112,373  
                         
 
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for book and tax purposes. The tax effect of temporary differences that gave rise to significant components of the deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets at September 30, 2010 and 2009 are presented below:
 
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Deferred tax assets:
               
Costs expensed for book purposes and capitalized for tax purposes
  $     $ 6,771  
Accruals not currently deductible for tax purposes
    9,182       7,664  
Customer advances
    5,723       6,256  
Nonqualified benefit plans
    43,427       41,359  
Postretirement benefits
    57,386       53,074  
Treasury lock agreements
    3,211       4,404  
Unamortized investment tax credit
    183       192  
Regulatory liabilities
    217       834  
Tax net operating loss and credit carryforwards
    63,621       1,997  
Difference between book and tax on mark to market accounting
    2,159        
Other, net
    4,561       6,311  
                 
Total deferred tax assets
    189,670       128,862  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Difference in net book value and net tax value of assets
    (940,914 )     (672,763 )
Pension funding
    (14,936 )     (21,379 )
Gas cost adjustments
    (6,473 )     (2,459 )
Regulatory assets
    (219 )     (195 )
Cost expensed for tax purposes and capitalized for book purposes
    (2,330 )      
Difference between book and tax on mark to market accounting
          (12,060 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (964,872 )     (708,856 )
                 
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ (775,202 )   $ (579,994 )
                 
Deferred credits for rate regulated entities
  $ 587     $ 2,253  
                 
 
At September 30, 2010, we had $14.3 million of federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards, $41.2 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards and $8.1 million of state net operating loss


121


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
carryforwards. The alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards do not expire. The federal net operating loss carryforwards are available to offset taxable income and will begin to expire in 2028. Depending on the jurisdiction in which the state net operating loss was generated, the state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire between 2015 and 2028.
 
As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, we had recorded liabilities associated with uncertain tax positions totaling $6.7 million. The realization of all of these tax benefits would reduce our income tax expense by approximately $6.7 million. There were no changes in unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during the current or prior years or as a result of settlements with taxing authorities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010.
 
We recognize accrued interest related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense. We recognize penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of miscellaneous income (expense) in accordance with regulatory requirements. We recognized a tax expense of $0.5 million and $0.1 million related to penalty and interest expenses during the fiscal years ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 and a tax benefit of $1.2 million during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2008.
 
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction as well as in various states where we have operations. We have concluded substantially all U.S. federal income tax matters through fiscal year 2004.
 
12.   Commitments and Contingencies
 
Litigation
 
Colorado-Kansas Division
 
Atmos Energy was a defendant in a lawsuit originally filed by Quinque Operating Company, Tom Boles and Robert Ditto in September 1999 in the District Court of Stevens County, Kansas against more than 200 companies in the natural gas industry. The plaintiffs, who purported to represent a class of royalty owners, alleged that the defendants had underpaid royalties on gas taken from wells situated on non-federal and non-Indian lands in Kansas, predicated upon allegations that the defendants’ gas measurements were inaccurate. The plaintiffs did not specifically allege an amount of damages. We were also a defendant, along with over 50 other companies in the natural gas industry, in another proposed class action lawsuit filed in the same court by Will Price, Tom Boles and The Cooper Clarke Foundation in May 2003 involving similar allegations. In September 2009, the court ruled that the plaintiffs in both cases had not provided sufficient evidence to meet the standards of a class action and denied class action status to each of the plaintiffs in both cases. In September 2010, Atmos Energy was dismissed from these cases without liability by the District Court of Stevens County, Kansas.
 
We are a party to other litigation and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. While the results of such litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the final outcome of such litigation and claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
Environmental Matters
 
Former Manufactured Gas Plant Sites
 
We are the owner or previous owner of former manufactured gas plant sites in Johnson City and Bristol, Tennessee, Keokuk, Iowa, Hannibal, Missouri and Owensboro, Kentucky, which were used to supply gas prior to the availability of natural gas. The gas manufacturing process resulted in certain byproducts and residual materials, including coal tar. The manufacturing process used by our predecessors was an acceptable and satisfactory process at the time such operations were being conducted. Under current environmental protection laws and regulations, we may be responsible for response actions with respect to such materials if response


122


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
actions are necessary. We have taken removal actions with respect to the sites that have been approved by the applicable regulatory authorities in Tennessee, Iowa, Missouri, Kentucky and the United States Environmental Protection Agency.
 
We are a party to other environmental matters and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of our business. While the ultimate results of response actions to these environmental matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the final outcome of such response actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows because we believe that the expenditures related to such response actions will either be recovered through rates, shared with other parties or are adequately covered by insurance.
 
Purchase Commitments
 
AEM has commitments to purchase physical quantities of natural gas under contracts indexed to the forward NYMEX strip or fixed price contracts. At September 30, 2010, AEM was committed to purchase 69.5 Bcf within one year, 28.4 Bcf within one to three years and 3.2 Bcf after three years under indexed contracts. AEM is committed to purchase 3.1 Bcf within one year and 0.3 Bcf within one to three years under fixed price contracts with prices ranging from $3.55 to $6.36 per Mcf. Purchases under these contracts totaled $1,562.8 million, $1,484.5 million and $3,075.0 million for 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
Our natural gas distribution divisions, except for our Mid-Tex Division, maintain supply contracts with several vendors that generally cover a period of up to one year. Commitments for estimated base gas volumes are established under these contracts on a monthly basis at contractually negotiated prices. Commitments for incremental daily purchases are made as necessary during the month in accordance with the terms of the individual contract.
 
Our Mid-Tex Division maintains long-term supply contracts to ensure a reliable source of gas for our customers in its service area which obligate it to purchase specified volumes at market and fixed prices. The estimated commitments under these contracts as of September 30, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
 
         
2011
  $ 264,525  
2012
    74,351  
2013
    5,407  
2014
    1,903  
2015
     
Thereafter
     
         
    $ 346,186  
         
 
Our natural gas marketing and pipeline, storage and other segments maintain long-term contracts related to storage and transportation. The estimated contractual demand fees for contracted storage and transportation under these contracts as of September 30, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
 
                 
          Pipeline,
 
    Natural Gas
    Storage and
 
    Marketing     Other  
 
2011
  $ 18,438     $ 3,572  
2012
    13,528       2,082  
2013
    8,557       1,820  
2014
    4,843       1,820  
2015
    2,916       910  
Thereafter
    241        
                 
    $ 48,523     $ 10,204  
                 


123


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Other Contingencies
 
In December 2007, the Company received data requests from the Division of Investigations of the Office of Enforcement of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with its investigation into possible violations of the Commission’s posting and competitive bidding regulations for pre-arranged released firm capacity on natural gas pipelines. We have responded timely to data requests received from the Commission and are fully cooperating with the Commission during this investigation.
 
The Commission agreed to allow the Company to conduct our own internal investigation into compliance with the Commission’s rules. We have completed the investigation and have provided a report on the results of the investigation to the Commission, which report is currently under review by the Commission. We currently are unable to predict the final outcome of this investigation or the potential impact it could have on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
 
We have been replacing certain steel service lines in our Mid-Tex Division since our acquisition of the natural gas distribution system in 2004. Since early 2010, we have been discussing the financial and operational details of an accelerated steel service line replacement program with representatives of 440 municipalities served by our Mid-Tex Division. Two coalitions of cities, representing the majority of the cities our Mid-Tex Division serves, have agreed to a program of installing 100,000 replacements during the next two years, with approved recovery of the associated return, depreciation and taxes. Under the terms of the agreement, the accelerated replacement program will commence in fiscal 2011 at a total projected capital cost of $80 — $120 million, with completion expected in September 2012.
 
13.   Leases
 
Leasing Operations
 
A subsidiary of AEH has constructed electric peaking power-generating plants and associated facilities and entered into agreements to either lease or sell these plants. We completed a sales-type lease transaction for one distributed electric generation plant in 2001 and a second sales-type lease transaction in 2003. In connection with these lease transactions, as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, we had receivables of $7.8 million and $10.8 million and recognized income of $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.3 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009 and 2008. The future minimum lease payments to be received for each of the five succeeding fiscal years are as follows:
 
         
    Minimum
 
    Lease
 
    Receipts  
    (In thousands)  
 
2011
  $ 2,973  
2012
    2,973  
2013
    1,903  
2014
     
2015
     
Thereafter
     
         
Total minimum lease receipts
  $ 7,849  
         


124


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Capital and Operating Leases
 
We have entered into non-cancelable operating leases for office and warehouse space used in our operations. The remaining lease terms range from one to 21 years and generally provide for the payment of taxes, insurance and maintenance by the lessee. Renewal options exist for certain of these leases. We have also entered into capital leases for division offices and operating facilities. Property, plant and equipment included amounts for capital leases of $1.3 million at September 30, 2010 and 2009. Accumulated depreciation for these capital leases totaled $0.8 million at September 30, 2010 and 2009. Depreciation expense for these assets is included in consolidated depreciation expense on the consolidated statement of income.
 
The related future minimum lease payments at September 30, 2010 were as follows:
 
                 
    Capital
    Operating
 
    Leases     Leases  
    (In thousands)  
 
2011
  $ 186     $ 18,240  
2012
    186       17,356  
2013
    186       16,051  
2014
    186       15,958  
2015
    186       15,249  
Thereafter
    450       134,330  
                 
Total minimum lease payments
    1,380     $ 217,184  
                 
Less amount representing interest
    497          
                 
Present value of net minimum lease payments
  $ 883          
                 
 
Consolidated lease and rental expense amounted to $16.0 million, $13.6 million and $14.2 million for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008.
 
14.   Concentration of Credit Risk
 
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to us if a customer fails to perform its contractual obligations. We engage in transactions for the purchase and sale of products and services with major companies in the energy industry and with industrial, commercial, residential and municipal energy consumers. These transactions principally occur in the southern and midwestern regions of the United States. We believe that this geographic concentration does not contribute significantly to our overall exposure to credit risk. Credit risk associated with trade accounts receivable for the natural gas distribution segment is mitigated by the large number of individual customers and diversity in our customer base. The credit risk for our other segments is not significant.
 
Customer diversification also helps mitigate AEM’s exposure to credit risk. AEM maintains credit policies with respect to its counterparties that it believes minimizes overall credit risk. Where appropriate, such policies include the evaluation of a prospective counterparty’s financial condition, collateral requirements, primarily consisting of letters of credit, and the use of standardized agreements that facilitate the netting of cash flows associated with a single counterparty. AEM also monitors the financial condition of existing counterparties on an ongoing basis. Customers not meeting minimum standards are required to provide adequate assurance of financial performance.
 
AEM maintains a provision for credit losses based upon factors surrounding the credit risk of customers, historical trends, consideration of the current credit environment and other information. We believe, based on our credit policies and our provisions for credit losses as of September 30, 2010, that our financial position,


125


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
results of operations and cash flows will not be materially affected as a result of nonperformance by any single counterparty.
 
AEM’s estimated credit exposure is monitored in terms of the percentage of its customers, including affiliate customers that are rated as investment grade versus non-investment grade. Credit exposure is defined as the total of (1) accounts receivable, (2) delivered, but unbilled physical sales and (3) mark-to-market exposure for sales and purchases. Investment grade determinations are set internally by AEM’s credit department, but are primarily based on external ratings provided by Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (Moody’s) and/or Standard & Poor’s Corporation (S&P). For non-rated entities, the default rating for municipalities is investment grade, while the default rating for non-guaranteed industrials and commercials is non-investment grade. The following table shows the percentages related to the investment ratings as of September 30, 2010 and 2009.
 
                 
    September 30, 2010     September 30, 2009  
 
Investment grade
    47 %     53 %
Non-investment grade
    53 %     47 %
                 
Total
    100 %     100 %
                 
 
The following table presents our financial instrument counterparty credit exposure by operating segment based upon the unrealized fair value of our financial instruments that represent assets as of September 30, 2010. Investment grade counterparties have minimum credit ratings of BBB-, assigned by S&P; or Baa3, assigned by Moody’s. Non-investment grade counterparties are composed of counterparties that are below investment grade or that have not been assigned an internal investment grade rating due to the short-term nature of the contracts associated with that counterparty. This category is composed of numerous smaller counterparties, none of which is individually significant.
 
                         
    Natural Gas
    Natural Gas
       
    Distribution
    Marketing
       
    Segment (1)     Segment     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Investment grade counterparties
  $     $ 973     $ 973  
Non-investment grade counterparties
          5,959       5,959  
                         
    $     $ 6,932     $ 6,932  
                         
 
 
(1) Counterparty risk for our natural gas distribution segment is minimized because hedging gains and losses are passed through to our customers.
 
15.   Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosures
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information for fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008 are presented below.
 
                         
    2010   2009   2008
    (In thousands)
 
Cash paid for interest
  $ 161,925     $ 163,554     $ 139,958  
Cash paid (received) for income taxes
  $ (63,677 )   $ (36,405 )   $ 3,483  
 
There were no significant noncash investing and financing transactions during fiscal 2010, 2009 and 2008. All cash flows and noncash activities related to our commodity financial instruments are considered as operating activities.


126


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
16.   Segment Information
 
Atmos Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries are engaged primarily in the regulated natural gas distribution, transmission and storage business as well as other nonregulated businesses. We distribute natural gas through sales and transportation arrangements to over three million residential, commercial, public authority and industrial customers through our six regulated natural gas distribution divisions, which cover service areas located in 12 states. In addition, we transport natural gas for others through our distribution system.
 
Through our nonregulated businesses, we primarily provide natural gas management and marketing services to municipalities, other local distribution companies and industrial customers primarily in the Midwest and Southeast. Additionally, we provide natural gas transportation and storage services to certain of our natural gas distribution operations and to third parties.
 
We operate the Company through the following four segments:
 
  •  The natural gas distribution segment , which includes our regulated natural gas distribution and related sales operations.
 
  •  The regulated transmission and storage segment , which includes the regulated pipeline and storage operations of the Atmos Pipeline — Texas Division.
 
  •  The natural gas marketing segment , which includes a variety of nonregulated natural gas management services.
 
  •  The pipeline, storage and other segment , which includes our nonregulated natural gas transmission and storage services.
 
Our determination of reportable segments considers the strategic operating units under which we manage sales of various products and services to customers in differing regulatory environments. Although our natural gas distribution segment operations are geographically dispersed, they are reported as a single segment as each natural gas distribution division has similar economic characteristics. The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We evaluate performance based on net income or loss of the respective operating units. Interest expense is allocated pro rata to each segment based upon our net investment in each segment. Income taxes are allocated to each segment as if each segment’s taxes were calculated on a separate return basis.


127


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Summarized income statements and capital expenditures by segment are shown in the following tables.
 
                                                 
    Year Ended September 30, 2010  
          Regulated
          Pipeline,
             
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Storage
             
    Distribution     and Storage     Marketing     and Other     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating revenues from external parties
  $ 2,911,623     $ 97,023     $ 1,754,523     $ 26,521     $     $ 4,789,690  
Intersegment revenues
    870       105,990       396,741       8,797       (512,398 )      
                                                 
      2,912,493       203,013       2,151,264       35,318       (512,398 )     4,789,690  
Purchased gas cost
    1,863,046             2,065,313       7,178       (510,788 )     3,424,749  
                                                 
Gross profit
    1,049,447       203,013       85,951       28,140       (1,610 )     1,364,941  
Operating expenses
                                               
Operation and maintenance
    362,882       72,249       26,390       8,127       (1,610 )     468,038  
Depreciation and amortization
    190,518       21,368       2,450       2,624             216,960  
Taxes, other than income
    173,593       12,358       2,859       1,697             190,507  
                                                 
Total operating expenses
    726,993       105,975       31,699       12,448       (1,610 )     875,505  
                                                 
Operating income
    322,454       97,038       54,252       15,692             489,436  
Miscellaneous income (expense)
    1,384       135       2,280       3,083       (7,221 )     (339 )
Interest charges
    118,430       31,174       9,280       2,808       (7,221 )     154,471  
                                                 
Income before income taxes
    205,408       65,999       47,252       15,967             334,626  
Income tax expense
    79,459       24,513       19,523       5,292             128,787  
                                                 
Net income
  $ 125,949     $ 41,486     $ 27,729     $ 10,675     $     $ 205,839  
                                                 
Capital expenditures
  $ 437,815     $ 95,835     $ 5,410     $ 3,576     $     $ 542,636  
                                                 
 


128


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended September 30, 2009  
          Regulated
          Pipeline,
             
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Storage
             
    Distribution     and Storage     Marketing     and Other     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating revenues from external parties
  $ 2,983,966     $ 119,427     $ 1,832,912     $ 32,775     $     $ 4,969,080  
Intersegment revenues
    799       90,231       503,935       9,149       (604,114 )      
                                                 
      2,984,765       209,658       2,336,847       41,924       (604,114 )     4,969,080  
Purchased gas cost
    1,960,137             2,252,235       12,428       (602,422 )     3,622,378  
                                                 
Gross profit
    1,024,628       209,658       84,612       29,496       (1,692 )     1,346,702  
Operating expenses
                                               
Operation and maintenance
    369,429       85,249       34,201       7,167       (2,036 )     494,010  
Depreciation and amortization
    192,274       20,413       1,590       2,931             217,208  
Taxes, other than income
    169,312       10,231       2,271       886             182,700  
Asset impairments
    4,599       602       146       35             5,382  
                                                 
Total operating expenses
    735,614       116,495       38,208       11,019       (2,036 )     899,300  
                                                 
Operating income
    289,014       93,163       46,404       18,477       344       447,402  
Miscellaneous income (expense)
    5,766       1,433       537       6,253       (17,292 )     (3,303 )
Interest charges
    124,055       30,982       12,911       1,830       (16,948 )     152,830  
                                                 
Income before income taxes
    170,725       63,614       34,030       22,900             291,269  
Income tax expense
    53,918       22,558       13,836       9,979             100,291  
                                                 
Net income
  $ 116,807     $ 41,056     $ 20,194     $ 12,921     $     $ 190,978  
                                                 
Capital expenditures
  $ 379,500     $ 108,332     $ 242     $ 21,420     $     $ 509,494  
                                                 
 

129


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    Year Ended September 30, 2008  
          Regulated
          Pipeline,
             
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Storage
             
    Distribution     and Storage     Marketing     and Other     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
Operating revenues from external parties
  $ 3,654,338     $ 108,116     $ 3,436,563     $ 22,288     $     $ 7,221,305  
Intersegment revenues
    792       87,801       851,299       9,421       (949,313 )      
                                                 
      3,655,130       195,917       4,287,862       31,709       (949,313 )     7,221,305  
Purchased gas cost
    2,649,064             4,194,841       3,396       (947,322 )     5,899,979  
                                                 
Gross profit
    1,006,066       195,917       93,021       28,313       (1,991 )     1,321,326  
Operating expenses
                                               
Operation and maintenance
    389,244       77,439       30,903       4,983       (2,335 )     500,234  
Depreciation and amortization
    177,205       19,899       1,546       1,792             200,442  
Taxes, other than income
    178,452       8,834       4,180       1,289             192,755  
                                                 
Total operating expenses
    744,901       106,172       36,629       8,064       (2,335 )     893,431  
                                                 
Operating income
    261,165       89,745       56,392       20,249       344       427,895  
Miscellaneous income
    9,689       1,354       2,022       8,428       (18,762 )     2,731  
Interest charges
    117,933       27,049       9,036       2,322       (18,418 )     137,922  
                                                 
Income before income taxes
    152,921       64,050       49,378       26,355             292,704  
Income tax expense
    60,273       22,625       19,389       10,086             112,373  
                                                 
Net income
  $ 92,648     $ 41,425     $ 29,989     $ 16,269     $     $ 180,331  
                                                 
Capital expenditures
  $ 386,542     $ 75,071     $ 340     $ 10,320     $     $ 472,273  
                                                 
 
The following table summarizes our revenues by products and services for the fiscal year ended September 30.
 
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
 
Natural gas distribution revenues:
                       
Gas sales revenues:
                       
Residential
  $ 1,826,752     $ 1,830,140     $ 2,131,447  
Commercial
    808,981       838,184       1,077,056  
Industrial
    112,366       135,633       212,531  
Public authority and other
    70,580       89,183       137,821  
                         
Total gas sales revenues
    2,818,679       2,893,140       3,558,855  
Transportation revenues
    61,384       59,115       59,712  
Other gas revenues
    31,560       31,711       35,771  
                         
Total natural gas distribution revenues
    2,911,623       2,983,966       3,654,338  
Regulated transmission and storage revenues
    97,023       119,427       108,116  
Natural gas marketing revenues
    1,754,523       1,832,912       3,436,563  
Pipeline, storage and other revenues
    26,521       32,775       22,288  
                         
Total operating revenues
  $ 4,789,690     $ 4,969,080     $ 7,221,305  
                         

130


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
Balance sheet information at September 30, 2010 and 2009 by segment is presented in the following tables:
 
                                                 
    September 30, 2010  
          Regulated
          Pipeline,
             
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Storage
             
    Distribution     and Storage     Marketing     and Other     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 3,959,112     $ 748,947     $ 11,082     $ 73,934     $     $ 4,793,075  
Investment in subsidiaries
    620,863             (2,096 )           (618,767 )      
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    31,952             99,644       356             131,952  
Assets from risk management activities
    2,219             18,356       3,372       (3,372 )     20,575  
Other current assets
    528,655       19,504       179,666       145,361       (150,521 )     722,665  
Intercompany receivables
    546,313                   123,080       (669,393 )      
                                                 
Total current assets
    1,109,139       19,504       297,666       272,169       (823,286 )     875,192  
Intangible assets
                834                   834  
Goodwill
    572,262       132,341       24,282       10,429             739,314  
Noncurrent assets from risk management activities
    47             1,214       3       (327 )     937  
Deferred charges and other assets
    324,707       13,037       1,404       15,291             354,439  
                                                 
    $ 6,586,130     $ 913,829     $ 334,386     $ 371,826     $ (1,442,380 )   $ 6,763,791  
                                                 
 
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 2,178,348     $ 212,687     $ 63,650     $ 344,526     $ (620,863 )   $ 2,178,348  
Long-term debt
    1,809,289                   262             1,809,551  
                                                 
Total capitalization
    3,987,637       212,687       63,650       344,788       (620,863 )     3,987,899  
Current liabilities
                                               
Current maturities of long-term debt
    360,000                   131             360,131  
Short-term debt
    258,488                         (132,388 )     126,100  
Liabilities from risk management activities
    48,942             4,098       5       (3,372 )     49,673  
Other current liabilities
    473,076       10,949       149,220       12,967       (16,037 )     630,175  
Intercompany payables
          543,007       126,386             (669,393 )      
                                                 
Total current liabilities
    1,140,506       553,956       279,704       13,103       (821,190 )     1,166,079  
Deferred income taxes
    691,126       142,337       (15,864 )     11,529             829,128  
Noncurrent liabilities from risk management activities
    2,924             6,000       327       (327 )     8,924  
Regulatory cost of removal obligation
    350,521                               350,521  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
    413,416       4,849       896       2,079             421,240  
                                                 
    $ 6,586,130     $ 913,829     $ 334,386     $ 371,826     $ (1,442,380 )   $ 6,763,791  
                                                 


131


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
                                                 
    September 30, 2009  
          Regulated
          Pipeline,
             
    Natural Gas
    Transmission
    Natural Gas
    Storage
             
    Distribution     and Storage     Marketing     and Other     Eliminations     Consolidated  
    (In thousands)  
 
ASSETS
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 3,703,471     $ 672,829     $ 7,112     $ 55,691     $     $ 4,439,103  
Investment in subsidiaries
    547,936             (2,096 )           (545,840 )      
Current assets
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
    23,655             87,266       282             111,203  
Assets from risk management activities
    4,395             27,424       2,765       (2,941 )     31,643  
Other current assets
    499,155       17,017       157,846       112,551       (100,475 )     686,094  
Intercompany receivables
    552,408                   128,104       (680,512 )      
                                                 
Total current assets
    1,079,613       17,017       272,536       243,702       (783,928 )     828,940  
Intangible assets
                1,461                   1,461  
Goodwill
    571,592       132,300       24,282       10,429             738,603  
Noncurrent assets from risk management activities
    1,620             12,415       6       (6 )     14,035  
Deferred charges and other assets
    313,644       11,932       1,065       18,300             344,941  
                                                 
    $ 6,217,876     $ 834,078     $ 316,775     $ 328,128     $ (1,329,774 )   $ 6,367,083  
                                                 
 
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 2,176,761     $ 171,200     $ 83,354     $ 293,382     $ (547,936 )   $ 2,176,761  
Long-term debt
    2,169,007                   393             2,169,400  
                                                 
Total capitalization
    4,345,768       171,200       83,354       293,775       (547,936 )     4,346,161  
Current liabilities
                                               
Current maturities of long- term debt
                      131             131  
Short-term debt
    158,942                         (86,392 )     72,550  
Liabilities from risk management activities
    20,181             4,060       182       (2,941 )     21,482  
Other current liabilities
    510,749       9,251       116,078       19,167       (11,987 )     643,258  
Intercompany payables
          557,190       123,322             (680,512 )      
                                                 
Total current liabilities
    689,872       566,441       243,460       19,480       (781,832 )     737,421  
Deferred income taxes
    477,352       92,250       (10,675 )     12,013             570,940  
Noncurrent liabilities from risk management activities
                6             (6 )      
Regulatory cost of removal obligation
    344,403                               344,403  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
    360,481       4,187       630       2,860             368,158  
                                                 
    $ 6,217,876     $ 834,078     $ 316,775     $ 328,128     $ (1,329,774 )   $ 6,367,083  
                                                 


132


Table of Contents

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
 
17.   Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
 
Summarized unaudited quarterly financial data is presented below. The sum of net income per share by quarter may not equal the net income per share for the fiscal year due to variations in the weighted average shares outstanding used in computing such amounts. Our businesses are seasonal due to weather conditions in our service areas. For further information on its effects on quarterly results, see the “Results of Operations” discussion included in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section herein.
 
                                 
    Quarter Ended  
    December 31     March 31     June 30     September 30  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
 
Fiscal year 2010:
                               
Operating revenues
                               
Natural gas distribution
  $ 802,894     $ 1,365,988     $ 405,271     $ 338,340  
Regulated transmission and storage
    46,860       55,181       44,957       56,015  
Natural gas marketing
    544,271       692,152       421,406       493,435  
Pipeline, storage and other
    11,623       9,050       8,196       6,449  
Intersegment eliminations
    (112,796 )     (182,105 )     (109,573 )     (107,924 )
                                 
      1,292,852       1,940,266       770,257       786,315  
Gross profit
    410,849       454,321       253,228       246,543  
Operating income
    190,596       224,540       34,109       40,191  
Net income (loss)
    93,330       114,126       (3,154 )     1,537  
Net income (loss) per basic share
  $ 1.00     $ 1.22     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.02  
Net income (loss) per diluted share
  $ 1.00     $ 1.22     $ (0.03 )   $ 0.02  
Fiscal year 2009:
                               
Operating revenues
                               
Natural gas distribution
  $ 1,055,968     $ 1,230,420     $ 386,985     $ 311,392  
Regulated transmission and storage
    54,682       59,234       49,345       46,397  
Natural gas marketing
    787,495       708,658       453,504       387,190  
Pipeline, storage and other
    16,448       12,272       8,226       4,978  
Intersegment eliminations
    (198,261 )     (189,178 )     (117,285 )     (99,390 )
                                 
      1,716,332       1,821,406       780,775       650,567  
Gross profit
    395,212       460,051       259,640       231,799  
Operating income
    163,194       226,547       43,683       13,978  
Net income (loss)
    75,963       129,003       1,964       (15,952 )
Net income (loss) per basic share
  $ 0.83     $ 1.41     $ 0.02     $ (0.17 )
Net income (loss) per diluted share
  $ 0.83     $ 1.40     $ 0.02     $ (0.17 )


133


Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
 
None.
 
ITEM 9A.    Controls and Procedures.
 
Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
We carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of September 30, 2010 to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us, including our consolidated entities, in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC’s rules and forms, including a reasonable level of assurance that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by COSO and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of September 30, 2010, in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
Ernst & Young LLP has issued its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. That report appears below.
 
     
/s/   KIM R. COCKLIN

 
/s/   FRED E. MEISENHEIMER
Kim R. Cocklin   Fred E. Meisenheimer
President and Chief Executive Officer   Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 
November 12, 2010


134


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Atmos Energy Corporation
 
We have audited Atmos Energy Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Atmos Energy Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Atmos Energy Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended September 30, 2010 of Atmos Energy Corporation and our report dated November 12, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/   ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Dallas, Texas
November 12, 2010


135


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
We did not make any changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Act) during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
 
ITEM 9B.    Other Information.
 
Not applicable.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
 
Information regarding directors and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011 Information regarding executive officers is included in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
Identification of the members of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors as well as the Board of Directors’ determination as to whether one or more audit committee financial experts are serving on the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011.
 
The Company has adopted a code of ethics for its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics is represented by the Company’s Code of Conduct, which is applicable to all directors, officers and employees of the Company, including the Company’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. A copy of the Company’s Code of Conduct is posted on the Company’s website at www.atmosenergy.com under “Corporate Governance.” In addition, any amendment to or waiver granted from a provision of the Company’s Code of Conduct will be posted on the Company’s website under “Corporate Governance.”
 
ITEM 11.    Executive Compensation.
 
Information on executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011.
 
ITEM 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
 
Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and of management is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011. Information concerning our equity compensation plans is provided in Part II, Item 5, “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities”, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 
ITEM 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 
Information on certain relationships and related transactions as well as director independence is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011.
 
ITEM 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
 
Information on our principal accountant’s fees and services is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on February 9, 2011.


136


Table of Contents

 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
(a) 1. and 2. Financial statements and financial statement schedules.
 
The financial statements and financial statement schedule listed in the Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 are filed as part of this Form 10-K.
 
3.   Exhibits
 
The exhibits listed in the accompanying Exhibits Index are filed as part of this Form 10-K. The exhibits numbered 10.7(a) through 10.15 are management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.


137


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
(Registrant)
 
  By: 
/s/   FRED E. MEISENHEIMER
Fred E. Meisenheimer
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Treasurer
 
Date: November 12, 2010


138


Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Kim R. Cocklin and Fred. E. Meisenheimer, or either of them acting alone or together, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent with full power to act alone, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated:
 
             
         
/s/   KIM R. COCKLIN

Kim R. Cocklin
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   FRED E. MEISENHEIMER

Fred E. Meisenheimer
  Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   CHRISTOPHER T. FORSYTHE

Christopher T. Forsythe
  Vice President and Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   ROBERT W. BEST

Robert W. Best
  Executive Chairman of the Board   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   RICHARD W. CARDIN

Richard W. Cardin
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   RICHARD W. DOUGLAS

Richard W. Douglas
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   RUBEN E. ESQUIVEL

Ruben E. Esquivel
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   RICHARD K. GORDON

Richard K. Gordon
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   ROBERT C. GRABLE

Robert C. Grable
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   THOMAS C. MEREDITH

Thomas C. Meredith
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   PHILLIP E. NICHOL

Phillip E. Nichol
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   NANCY K. QUINN

Nancy K. Quinn
  Director   November 12, 2010


139


Table of Contents

             
         
/s/   STEPHEN R. SPRINGER

Stephen R. Springer
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   CHARLES K. VAUGHAN

Charles K. Vaughan
  Director   November 12, 2010
         
/s/   RICHARD WARE II

Richard Ware II
  Director   November 12, 2010


140


Table of Contents

 
Schedule II
 
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Three Years Ended September 30, 2010
 
                                         
        Additions        
    Balance at
  Charged to
  Charged to
      Balance
    Beginning
  Cost &
  Other
      at End
    of Period   Expenses   Accounts   Deductions   of Period
        (In thousands)        
 
2010
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 11,478     $ 7,694     $     $ 6,471 (1)   $ 12,701  
2009
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 15,301     $ 7,769     $     $ 11,592 (1)   $ 11,478  
2008
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 16,160     $ 15,655     $     $ 16,514 (1)   $ 15,301  
 
 
(1) Uncollectible accounts written off.


141


Table of Contents

EXHIBITS INDEX
Item 14.(a)(3)
 
             
        Page Number or
Exhibit
      Incorporation by
Number
 
Description
 
Reference to
 
        Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws    
  3 .1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Atmos Energy Corporation — Texas (As Amended Effective February 3, 2010)   Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2010 (File No. 1-10042)
  3 .2   Restated Articles of Incorporation of Atmos Energy Corporation — Virginia (As Amended Effective February 3, 2010)   Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q dated March 31, 2010 (File No. 1-10042)
  3 .3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Atmos Energy Corporation (as of February 3, 2010)   Exhibit 3.2 of Form 8-K dated February 3, 2010 (File No. 1-10042)
        Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders    
  4 .1   Specimen Common Stock Certificate (Atmos Energy Corporation)    
  4 .2   Indenture dated as of November 15, 1995 between United Cities Gas Company and Bank of America Illinois, Trustee   Exhibit 4.11(a) to Form S-3 dated August 31, 2004 (File No. 333-118706)
  4 .3   Indenture dated as of July 15, 1998 between Atmos Energy Corporation and U.S. Bank Trust National Association, Trustee   Exhibit 4.8 to Form S-3 dated August 31, 2004 (File No. 333-118706)
  4 .4   Indenture dated as of May 22, 2001 between Atmos Energy Corporation and SunTrust Bank, Trustee   Exhibit 99.3 to Form 8-K dated May 15, 2001 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .5   Indenture dated as of June 14, 2007, between Atmos Energy Corporation and U.S. Bank National Association, Trustee   Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated June 11, 2007 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .6   Indenture dated as of March 23, 2009 between Atmos Energy Corporation and U.S. Bank National Corporation, Trustee   Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated March 26, 2009 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(a)   Debenture Certificate for the 6 3 / 4 % Debentures due 2028   Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K dated July 22, 1998 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(b)   Global Security for the 7 3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2011   Exhibit 99.2 to Form 8-K dated May 15, 2001 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(c)   Global Security for the 5 1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013   Exhibit 10(2)(c) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(d)   Global Security for the 4.95% Senior Notes due 2014   Exhibit 10(2)(f) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(e)   Global Security for the 5.95% Senior Notes due 2034   Exhibit 10(2)(g) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2004 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(f)   Global Security for the 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017   Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K dated June 11, 2007 (File No. 1-10042)
  4 .7(g)   Global Security for the 8.50% Senior Notes due 2019   Exhibit 4.2 to Form 8-K dated March 26, 2009 (File No. 1-10042)


142


Table of Contents

             
        Page Number or
Exhibit
      Incorporation by
Number
 
Description
 
Reference to
 
        Material Contracts    
  10 .1   Pipeline Construction and Operating Agreement, dated November 30, 2005, by and between Atmos-Pipeline Texas, a division of Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia corporation and Energy Transfer Fuel, LP, a Delaware limited partnership   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated November 30, 2005 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .2   Revolving Credit Agreement (5 Year Facility), dated as of December 15, 2006, among Atmos Energy Corporation, SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent, Wachovia Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent and Bank of America, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and the Royal Bank of Scotland plc as Co-Documentation Agents, and the lenders from time to time parties thereto   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 15, 2006 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .3   Revolving Credit Agreement (364 Day Facility), dated as of October 22, 2009, among Atmos Energy Corporation, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and U.S. Bank National Association as co-Documentation Agents   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated October 22, 2009 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .4   Revolving Credit Agreement (180 Day Facility), dated as of October 15, 2010, among Atmos Energy Corporation, the Lenders from time to time parties thereto, SunTrust Bank as Administrative Agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. as Syndication Agent, and Bank of America, N.A. and U.S. Bank National Association as co-Documentation Agents   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated October 15, 2010 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .5(a)   Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2009, among Atmos Energy Marketing, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, BNP Paribas, a bank organized under the laws of France, as administrative agent, collateral agent, as an issuing bank and as a bank, Fortis Bank SA/NV, New York Branch, a bank organized under the laws of Belgium, as documentation agent, as an issuing bank and as a bank, Société Générale, as syndication agent, as an issuing bank and as a bank and the other financial institutions which may become parties thereto   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated December 10, 2009 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .5(b)   Second Amended and Restated Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2009, among BNP Paribas and the other financial institutions which may become parties thereto   Exhibit 10.2 to Form 8-K dated December 10, 2009 (File No. 1-10042)

143


Table of Contents

             
        Page Number or
Exhibit
      Incorporation by
Number
 
Description
 
Reference to
 
  10 .6(a)   Accelerated Share Buyback Agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co. — Master Confirmation dated July 1, 2010    
  10 .6(b)   Accelerated Share Buyback Agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co. — Supplemental Confirmation dated July 1, 2010    
        Executive Compensation Plans and    
        Arrangements    
  10 .7(a)*   Form of Atmos Energy Corporation Change in Control Severance Agreement — Tier I    
  10 .7(b)*   Form of Atmos Energy Corporation Change in Control Severance Agreement — Tier II    
  10 .8(a)*   Atmos Energy Corporation Executive Retiree Life Plan   Exhibit 10.31 to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .8(b)*   Amendment No. 1 to the Atmos Energy Corporation Executive Retiree Life Plan   Exhibit 10.31(a) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .9(a)*   Description of Financial and Estate Planning Program   Exhibit 10.25(b) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .9(b)*   Description of Sporting Events Program   Exhibit 10.26(c) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 1993 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .10(a)*   Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan, Amended and Restated in its Entirety August 7, 2007   Exhibit 10.8(a) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .10(b)*   Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (As Amended and Restated, Effective as of November 12, 2009)    
  10 .10(c)*   Atmos Energy Corporation Account Balance Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, Effective Date August 5, 2009    
  10 .10(d)*   Atmos Energy Corporation Performance-Based Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan Trust Agreement, Effective Date December 1, 2000   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .10(e)*   Form of Individual Trust Agreement for the Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan   Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31, 2000 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .11(a)*   Mini-Med/Dental Benefit Extension Agreement dated October 1, 1994   Exhibit 10.28(f) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .11(b)*   Amendment No. 1 to Mini-Med/Dental Benefit Extension Agreement dated August 14, 2001   Exhibit 10.28(g) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2001 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .11(c)*   Amendment No. 2 to Mini-Med/Dental Benefit Extension Agreement dated December 31, 2002   Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended December 31, 2002 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .12*   Atmos Energy Corporation Equity Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2010    

144


Table of Contents

             
        Page Number or
Exhibit
      Incorporation by
Number
 
Description
 
Reference to
 
  10 .13*   Atmos Energy Corporation Outside Directors Stock-for-Fee Plan, Amended and Restated as of October 1, 2009    
  10 .14(a)*   Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated February 9, 2007)   Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q for quarter ended March 31, 2007 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .14(b)*   Amendment No. 1 to Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated February 9, 2007)   Exhibit 10.12(b) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .14(c)*   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan   Exhibit 10.16(b) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2005 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .14(d)*   Form of Award Agreement of Restricted Stock With Time-Lapse Vesting under the Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan   Exhibit 10.12(d) to Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2008 (File No. 1-10042)
  10 .14(e)*   Form of Award Agreement of Time-Lapse Restricted Stock Units under the Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan    
  10 .14(f)*   Form of Award Agreement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units under the Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan    
  10 .15*   Atmos Energy Corporation Annual Incentive Plan for Management (as amended and restated October 1, 2009)    
  12     Statement of computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges    
        Other Exhibits, as indicated    
  21     Subsidiaries of the registrant    
  23 .1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP    
  24     Power of Attorney   Signature page of Form 10-K for fiscal year ended September 30, 2010
  31     Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications    
  32     Section 1350 Certifications**    
  101 .INS   XBRL Instance Document***    
  101 .SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema***    
  101 .CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase***    
  101 .DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase***    
  101 .LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase***    
  101 .PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase***    
 
 
* This exhibit constitutes a “management contract or compensatory plan, contract, or arrangement.”

145


Table of Contents

 
** These certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, furnished as Exhibit 32 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, will not be deemed to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or incorporated by reference into any filing by the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates such certifications by reference.
 
*** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.


146

EXHIBIT 4.1
(CERTIFICATE)
Stock Certificate CUSIP 049560 10 5

 


 

ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
     Set forth below is the designation of each class of shares which the Company is authorized to issue. The preferences, limitations and relative rights of each class of shares and each series thereof are set forth in the Articles of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, the Bylaws and resolutions of the Board of Directors filed or which may be filed from time to time with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas and the Corporation Commission of the Commonwealth of Virginia. Preemptive rights of the holders of all shares are denied by the Articles of Incorporation of the Company. This certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be held subject to said Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and resolutions of the Board of Directors, all of which are incorporated herein by reference and to all of which the holder hereof, by acceptance of this certificate, assents. The Company will upon request to its Secretary at its principal place of business or registered office, furnish any shareholder, without charge, a copy of the portion of the Articles of Incorporation or other instruments containing the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of all classes of shares and each series thereof.
     The following abbreviations, when used in the Inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:
                 
TEN COM
    as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT –                         Custodian                       
TEN ENT
    as tenants by the entireties           (Cust)                               (Minor)
JT TEN
    as joint tenants with right of       under Uniform Gifts to Minors
 
      survivorship and not as tenants in common       Act                                             
                      (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
     For Value Received,                      hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
     
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
   


 
   
 
(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)
 
 
 
     
 
  Shares
of the Common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
   
 
 
  Attorney
to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named Company with full power of substitution in the premises.
   
Dated                                          
             
 
      X    
 
           
 
  NOTICE:
THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.




    (SIGNATURE)
 
      X    
 
           
 
          (SIGNATURE)
         
 
       
 
    THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS STOCKBROKERS. SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM) PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.  
 
       
 
    SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED BY:  
 
       
 
       

 

EXHIBIT 10.6(a)
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO. | 200 WEST STREET | NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10282 | TEL: 212-902-1000
Opening Transaction
     
To:
  Atmos Energy Corporation
P.O. Box 650205
Dallas, Texas 75265-0205
 
   
A/C:
  042235028 
 
   
From:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
   
Re:
  Accelerated Stock Buyback
 
   
Ref. No:
  As provided in the Supplemental Confirmation
 
   
Date:
  July 1, 2010
     This master confirmation (this “ Master Confirmation ”), dated as of July 1, 2010 is intended to set forth certain terms and provisions of certain Transactions (each, a “ Transaction ”) entered into from time to time between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ GS&Co. ”) and Atmos Energy Corporation (“ Counterparty ”). This Master Confirmation, taken alone, is neither a commitment by either party to enter into any Transaction nor evidence of a Transaction. The additional terms of any particular Transaction shall be set forth in a Supplemental Confirmation in the form of Schedule A hereto (a “ Supplemental Confirmation ”), which shall reference this Master Confirmation and supplement, form a part of, and be subject to this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation together shall constitute a “Confirmation” as referred to in the Agreement specified below.
     The definitions and provisions contained in the 2002 ISDA Equity Derivatives Definitions (the “ Equity Definitions ”), as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., are incorporated into this Master Confirmation. This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation evidence a complete binding agreement between Counterparty and GS&Co. as to the subject matter and terms of each Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and such Supplemental Confirmation relate and shall supersede all prior or contemporaneous written or oral communications with respect thereto.
     This Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation supplement, form a part of, and are subject to an agreement in the form of the 1992 ISDA Master Agreement (Multicurrency-Cross Border) (the “ Agreement ”) as if GS&Co. and Counterparty had executed the Agreement on the date of this Master Confirmation (but without any Schedule except for (i) the election of Loss and Second Method, New York law (without reference to its choice of laws doctrine other than Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations Law) as the governing law and US Dollars (“ USD ”) as the Termination Currency, (ii) the election that subparagraph (ii) of Section 2(c) will not apply to the Transactions, (iii) the replacement of the word “third” in the last line of Section 5(a)(i) with the word “first”) and (iv) the election that the “Cross Default” provisions of Section 5(a)(vi) shall apply to GS& Co. and shall apply Counterparty, with a “Threshold Amount” of USD 50 million (or its equivalent in another currency) in relation to GS&Co. and Counterparty; provided that (i) the phrase “or becoming capable at such time of being declared” shall be deleted from clause (1) of such Section 5(a)(vi); and (ii) the following language shall be added to the end thereof: “Notwithstanding the foregoing, a default under subsection (2) hereof shall not constitute an Event of Default if (i) the default was caused solely by error or omission of an administrative or operational nature; (ii) funds were available to enable the party to make the payment when due; and (iii) the payment is made within two Local Business Days of such party’s receipt of written notice of its failure to pay.”
     The Transactions shall be the sole Transactions under the Agreement. If there exists any ISDA Master Agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty or any confirmation or other agreement between GS&Co. and

 


 

Counterparty pursuant to which an ISDA Master Agreement is deemed to exist between GS&Co. and Counterparty, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary in such ISDA Master Agreement, such confirmation or agreement or any other agreement to which GS&Co. and Counterparty are parties, the Transactions shall not be considered Transactions under, or otherwise governed by, such existing or deemed ISDA Master Agreement.
     All provisions contained or incorporated by reference in the Agreement shall govern this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified herein or in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
     If, in relation to any Transaction to which this Master Confirmation and a Supplemental Confirmation relate, there is any inconsistency between the Agreement, this Master Confirmation, any Supplemental Confirmation and the Equity Definitions, the following will prevail for purposes of such Transaction in the order of precedence indicated: (i) such Supplemental Confirmation; (ii) this Master Confirmation; (iii) the Agreement; and (iv) the Equity Definitions.
1. Each Transaction constitutes a Share Forward Transaction for the purposes of the Equity Definitions. Set forth below are the terms and conditions that, together with the terms and conditions set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation relating to any Transaction, shall govern such Transaction.
     
General Terms:
   
 
   
Trade Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Buyer:
  Counterparty
 
   
Seller:
  GS&Co.
 
   
Shares:
  Common stock, no par value, of Counterparty (Ticker: ATO).
 
   
Exchange:
  New York Stock Exchange
 
   
Related Exchange(s):
  All Exchanges.
 
   
Prepayment\Variable Obligation:
  Applicable
 
   
Prepayment Amount:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Prepayment Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the Supplemental Confirmation. Counterparty shall pay to GS&Co. the Counterparty Additional Payment Amount, if any, on the Counterparty Additional Payment Date.
 
   
Counterparty Additional Payment Date:
  Three (3) Exchange Business Days following the Trade Date.
 
   
Valuation:
   
 
   
VWAP Price:
  For any Exchange Business Day, the New York 10b-18 Volume Weighted Average Price per Share for the regular trading session (including any extensions thereof) of the Exchange on such Exchange Business Day (without regard to pre-open or after hours trading outside of such regular trading session for such Exchange Business Day), as published by Bloomberg at 4:15 p.m. New York time (or 15 minutes following the end of any extension of the regular trading session) on such Exchange Business Day, on Bloomberg page “ATO.N

2


 

     
 
  <Equity> AQR SEC” (or any successor thereto), or if such price is not so reported on such Exchange Business Day for any reason or is, in the Calculation Agent’s reasonable discretion, erroneous, such VWAP Price shall be as reasonably determined by the Calculation Agent. For purposes of calculating the VWAP Price, the Calculation Agent will include only those trades that are reported during the period of time during which Counterparty could purchase its own shares under Rule 10b-18(b)(2) and are effected pursuant to the conditions of Rule 10b-18(b)(3), each under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”) (such trades, “ Rule 10b-18 eligible transactions ”).
 
   
Forward Price:
  The average of the VWAP Prices for the Exchange Business Days in the Calculation Period, subject to “Valuation Disruption” below.
 
   
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Calculation Period:
  The period from and including the Calculation Period Start Date to and including the Termination Date.
 
   
Calculation Period Start Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Termination Date:
  The Scheduled Termination Date; provided that GS&Co. shall have the right to designate any Exchange Business Day on or after the First Acceleration Date to be the Termination Date (the “ Accelerated Termination Date ”) by delivering notice to Counterparty of any such designation prior to 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Exchange Business Day immediately following the designated Accelerated Termination Date.
 
   
Scheduled Termination Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation, subject to postponement as provided in “Valuation Disruption” below.
 
   
First Acceleration Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Valuation Disruption:
  The definition of “Market Disruption Event” in Section 6.3(a) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the words “at any time during the one-hour period that ends at the relevant Valuation Time, Latest Exercise Time, Knock-in Valuation Time or Knock-out Valuation Time, as the case may be” and inserting the words “at any time on any Scheduled Trading Day during the Calculation Period or Settlement Valuation Period” after the word “material,” in the third line thereof.

Section 6.3(d) of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the remainder of the provision following the term “Scheduled Closing Time” in the fourth line thereof.
 
   
 
  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Equity Definitions, to the extent that a Disrupted Day occurs (i) in the Calculation Period, the Calculation Agent may, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, postpone the Scheduled Termination Date by no more than such number of Disrupted Days, or (ii) in the Settlement Valuation Period, the Calculation Agent may extend the Settlement Valuation Period by no more than such number of Disrupted Days. If any such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day because of a Market Disruption Event (or a deemed Market Disruption Event as provided herein), the Calculation Agent shall determine whether (i) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day in full, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall not be included for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price,

3


 

     
 
  as the case may be, or (ii) such Disrupted Day is a Disrupted Day only in part, in which case the VWAP Price for such Disrupted Day shall be determined by the Calculation Agent based on Rule 10b-18 eligible transactions in the Shares on such Disrupted Day effected before the relevant Market Disruption Event occurred and/or after the relevant Market Disruption Event ended, and the weighting of the VWAP Price for the relevant Exchange Business Days during the Calculation Period or the Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, shall be adjusted in a commercially reasonable manner by the Calculation Agent for purposes of determining the Forward Price or the Settlement Price, as the case may be, with such adjustments based on, among other factors, the duration of any Market Disruption Event and the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares. Any Scheduled Trading Day on which the Exchange is scheduled to close prior to its normal close of trading shall be deemed to be a Disrupted Day in full.
 
   
 
  If a Disrupted Day occurs during the Calculation Period or the Settlement Valuation Period, as the case may be, and each of the nine immediately following Scheduled Trading Days is a Disrupted Day, then the Calculation Agent, in its good faith and commercially reasonable discretion, may deem such ninth Scheduled Trading Day to be an Exchange Business Day that is not a Disrupted Day and determine the VWAP Price for such ninth Scheduled Trading Day using its good faith and commercially reasonable estimate of the value of the Shares on such ninth Scheduled Trading Day based on the volume, historical trading patterns and price of the Shares and such other factors as it deems appropriate.
 
   
Settlement Terms:
   
 
   
Settlement Procedures:
  If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is positive, Physical Settlement shall be applicable; provided that GS&Co. does not, and shall not, make the agreement or the representations set forth in Section 9.11 of the Equity Definitions related to the restrictions imposed by applicable securities laws with respect to any Shares delivered by GS&Co. to Counterparty under any Transaction. If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is negative, then the Counterparty Settlement Provisions in Annex A shall apply.
 
   
Number of Shares to be Delivered:
  A number of Shares equal to (x)(a) the Prepayment Amount divided by (b)(i) the Forward Price minus (ii) the Forward Price Adjustment Amount minus (y) the number of Initial Shares.
 
   
Excess Dividend Amount:
  For the avoidance of doubt, all references to the Excess Dividend Amount shall be deleted from Section 9.2(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions.
 
   
Settlement Date:
  If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is positive, the date that is one Settlement Cycle immediately following the Termination Date.
 
   
Settlement Currency:
  USD
 
   
Initial Share Delivery:
  GS&Co. shall deliver a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date in accordance with Section 9.4 of the Equity Definitions, with the Initial Share Delivery Date deemed to be a “Settlement Date” for purposes of such Section 9.4.
 
   
Initial Share Delivery Date:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Initial Shares:
  For each Transaction, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.

4


 

     
Share Adjustments:
   
 
   
Potential Adjustment Event:
  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 11.2(e) of the Equity Definitions, an Extraordinary Dividend shall not constitute a Potential Adjustment Event.
 
   
 
  It shall constitute an additional Potential Adjustment Event if the Scheduled Termination Date for any Transaction is postponed pursuant to “Valuation Disruption” above, in which case the Calculation Agent may, in its commercially reasonable discretion, adjust any relevant terms of any such Transaction to the extent necessary to preserve as nearly as practicable the fair value of such Transaction to GS&Co. prior to such postponement.
 
   
Extraordinary Dividend:
  For any calendar quarter, any dividend or distribution on the Shares with an ex-dividend date occurring during such calendar quarter (other than any dividend or distribution of the type described in Section 11.2(e)(i) or Section 11.2(e)(ii)(A) of the Equity Definitions) (a “ Dividend ”) the amount or value of which (as determined by the Calculation Agent), when aggregated with the amount or value (as determined by the Calculation Agent) of any and all previous Dividends with ex-dividend dates occurring in the same calendar quarter, exceeds the relevant Ordinary Dividend Amount.
 
   
Ordinary Dividend Amounts:
  For each Transaction for each calendar quarter, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Method of Adjustment:
  Calculation Agent Adjustment
 
   
Early Ordinary Dividend Payment:
  If an ex-dividend date for any Dividend that is not an Extraordinary Dividend occurs during any calendar quarter occurring (in whole or in part) during the Relevant Period (as defined below) and is prior to the Scheduled Ex-Dividend Date for such calendar quarter, the Calculation Agent shall make such adjustment to the exercise, settlement, payment or any other terms of the relevant Transaction as the Calculation Agent determines appropriate to account for the economic effect on the Transaction of such event.
 
   
Scheduled Ex-Dividend Dates:
  For each Transaction for each calendar quarter, as set forth in the related Supplemental Confirmation.
 
   
Extraordinary Events:
   
 
   
Consequences of Merger Events:
   
 
   
(a) Share-for-Share:
  Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment
 
   
(b) Share-for-Other:
  Cancellation and Payment
 
   
(c) Share-for-Combined:
  Component Adjustment
 
   
Tender Offer:
  Applicable; provided that (i) Section 12.1(l) of the Equity Definitions shall be amended (x) by deleting the parenthetical in the fifth line thereof, (y) by replacing “that” in the fifth line thereof with “whether or not such announcement” and (z) by adding immediately after the words “Tender Offer” in the fifth line thereof “, and any publicly announced change or amendment to

5


 

     
 
  such an announcement (including the announcement of an abandonment of such intention)” and (ii) Sections 12.3(a) and 12.3(d) of the Equity Definitions shall each be amended by replacing each occurrence of the words “Tender Offer Date” by “Announcement Date.”
 
   
Consequences of Tender Offers:
   
 
   
(a) Share-for-Share:
 
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or, subject to the proviso below, Cancellation and Payment, at the election of GS&Co.
 
   
(b) Share-for-Other:
 
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or, subject to the proviso below, Cancellation and Payment, at the election of GS&Co.
 
   
(c) Share-for-Combined:
 
Modified Calculation Agent Adjustment or, subject to the proviso below, Cancellation and Payment, at the election of GS&Co.
 
   
 
 
; provided that, without limiting the generality of clause (ii) of Section 12.3(d) of the Equity Definitions, GS&Co. may elect Cancellation and Payment for any clauses (a) through (c) above, only if (i) the Tender Offer is for greater than 25% of the outstanding voting shares of the Issuer, as determined by the Calculation Agent or (ii) GS&Co. concludes, in its good faith discretion based on advice of counsel, that as a result of any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted generally by GS&Co.; provided that such policies or procedures are related to legal or regulatory issues and are generally applicable in similar situations and applied to such Transaction in a non-discriminatory manner) (x) it is appropriate to cancel any Transaction or (y) it is no longer advisable to hedge any Transaction in the manner contemplated on the Trade Date for such Transaction.
 
   
Nationalization, Insolvency or Delisting:
  Cancellation and Payment; provided that in addition to the provisions of Section 12.6(a)(iii) of the Equity Definitions, it shall also constitute a Delisting if the Exchange is located in the United States and the Shares are not immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, The NASDAQ Global Select Market or The NASDAQ Global Market (or their respective successors); if the Shares are immediately re-listed, re-traded or re-quoted on any such exchange or quotation system, such exchange or quotation system shall be deemed to be the Exchange.
 
   
Additional Disruption Events:
   
 
   
(a) Change in Law:
 
Applicable
 
   
(b) Failure to Deliver:
 
Applicable
 
   
(c) Insolvency Filing:
 
Applicable
 
   
(d) Loss of Stock Borrow:
 
Applicable
 
   
Maximum Stock Loan Rate:
 
2.00% per annum
 
   
(e) Increased Cost of Stock Borrow:
 
Applicable

6


 

     
Initial Stock Loan Rate:
 
0.375% per annum
 
   
Hedging Party:
 
GS&Co.
 
   
Determining Party:
 
GS&Co.
 
   
Additional Termination Event:
  The declaration by the Issuer of any Extraordinary Dividend, the ex-dividend date for which occurs or is scheduled to occur during the Relevant Dividend Period, will constitute an Additional Termination Event, with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and all Transactions hereunder as the Affected Transactions.
 
   
Relevant Dividend Period:
  The period from and including the Calculation Period Start Date to and including the Relevant Dividend Period End Date.
 
   
Relevant Dividend Period End Date:
  If the Number of Shares to be Delivered is negative, the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period; otherwise, the Termination Date.
 
   
Non-Reliance/Agreements and Acknowledgements Regarding Hedging Activities/Additional Acknowledgements:
  Applicable
 
   
Transfer:
  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, GS&Co. may assign or transfer all rights, title and interest, powers, privileges and remedies of GS&Co. under any Transaction, in whole or in part, to an affiliate of GS&Co. whose obligations are guaranteed by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. without the consent of Counterparty; provided that Counterparty will not, as a result of such transfer, be required to (i) pay to the transferee or assignee an amount greater than the amount that it would have been required to pay to GS&Co. in the absence of such transfer or assignment or (ii) receive from the transferee or assignee an amount less than the amount that Counterparty would have received from GS&Co. in the absence of such transfer or assignment.
 
   
GS&Co. Payment Instructions:
  Chase Manhattan Bank New York
For A/C Goldman, Sachs & Co.
A/C #930-1-011483
ABA: 021-000021
 
   
Counterparty’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:
  To be provided by Counterparty
 
   
GS&Co.’s Contact Details for Purpose of Giving Notice:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
200 West Street
New York, NY 10282-2198
Attention: Serge Marquié, Equity Capital Markets
Telephone: 212-902-9779
Facsimile: 917-977-4253
Email: serge.marquie@gs.com
 
   
 
  With a copy to:
 
   
 
  Attention: Matthew S. Levine, Equity Capital Markets
Telephone: 212-902-3944

7


 

     
 
  Facsimile: 917-977-3257
Email: matthew.levine@gs.com
 
   
 
  And email notification to the following address:
Eq-derivs-notifications@am.ibd.gs.com
2. Calculation Agent . GS&Co. Following any determination or calculation by the Calculation Agent hereunder, the Calculation Agent will, upon request, provide to Counterparty promptly following such request a report (in a commonly used file format for the storage and manipulation of financial data without disclosing GS&Co.’s proprietary models) displaying in reasonable detail the basis for such determination or calculation, as the case may be.
3. Additional Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Each Party . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, each party represents, warrants and covenants to the other party that:
     (a)  Eligible Contract Participant . It is an “eligible contract participant”, as defined in the U.S. Commodity Exchange Act (as amended), and is entering into each Transaction hereunder as principal (and not as agent or in any other capacity, fiduciary or otherwise) and not for the benefit of any third party.
     (b)  Accredited Investor . Each party acknowledges that the offer and sale of each Transaction to it is intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof. Accordingly, each party represents and warrants to the other that (i) it has the financial ability to bear the economic risk of its investment in each Transaction and is able to bear a total loss of its investment, (ii) it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined under Regulation D under the Securities Act and (iii) the disposition of each Transaction is restricted under this Master Confirmation, the Securities Act and state securities laws.
4. Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Counterparty . In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants in the Agreement, Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to GS&Co. that:
     (a) As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, it will not be engaged in an “issuer tender offer” as such term is defined in Rule 13e-4 under the Exchange Act nor is it aware of any third party tender offer with respect to the Shares within the meaning of Rule 13e-1 under the Exchange Act.
     (b) It is not entering into any Transaction (i) on the basis of, and is not aware of, any material non-public information with respect to the Shares (ii) in anticipation of, in connection with, or to facilitate, a distribution of its securities, a self tender offer or a third-party tender offer or (iii) to create actual or apparent trading activity in the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares) or to raise or depress or otherwise manipulate the price of the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares) in violation of the Exchange Act.
     (c) Each Transaction is being entered into pursuant to a publicly disclosed Share buy-back program and its Board of Directors has approved the use of derivatives to effect the Share buy-back program.
     (d) Without limiting the generality of Section 13.1 of the Equity Definitions, Counterparty acknowledges that neither GS&Co. nor any of its affiliates is making any representations or warranties or taking any position or expressing any view with respect to the treatment of any Transaction under any accounting standards including ASC Topic 260, Earnings Per Share, ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity and ASC 815-40, Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity.
     (e) As of the Trade Date for each Transaction hereunder, Counterparty is in compliance with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act and its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, together with all reports subsequently filed by it pursuant to the Exchange Act, taken together and as amended and supplemented to the date of this representation, do not, as of their respective filing dates, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

8


 

     (f) Counterparty shall report each Transaction to the extent required under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.
     (g) The Shares are not, and Counterparty will not cause the Shares to be, subject to a “restricted period” (as defined in Regulation M promulgated under the Exchange Act) at any time during any Regulation M Period (as defined below) for any Transaction unless Counterparty has provided written notice to GS&Co. of such restricted period not later than the Scheduled Trading Day immediately preceding the first day of such “restricted period”; Counterparty acknowledges that any such notice may cause a Disrupted Day to occur pursuant to Section 5 below; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 6 below; “ Regulation M Period” means, for any Transaction, (i) the Relevant Period (as defined below) and (ii) the Settlement Valuation Period, if any, for such Transaction. “ Relevant Period ” means, for any Transaction, the period commencing on the Calculation Period Start Date for such Transaction and ending on the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date and (ii) the last Additional Relevant Day (as specified in the related Supplemental Confirmation) for such Transaction, or such earlier day as elected by GS&Co. and communicated to Counterparty on such day (or, if later, the First Acceleration Date without regard to any acceleration thereof pursuant to “Special Provisions for Friendly Transaction Announcements” below).
     (h) As of the Trade Date, the Prepayment Date, the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Settlement Date and the date of any Second Settlement, if any, for each Transaction, Counterparty is not “insolvent” (as such term is defined under Section 101(32) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (Title 11 of the United States Code) (the “ Bankruptcy Code ”)) and Counterparty would be able to purchase a number of Shares with a value equal to the Prepayment Amount in compliance with the laws of the jurisdiction of Counterparty’s incorporation.
     (i) Counterparty is not and, after giving effect to any Transaction, will not be, required to register as an “investment company” as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
     (j) Counterparty has not and will not enter into agreements with respect to the Shares (or any security convertible into or exchangeable for the Shares) similar to the Transactions described herein where any initial hedge period, calculation period, relevant period or settlement valuation period (each however defined) in such other transaction will overlap at any time (including as a result of extensions in such initial hedge period, calculation period, relevant period or settlement valuation period as provided in the relevant agreements) with any Relevant Period or, if applicable, any Settlement Valuation Period under this Master Confirmation. In the event that the initial hedge period, relevant period, calculation period or settlement valuation period in any other similar transaction overlaps with any Relevant Period or, if applicable, Settlement Valuation Period under this Master Confirmation as a result of any postponement of the Scheduled Termination Date or extension of the Settlement Valuation Period pursuant to “Valuation Disruption” above, Counterparty shall promptly amend such transaction to avoid any such overlap.
5. Regulatory Disruption . In the event that GS&Co. concludes, in its good faith discretion based on advice of counsel, that it is appropriate with respect to any legal, regulatory or self-regulatory requirements or related policies and procedures (whether or not such requirements, policies or procedures are imposed by law or have been voluntarily adopted by GS&Co.; provided that such policies or procedures are related to legal or regulatory issues and are generally applicable in similar situations and applied to any Transaction hereunder in a non-discriminatory manner), for it to refrain from or decrease any market activity on any Scheduled Trading Day or Days during the Calculation Period or, if applicable, the Settlement Valuation Period, GS&Co. may by written notice to Counterparty elect to deem that a Market Disruption Event has occurred and will be continuing on such Scheduled Trading Day or Days, subject to the other provisions under “Valuation Disruption” in Section 1 above.
6. 10b5-1 Plan . Counterparty represents, warrants and covenants to GS&Co. that:
     (a) Counterparty is entering into this Master Confirmation and each Transaction hereunder in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b5-1 ”) or any other antifraud or anti-manipulation provisions of the federal or applicable state securities laws and that it has not entered into or altered and will not enter into or alter any corresponding or hedging transaction or position with respect to the Shares. Counterparty acknowledges that it is the intent of the parties that each

9


 

Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation comply with the requirements of paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) and (B) of Rule 10b5-1 and each Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c).
     (b) Counterparty will not seek to control or influence GS&Co.’s decision to make any “purchases or sales” (within the meaning of Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B)(3)) under any Transaction entered into under this Master Confirmation, including, without limitation, GS&Co.’s decision to enter into any hedging transactions. Counterparty represents and warrants that it has consulted with its own advisors as to the legal aspects of its adoption and implementation of this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation under Rule 10b5-1.
     (c) Counterparty acknowledges and agrees that any amendment, modification, waiver or termination of this Master Confirmation or the relevant Supplemental Confirmation must be effected in accordance with the requirements for the amendment or termination of a “plan” as defined in Rule 10b5-1(c). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such amendment, modification, waiver or termination shall be made in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b-5, and no such amendment, modification or waiver shall be made at any time at which Counterparty or any officer, director, manager or similar person of Counterparty is aware of any material non-public information regarding Counterparty or the Shares.
7. Counterparty Purchases . Counterparty (or any “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act (“ Rule 10b-18 ”)) shall not, without the prior written consent of GS&Co., directly or indirectly purchase any Shares (including by means of a derivative instrument), listed contracts on the Shares or securities that are convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for Shares (including, without limitation, any Rule 10b-18 purchases of blocks (as defined in Rule 10b-18)) during any Relevant Period or, if applicable, Settlement Valuation Period, except through GS&Co.
8. Special Provisions for Merger Transactions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions:
     (a) Counterparty agrees that it:
     (i) will not during the period commencing on the Trade Date through the end of the Relevant Period or, if applicable, the Settlement Valuation Period for any Transaction make, or to the extent it is within its reasonable control, permit to be made, any public announcement (as defined in Rule 165(f) under the Securities Act) of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction (a “ Merger Announcement ”) unless such public announcement is made prior to the opening or after the close of the regular trading session on the Exchange for the Shares;
     (ii) shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) notify GS&Co. following any such announcement that such announcement has been made; and
     (iii) shall promptly (but in any event prior to the next opening of the regular trading session on the Exchange) provide GS&Co. with written notice specifying (i) Counterparty’s average daily Rule 10b-18 Purchases (as defined in Rule 10b-18) during the three full calendar months immediately preceding the announcement date of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction that were not effected through GS&Co. or its affiliates and (ii) the number of Shares purchased pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act for the three full calendar months preceding the announcement date of any Merger Transaction or potential Merger Transaction. Such written notice shall be deemed to be a certification by Counterparty to GS&Co. that such information is true and correct. In addition, Counterparty shall promptly notify GS&Co. of the earlier to occur of the completion of such transaction and the completion of the vote by target shareholders. Counterparty acknowledges that any such notice may cause the terms of any Transaction to be adjusted or such Transaction to be terminated, to the extent otherwise provided below; accordingly, Counterparty acknowledges that its delivery of such notice must comply with the standards set forth in Section 6 above.

10


 

     (b) If a Merger Announcement has been made, GS&Co. in its sole discretion may (i) make, in good faith and in a commercially reasonable manner, adjustments to the terms of any Transaction, including, without limitation, the Scheduled Termination Date or the Forward Price Adjustment Amount, and/or suspend the Calculation Period and/or any Settlement Valuation Period or (ii) terminate any Transaction by prior written notice to Counterparty, in which case such Transaction will be cancelled as of the date designated by GS&Co. in such notice and a Cancellation Amount (as determined by GS&Co. as the Determining Party) shall be paid by one party to the other.
     “ Merger Transaction ” means any merger, acquisition or similar transaction involving a recapitalization as contemplated by Rule 10b-18(a)(13)(iv) under the Exchange Act.
9. Special Provisions for Friendly Transaction Announcements . (a) If a Friendly Transaction Announcement occurs on or prior to the Settlement Date for any Transaction, then the Number of Shares to be Delivered for such Transaction shall be determined as if clause (x)(b) of the definition thereof were replaced with “(b) the Forward Price.” If a Friendly Transaction Announcement occurs after the Trade Date, but prior to the First Acceleration Date of any Transaction, the First Acceleration Date shall be the date of such Friendly Transaction Announcement. If a Friendly Transaction Announcement occurs after the Settlement Date for any Transaction or any earlier date of termination or cancellation of such Transaction pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement or Article 12 of the Equity Definitions, then a second settlement of such Transaction (a “ Second Settlement ”) shall occur (notwithstanding such earlier termination or cancellation) with a Number of Shares to be Delivered equal to the lesser of (i) zero and (ii) (x) the Number of Shares to be Delivered determined pursuant to the first sentence of this paragraph as if such Friendly Transaction Announcement occurred prior to such Settlement Date minus (y) the Number of Shares to be Delivered determined pursuant to Section 1 of this Master Confirmation ( provided that in the case of a Second Settlement occurring after such an early termination or cancellation, a Number of Shares to be Delivered shall not be determined and instead a Forward Cash Settlement Amount will be determined as provided in Annex A).
     (b) “ Friendly Transaction Announcement ” means (i) an Acquisition Transaction Announcement by Counterparty or its board of directors prior to the Settlement Date or any earlier date of termination or cancellation of the relevant Transaction pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement or Article 12 of the Equity Definitions (such date, the “ Actual Termination Date ”), (ii) (A) an announcement by Counterparty or its board of directors prior to the date three months following the Scheduled Termination Date that an Acquisition Transaction that is the subject of an Acquisition Transaction Announcement occurring prior to the Actual Termination Date has been approved, agreed to, recommended by or otherwise consented to by Counterparty or its board of directors, or negotiated by Counterparty or any authorized representative of Counterparty or (B) consummation prior to the date three months following the Scheduled Termination Date of an Acquisition Transaction that is the subject of an Acquisition Transaction Announcement occurring prior to the Actual Termination Date, or (iii) where Counterparty or its board of directors has a legal obligation to make a recommendation to its shareholders in respect of any such Acquisition Transaction prior to the date three months following the Scheduled Termination Date, the absence of a recommendation that its shareholders reject such transaction.
     (c) “ Acquisition Transaction Announcement ” means (i) the announcement of an Acquisition Transaction, (ii) an announcement that Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries has entered into an agreement, a letter of intent or an understanding designed to result in an Acquisition Transaction, (iii) the announcement of the intention to solicit or enter into, or to explore strategic alternatives or other similar undertaking that may include (as stated in such announcement), an Acquisition Transaction, or (iv) any other announcement that in the reasonable judgment of the Calculation Agent is reasonably likely to result in an Acquisition Transaction. For the avoidance of doubt, announcements as used in the definition of Acquisition Transaction Announcement refer to any public announcement whether made by the Issuer or a third party.
     (d) “ Acquisition Transaction ” means (i) any Merger Event (for purposes of this definition the definition of Merger Event shall be read with the references therein to “100%” being replaced by “25%” and to “50%” by “75%” and without reference to the clause beginning immediately following the definition of Reverse Merger therein to the end of such definition), Tender Offer or Merger Transaction or any other transaction involving the merger of Counterparty with or into any third party, (ii) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Counterparty, (iii) a recapitalization, reclassification, binding share exchange or other similar transaction with

11


 

respect to Counterparty, (iv) any acquisition, lease, exchange, transfer, disposition (including by way of spin-off or distribution) of assets (including any capital stock or other ownership interests in subsidiaries) or other similar event by Counterparty or any of its subsidiaries where the aggregate consideration transferable or receivable by or to Counterparty or its subsidiaries exceeds 25% of the market capitalization of Counterparty and (v) any transaction in which Counterparty or its board of directors has a legal obligation to make a recommendation to its shareholders in respect of such transaction (whether pursuant to Rule 14e-2 under the Exchange Act or otherwise).
10. Acknowledgments . (a) The parties hereto intend for:
     (i) each Transaction to be a “securities contract” as defined in Section 741(7) of the Bankruptcy Code, a “swap agreement” as defined in Section 101(53B) of the Bankruptcy Code and a “forward contract” as defined in Section 101(25) of the Bankruptcy Code, and the parties hereto to be entitled to the protections afforded by, among other Sections, Sections 362(b)(6), 362(b)(17), 362(b)(27), 362(o), 546(e), 546(g), 546(j), 555, 556, 560 and 561 of the Bankruptcy Code;
     (ii) the Agreement to be a “master netting agreement” as defined in Section 101(38A) of the Bankruptcy Code;
     (iii) a party’s right to liquidate, terminate or accelerate any Transaction, net out or offset termination values or payment amounts, and to exercise any other remedies upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or Termination Event under the Agreement with respect to the other party or any Extraordinary Event that results in the termination or cancellation of any Transaction to constitute a “contractual right” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code); and
     (iv) all payments for, under or in connection with each Transaction, all payments for the Shares (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of the Prepayment Amount) and the transfer of such Shares to constitute “settlement payments” and “transfers” (as defined in the Bankruptcy Code).
     (b) Counterparty acknowledges that:
          (i) during the term of any Transaction, GS&Co. and its affiliates may buy or sell Shares or other securities or buy or sell options or futures contracts or enter into swaps or other derivative securities in order to establish, adjust or unwind its hedge position with respect to such Transaction;
          (ii) GS&Co. and its affiliates may also be active in the market for the Shares other than in connection with hedging activities in relation to any Transaction;
          (iii) GS&Co. shall make its own determination as to whether, when or in what manner any hedging or market activities in Counterparty’s securities shall be conducted and shall do so in a manner that it deems appropriate to hedge its price and market risk with respect to the Forward Price and the VWAP Price;
          (iv) any market activities of GS&Co. and its affiliates with respect to the Shares may affect the market price and volatility of the Shares, as well as the Forward Price and VWAP Price, each in a manner that may be adverse to Counterparty; and
          (v) each Transaction is a derivatives transaction in which it has granted GS&Co. an option; GS&Co. may purchase shares for its own account at an average price that may be greater than, or less than, the price paid by Counterparty under the terms of the related Transaction.
11. Credit Support Documents . The parties hereto acknowledge that no Transaction hereunder is secured by any collateral that would otherwise secure the obligations of Counterparty herein or pursuant to the Agreement.
12. Set-off . (a) The parties agree to amend Section 6 of the Agreement by adding a new Section 6(f) thereto as follows:

12


 

“(f) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or Termination Event with respect to a party who is the Defaulting Party or the Affected Party (“X”), the other party (“Y”) will have the right (but not be obliged) without prior notice to X or any other person to set-off or apply any obligation of X owed to Y (or any Affiliate of Y) (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation) against any obligation of Y (or any Affiliate of Y) owed to X (whether or not matured or contingent and whether or not arising under the Agreement, and regardless of the currency, place of payment or booking office of the obligation). Y will give notice to the other party of any set-off effected under this Section 6(f).
Amounts (or the relevant portion of such amounts) subject to set-off may be converted by Y into the Termination Currency at the rate of exchange at which such party would be able, acting in a reasonable manner and in good faith, to purchase the relevant amount of such currency. If any obligation is unascertained, Y may in good faith estimate that obligation and set-off in respect of the estimate, subject to the relevant party accounting to the other when the obligation is ascertained. Nothing in this Section 6(f) shall be effective to create a charge or other security interest. This Section 6(f) shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, lien or other right to which any party is at any time otherwise entitled (whether by operation of law, contract or otherwise).”
     (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, GS&Co. agrees not to set off or net amounts due from Counterparty with respect to any Transaction against amounts due from GS&Co. to Counterparty with respect to contracts or instruments that are not Equity Contracts. “ Equity Contract ” means any transaction or instrument that does not convey to GS&Co. rights, or the ability to assert claims, that are senior to the rights and claims of common stockholders in the event of Counterparty’s bankruptcy.
13. Delivery of Shares . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, GS&Co. may, by prior notice to Counterparty, satisfy its obligation to deliver any Shares or other securities on any date due (an “ Original Delivery Date ”) by making separate deliveries of Shares or such securities, as the case may be, at more than one time on or prior to such Original Delivery Date, so long as the aggregate number of Shares and other securities so delivered on or prior to such Original Delivery Date is equal to the number required to be delivered on such Original Delivery Date.
14. Early Termination . In the event that (i) an Early Termination Date (whether as a result of an Event of Default or a Termination Event) occurs or is designated with respect to any Transaction (except as a result of a Merger Event in which the consideration or proceeds to be paid to holders of Shares consists solely of cash) or (ii) the Transaction is cancelled or terminated upon the occurrence of an Extraordinary Event or pursuant to Section 8(b) hereof, if either party would owe any amount to the other party pursuant to Section 6(d)(ii) of the Agreement or any Cancellation Amount pursuant to Article 12 of the Equity Definitions (any such amount, a “ Payment Amount ”), then, in lieu of any payment of such Payment Amount, Counterparty may, no later than the Early Termination Date or the date on which such Transaction is terminated or cancelled, elect to deliver or for GS&Co. to deliver, as the case may be, to the other party a number of Shares (or, in the case of a Merger Event, a number of units, each comprising the number or amount of the securities or property that a hypothetical holder of one Share would receive in such Merger Event (each such unit, an “ Alternative Delivery Unit ” and, the securities or property comprising such unit, “ Alternative Delivery Property ”)) with a value equal to the Payment Amount, as determined by the Calculation Agent (and the parties agree that, in making such determination of value, the Calculation Agent may take into account a number of factors, including the market price of the Shares or Alternative Delivery Property on the date of early termination and, if such delivery is made by GS&Co., the prices at which GS&Co. purchases Shares or Alternative Delivery Property to fulfill its delivery obligations under this Section 14); provided that in determining the composition of any Alternative Delivery Unit, if the relevant Merger Event involves a choice of consideration to be received by holders, such holder shall be deemed to have elected to receive the maximum possible amount of cash. If such delivery is made by Counterparty, paragraphs 2 through 7 of Annex A shall apply

13


 

as if such delivery were a settlement of the Transaction to which Net Share Settlement applied, the Cash Settlement Payment Date were the Early Termination Date and the Forward Cash Settlement Amount were zero (0) minus the Payment Amount owed by Counterparty.
15. Calculations and Payment Date upon Early Termination . The parties acknowledge and agree that in calculating Loss pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement GS&Co. may (but need not) determine losses without reference to actual losses incurred but based on expected losses assuming a commercially reasonable (including without limitation with regard to reasonable legal and regulatory guidelines) risk bid were used to determine loss to avoid awaiting the delay associated with closing out any hedge or related trading position in a commercially reasonable manner prior to or sooner following the designation of an Early Termination Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Equity Definitions, if Counterparty elects to receive Shares or Alternative Delivery Property in accordance with Section 14, such Shares or Alternative Delivery Property shall be delivered on a date selected by GS&Co as promptly as practicable.
16. Automatic Termination Provisions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6 of the Agreement, if a Termination Price is specified in any Supplemental Confirmation, then an Additional Termination Event with Counterparty as the sole Affected Party and the Transaction to which such Supplemental Confirmation relates as the Affected Transaction will automatically occur without any notice or action by GS&Co. or Counterparty if the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below such Termination Price, and the Exchange Business Day that the price of the Shares on the Exchange at any time falls below the Termination Price will be the “Early Termination Date” for purposes of the Agreement.
17. Delivery of Cash . For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Master Confirmation shall be interpreted as requiring Counterparty to deliver cash in respect of the settlement of the Transactions contemplated by this Master Confirmation following payment by Counterparty of the relevant Prepayment Amount and any relevant Counterparty Additional Payment Amount, except in circumstances where the required cash settlement thereof is permitted for classification of the contract as equity by ASC 815-40-15 (EITF Issue 00-19) as in effect on the relevant Trade Date (including, without limitation, where Counterparty so elects to deliver cash or fails timely to elect to deliver Shares or Alternative Delivery Property in respect of the settlement of such Transactions).
18. Claim in Bankruptcy . GS&Co. acknowledges and agrees that this Confirmation is not intended to convey to it rights with respect to the Transaction that are senior to the claims of common stockholders in the event of Counterparty’s bankruptcy.
19. Governing Law . The Agreement, this Master Confirmation, each Supplemental Confirmation and all matters arising in connection with the Agreement, this Master Confirmation and each Supplemental Confirmation shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (without reference to its choice of laws doctrine other than Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations Law).
20. Offices .
     (a) The Office of GS&Co. for each Transaction is: 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282.
     (b) The Office of Counterparty for each Transaction is: 5430 LBJ Freeway, Suite 160 Dallas, TX 75240.
21. Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THE AGREEMENT, THIS MASTER CONFIRMATION, EACH SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION AND ALL MATTERS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THE AGREEMENT, THIS MASTER CONFIRMATION AND EACH SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION.

14


 

22. Submission to Jurisdiction . THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE AGREEMENT, THIS MASTER CONFIRMATION AND ANY SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION OR THE TRANSACTIONS HEREUNDER.
23. Counterparts . This Master Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Master Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

15


 

     Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Master Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by GS&Co.) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty with respect to any particular Transaction to which this Master Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Master Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Equity Derivatives Documentation Department, Facsimile No. 212-428-1980/83.
         
  Yours faithfully,

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
 
  By:  /s/ JONATHAN LIPNICK    
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
         
Agreed and Accepted By:    
 
       
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
       
By:
  /s/ FRED E. MEISENHEIMER    
 
 
 
Name: Fred E. Meisenheimer
   
 
  Title: Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

 


 

SCHEDULE A
SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION
     
To:
  Atmos Energy Corporation
 
  P.O. Box 650205
 
  Dallas, Texas 75265-0205
 
   
From:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
   
Subject:
  Accelerated Stock Buyback
 
   
Ref. No:
  [Insert Reference No.]
 
   
Date:
  [Insert Date]
          The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ GS&Co. ”) and Atmos Energy Corporation (“ Counterparty ”) (together, the “ Contracting Parties ”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between GS&Co. and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below.
1. This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation dated as of July 1, 2010 (the “ Master Confirmation ”) between the Contracting Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time. All provisions contained in the Master Confirmation govern this Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified below.
2. The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:
         
Trade Date:
  [          ]    
 
       
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:
  USD [     ]    
 
       
Calculation Period Start Date:
  [          ]    
 
       
Scheduled Termination Date:
  [          ]    
 
       
First Acceleration Date:
  [          ]    
 
       
Prepayment Amount:
  USD [          ]    
 
       
Prepayment Date:
  [          ]    
 
       
Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:
  USD [          ]    

A-1


 

         
Initial Shares:
  [          ] Shares; provided that if, in connection with the Transaction, GS&Co. is unable, after using its good faith commercially reasonable efforts, to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for delivery to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date shall be reduced to such number of Shares that GS&Co. is able to so borrow or otherwise acquire, and GS&Co. shall use reasonable good faith efforts to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the shortfall in the Initial Share Delivery and to deliver such additional Shares as soon as reasonably practicable. The aggregate of all Shares delivered to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction pursuant to this paragraph shall be the “Initial Shares” for purposes of “Number of Shares to be Delivered” in the Master Confirmation.
 
       
Initial Share Delivery Date:
  [          ]
 
       
Termination Price:
  USD[     ] per Share
 
       
Additional Relevant Days:
  The 10 Exchange Business Days immediately following the Calculation Period.
 
       
 
  Scheduled Ex-Dividend Date:   Ordinary Dividend Amount:
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on [insert date]
  [          ]   USD[     ] per Share
(the “ Current Dividend
Amount
”)
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on [insert date]
  [          ]   Up to 1[     ]% of the Current Dividend Amount
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on [insert date]
  [          ]   Up to 1[     ]% of the Current Dividend Amount
3. Counterparty represents and warrants to GS&Co. that neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) has made any purchases of blocks pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during either (i) the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date or (ii) during the calendar week in which the Trade Date occurs.
4. This Supplemental Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Supplemental Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

A-2


 

     Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Supplemental Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by GS&Co.) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty with respect to the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Supplemental Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Equity Derivatives Documentation Department, facsimile No. 212-428-1980/83.
         
  Yours sincerely,



GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
 
  By:     
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
         
Agreed and Accepted By:    
 
       
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
       
By:
       
 
 
 
Name:
   
 
  Title:    

A-3


 

ANNEX A
COUNTERPARTY SETTLEMENT PROVISIONS
          1. The following Counterparty Settlement Provisions shall apply to the extent indicated under the Master Confirmation:
     
Settlement Currency:
  USD
 
   
Settlement Method Election:
  Applicable; provided that (i) Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions is hereby amended by deleting the word “Physical” in the sixth line thereof and replacing it with the words “Net Share” and (ii) the Electing Party may make a settlement method election only if the Electing Party represents and warrants to GS&Co. in writing on the date it notifies GS&Co. of its election that, as of such date, the Electing Party is not aware of any material non-public information concerning Counterparty or the Shares and is electing the settlement method in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade compliance with the federal securities laws.
 
   
Electing Party:
  Counterparty
 
   
Settlement Method Election Date:
  The earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date and (ii) the second Exchange Business Day immediately following the Accelerated Termination Date (in which case the election under Section 7.1 of the Equity Definitions shall be made no later than 10 minutes prior to the open of trading on the Exchange on such second Exchange Business Day), as the case may be; provided that if a Friendly Transaction Announcement occurs after the Settlement Date, the Settlement Method Election Date for the Second Settlement shall be the date of the Friendly Transaction Announcement.
 
   
Default Settlement Method:
  Cash Settlement
 
   
Forward Cash Settlement Amount:
  The Number of Shares to be Delivered multiplied by the Settlement Price; provided that in the case of a Second Settlement occurring after an early termination or cancellation of the relevant Transaction pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement or Article 12 of the Equity Definitions, the Forward Cash Settlement Amount shall equal the lesser of (i) zero and (ii)(x) the Payment Amount that would have been calculated for such early termination or cancellation if clause (x)(b) in the definition of Number of Shares to be Delivered had been replaced with “(b) the Forward Price”, as determined by the Calculation Agent minus (y) the actual Payment Amount calculated for such early termination or cancellation (in each case, with an amount that would have been owed by Counterparty expressed as a negative number for purposes of this calculation).

1


 

     
Settlement Price:
  The average of the VWAP Prices (or, in the case of a Second Settlement, the Relevant Prices) for the Exchange Business Days in the Settlement Valuation Period, subject to Valuation Disruption as specified in the Master Confirmation or, in the case of a Second Settlement, subject to Section 6.6(a) of the Equity Definitions as if such dates were Valuation Dates.
 
   
Settlement Valuation Period:
  A number of Scheduled Trading Days selected by GS&Co. in its reasonable discretion, beginning on the Scheduled Trading Day immediately following the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date or (ii) the Exchange Business Day immediately following the Termination Date or, in the case of a Second Settlement, the date of the Friendly Transaction Announcement.
 
   
Cash Settlement:
  If Cash Settlement is applicable, then Buyer shall pay to Seller the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount on the Cash Settlement Payment Date.
 
   
Cash Settlement Payment Date:
  The date one Settlement Cycle following the last day of the Settlement Valuation Period.
 
   
Net Share Settlement Procedures:
  If Net Share Settlement is applicable, Net Share Settlement shall be made in accordance with paragraphs 2 through 7 below.
          2. Net Share Settlement shall be made by delivery on the Cash Settlement Payment Date of a number of Shares satisfying the conditions set forth in paragraph 3 below (the “ Registered Settlement Shares ”), or a number of Shares not satisfying such conditions (the “ Unregistered Settlement Shares ”), in either case with a value equal to the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, with such Shares’ value based on the value thereof to GS&Co. (which value shall, in the case of Unregistered Settlement Shares, take into account a commercially reasonable illiquidity discount), in each case as determined by the Calculation Agent.
          3. Counterparty may only deliver Registered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above if:
          (a) a registration statement covering public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by GS&Co. (the “ Registration Statement ”) shall have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and been declared or otherwise become effective on or prior to the date of delivery, and no stop order shall be in effect with respect to the Registration Statement; a printed prospectus relating to the Registered Settlement Shares (including any prospectus supplement thereto, the “ Prospectus ”) shall have been delivered to GS&Co., in such quantities as GS&Co. shall reasonably have requested, on or prior to the date of delivery;
          (b) the form and content of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (including, without limitation, any sections describing the plan of distribution) shall be reasonably satisfactory to GS&Co.;
          (c) as of or prior to the date of delivery, GS&Co. and its agents shall have been afforded a reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for underwritten offerings of equity securities and the results of such investigation are satisfactory to GS&Co., in its discretion; and

2


 

          (d) as of the date of delivery, an agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) shall have been entered into with GS&Co. in connection with the public resale of the Registered Settlement Shares by GS&Co. substantially similar to underwriting agreements customary for underwritten offerings of equity securities of similar size by similar companies, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GS&Co., which Underwriting Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such underwriting agreements relating, without limitation, to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, GS&Co. and its affiliates and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters.
          4. If Counterparty delivers Unregistered Settlement Shares pursuant to paragraph 2 above:
          (a) all Unregistered Settlement Shares shall be delivered to GS&Co. (or any affiliate of GS&Co. designated by GS&Co.) pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereof;
          (b) as of or prior to the date of delivery, GS&Co. and any potential purchaser of any such shares from GS&Co. (or any affiliate of GS&Co. designated by GS&Co.) identified by GS&Co. shall be afforded a commercially reasonable opportunity to conduct a due diligence investigation with respect to Counterparty customary in scope for private placements of equity securities of similar size by similar companies (including, without limitation, the right to have made available to them for inspection all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and other information reasonably requested by them); provided that any such potential purchaser may be required by Counterparty to enter into a customary nondisclosure agreement with Counterparty in respect of any such due diligence investigation;
          (c) as of the date of delivery, Counterparty shall enter into an agreement (a “ Private Placement Agreement ”) with GS&Co. (or any affiliate of GS&Co. designated by GS&Co.) in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to GS&Co. (or any such affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by GS&Co. (or any such affiliate), substantially similar to private placement purchase agreements customary for private placements of equity securities of similar size by similar companies, in form and substance commercially reasonably satisfactory to GS&Co., which Private Placement Agreement shall include, without limitation, provisions substantially similar to those contained in such private placement purchase agreements relating, without limitation, to the indemnification of, and contribution in connection with the liability of, GS&Co. and its affiliates and the provision of customary opinions, accountants’ comfort letters and lawyers’ negative assurance letters, and shall provide for the payment by Counterparty of all fees and expenses in connection with such resale, including the reasonable fees and actual documented out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for GS&Co., and shall contain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of Counterparty reasonably necessary or advisable to establish and maintain the availability of an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for such resales; and
          (d) in connection with the private placement of such shares by Counterparty to GS&Co. (or any such affiliate) and the private resale of such shares by GS&Co. (or any such affiliate), Counterparty shall, if so requested by GS&Co., prepare, in cooperation with GS&Co., a private placement memorandum in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to GS&Co. and customary for private placements of equity securities of similar size by similar companies.
          5. GS&Co., itself or through an affiliate (the “ Selling Agent ”) or any underwriter(s), will sell all, or such lesser portion as may be required hereunder, of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares and any Makewhole Shares (as defined below) (together, the “ Settlement Shares ”) delivered by Counterparty to GS&Co. pursuant to paragraph 6 below commencing on the Cash Settlement Payment Date and continuing until the date on which the aggregate Net Proceeds (as such term is defined below) of such sales, as determined by GS&Co., is equal to the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (such date, the “ Final Resale Date ”). If the proceeds of any sale(s) made by GS&Co., the Selling Agent or any underwriter(s), net of any fees and commissions (including, without limitation, underwriting or placement fees) customary for similar transactions under the circumstances at the time of the offering, together with carrying charges and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares (including, but without limitation to, the covering of any

3


 

over-allotment or short position (syndicate or otherwise)) (the “ Net Proceeds ”) exceed the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount, GS&Co. will refund, in USD, such excess to Counterparty on the date that is three (3) Currency Business Days following the Final Resale Date, and, if any portion of the Settlement Shares remains unsold, GS&Co. shall return to Counterparty on that date such unsold Shares.
          6. If the Calculation Agent determines that the Net Proceeds received from the sale of the Registered Settlement Shares or Unregistered Settlement Shares or any Makewhole Shares, if any, pursuant to this paragraph 6 are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount (the amount in USD by which the Net Proceeds are less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount being the “ Shortfall ” and the date on which such determination is made, the “ Deficiency Determination Date ”), Counterparty shall on the Exchange Business Day next succeeding the Deficiency Determination Date (the “ Makewhole Notice Date ”) deliver to GS&Co., through the Selling Agent, a notice of Counterparty’s election that Counterparty shall either (i) pay an amount in cash equal to the Shortfall on the day that is one (1) Currency Business Day after the Makewhole Notice Date, or (ii) deliver additional Shares. If Counterparty elects to deliver to GS&Co. additional Shares, then Counterparty shall deliver additional Shares in compliance with the terms and conditions of paragraph 3 or paragraph 4 above, as the case may be (the “ Makewhole Shares ”), on the first Clearance System Business Day which is also an Exchange Business Day following the Makewhole Notice Date in such number as the Calculation Agent reasonably believes would have a market value on that Exchange Business Day equal to the Shortfall. Such Makewhole Shares shall be sold by GS&Co. in accordance with the provisions above; provided that if the sum of the Net Proceeds from the sale of the originally delivered Shares and the Net Proceeds from the sale of any Makewhole Shares is less than the absolute value of the Forward Cash Settlement Amount then Counterparty shall, at its election, either make such cash payment or deliver to GS&Co. further Makewhole Shares until such Shortfall has been reduced to zero.
          7. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the aggregate number of Settlement Shares and Makewhole Shares be greater than the Reserved Shares minus the amount of any Shares actually delivered by Counterparty under any other Transaction(s) under this Master Confirmation (the result of such calculation, the “ Capped Number ”). Counterparty represents and warrants (which shall be deemed to be repeated on each day that a Transaction is outstanding) that the Capped Number is equal to or less than the number of Shares determined according to the following formula:
A – B
         
 
  Where   A = the number of authorized but unissued shares of the Counterparty that are not reserved for future issuance on the date of the determination of the Capped Number; and
 
       
 
      B = the maximum number of Shares required to be delivered to third parties if Counterparty elected Net Share Settlement of all transactions in the Shares (other than Transactions in the Shares under this Master Confirmation) with all third parties that are then currently outstanding and unexercised.
          “ Reserved Shares ” means initially, 7,000,000 Shares. The Reserved Shares may be increased or decreased in a Supplemental Confirmation.

4

EXHIBIT 10.6(b)
SUPPLEMENTAL CONFIRMATION
     
To:
  Atmos Energy Corporation
 
  P.O. Box 650205
 
  Dallas, Texas 75265-0205
 
   
From:
  Goldman, Sachs & Co.
 
   
Subject:
  Accelerated Stock Buyback
 
   
Ref. No:
   
 
   
Date:
  July 1, 2010
          The purpose of this Supplemental Confirmation is to confirm the terms and conditions of the Transaction entered into between Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ GS&Co. ”) and Atmos Energy Corporation (“ Counterparty ”) (together, the “ Contracting Parties ”) on the Trade Date specified below. This Supplemental Confirmation is a binding contract between GS&Co. and Counterparty as of the relevant Trade Date for the Transaction referenced below.
1. This Supplemental Confirmation supplements, forms part of, and is subject to the Master Confirmation dated as of July 1, 2010 (the “ Master Confirmation ”) between the Contracting Parties, as amended and supplemented from time to time. All provisions contained in the Master Confirmation govern this Supplemental Confirmation except as expressly modified below.
2. The terms of the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates are as follows:
     
Trade Date:
  July 1, 2010
 
   
Forward Price Adjustment Amount:
  USD 0.35
 
   
Calculation Period Start Date:
  July 2, 2010
 
   
Scheduled Termination Date:
  March 1, 2011
 
   
First Acceleration Date:
  September 7, 2010
 
   
Prepayment Amount:
  USD 100,000,000
 
   
Prepayment Date:
  July 7, 2010
 
   
Counterparty Additional Payment Amount:
  USD 450,000

1


 

     
Initial Shares:
  2,958,580 Shares; provided that if, in connection with the Transaction, GS&Co. is unable, after using its good faith commercially reasonable efforts, to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the Initial Shares for delivery to Counterparty on the Initial Share Delivery Date, the Initial Shares delivered on the Initial Share Delivery Date shall be reduced to such number of Shares that GS&Co. is able to so borrow or otherwise acquire, and GS&Co. shall use reasonable good faith efforts to borrow or otherwise acquire a number of Shares equal to the shortfall in the Initial Share Delivery and to deliver such additional Shares as soon as reasonably practicable. The aggregate of all Shares delivered to Counterparty in respect of the Transaction pursuant to this paragraph shall be the “Initial Shares” for purposes of “Number of Shares to be Delivered” in the Master Confirmation.
 
   
Initial Share Delivery Date:
  July 7, 2010
 
   
Termination Price:
  USD 8.11 per Share
 
   
Additional Relevant Days:
  The 10 Exchange Business Days immediately following the Calculation Period.
         
 
  Scheduled Ex-Dividend Date:   Ordinary Dividend Amount:
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on September 30, 2010
  August 23, 2010   USD 0.335 per Share (the “ Current Dividend Amount ”)
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2010
  November 23, 2010   Up to 103% of the Current Dividend Amount
 
       
For calendar quarter ending on March 31, 2011
  Any day in February 2011 on or after February 14, 2011   Up to 103% of the Current Dividend Amount
3. Paragraph 9(b) of the Master Confirmation is hereby amended by replacing the words “three months” with the words “one month” in clauses (ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (iii) thereof.
4. Counterparty represents and warrants to GS&Co. that neither it nor any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act) has made any purchases of blocks pursuant to the proviso in Rule 10b-18(b)(4) under the Exchange Act during either (i) the four full calendar weeks immediately preceding the Trade Date or (ii) during the calendar week in which the Trade Date occurs.
5. This Supplemental Confirmation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Supplemental Confirmation by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

2


 

     Counterparty hereby agrees (a) to check this Supplemental Confirmation carefully and immediately upon receipt so that errors or discrepancies can be promptly identified and rectified and (b) to confirm that the foregoing (in the exact form provided by GS&Co.) correctly sets forth the terms of the agreement between GS&Co. and Counterparty with respect to the Transaction to which this Supplemental Confirmation relates, by manually signing this Supplemental Confirmation or this page hereof as evidence of agreement to such terms and providing the other information requested herein and immediately returning an executed copy to Equity Derivatives Documentation Department, facsimile No. 212-428-1980/83.
         
  Yours sincerely,

GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
 
 
  By:   /s/ JONATHAN LIPNICK    
    Authorized Signatory   
       
 
Agreed and Accepted By:
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
         
By: 
/s/ FRED E. MEISENHEIMER
 
Name: Fred E. Meisenheimer
   
 
Title: Senior Vice President and Chief    
 
Financial Officer    

 

EXHIBIT 10.7(a)
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
TIER I
     THIS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made and entered into as of _______________, 20___, by and between ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Company”), and ____________________(“Executive”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the current business environment makes it difficult to attract and retain highly qualified executives unless a certain degree of security can be offered to such individuals against organizational and personnel changes which frequently follow Changes in Control (as defined below) of a corporation; and
     WHEREAS, even rumors of acquisitions or mergers may cause executives to consider major career changes in an effort to assure financial security for themselves and their families; and
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure fair treatment of its key executives in the event of a Change in Control and to allow them to make critical career decisions without undue time pressure and financial uncertainty, thereby increasing their willingness to remain with the Company notwithstanding the outcome of a possible Change in Control transaction; and
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that its key executives will be involved in evaluating or negotiating any offers, proposals or other transactions which could result in Changes in Control of the Company and believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for such key executives to be in a position, free from personal financial and employment considerations, to be able to assess objectively and pursue aggressively the interests of the Company and its stockholders in making these evaluations and carrying on such negotiations; and
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes it is essential to provide Executive with compensation arrangements upon a Change in Control which provide Executive with individual financial security and which are competitive with those of other corporations, and in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration as provided for herein and of the other mutual premises and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  TERM . This Agreement shall be effective immediately upon its execution, but, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither this Agreement nor any of its provisions shall be operative unless and until there has been a Change in Control of the

 


 

Company, as such term is defined below. The term of this Agreement shall end on the third anniversary of the date of execution of this Agreement; provided , however , that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof is hereinafter referred to as the “Renewal Date”), the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give written notice that the term of the Agreement shall not be so extended; and provided , further , that after a Change in Control of the Company during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect until three years after the Change in Control or until all of the obligations of the parties hereunder are satisfied, whichever occurs later.
     2.  CHANGE IN CONTROL .
          2.1 Change of Control Events . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs upon a change in the Company’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (a) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in Section 2.2(b) below), other than (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s stock, acquires ownership of the Company’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Company through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, as discussed in paragraph (b) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph (a); or
     (b) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Company may not have undergone a change in ownership under paragraph (a) above, a change in the effective control of the Company occurs on either of the following dates:
     (1) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of

2


 

additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (b)(1); or
     (2) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (c) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Company, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (ii) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (iii) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock; or (iv) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.
          2.2 Definitions . For purposes of Section 2.1 above,
     (a) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (b) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          2.3 Compliance with Code Section 409A. The provisions of Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), it being the intent of the parties that this Article 2 shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.

3


 

     3.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL . If any of the events described in Section 2.1 constituting a Change in Control of the Company shall have occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Article 4 upon the subsequent termination of his employment that constitutes a separation from service (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto) (“Separation from Service”), provided that such termination occurs within three years after a Change in Control of the Company, unless such termination is (a) because of his death, his “Disability,” or “Retirement” (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) by the Company for “Cause” (as defined in Section 3.2), or (c) by Executive other than for “Constructive Termination” (as defined in Section 3.3) (any such termination qualifying for benefits under Article 4 hereof being sometimes referred to herein as “CIC Termination”).
     If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for “Cause” prior to the date on which a Change in Control occurs (whether or not the Change in Control ever occurs), and such termination either (1) was at the request or direction of a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company, the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (2) was otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control (whether or not the Change in Control ever occurs), then for all purposes hereof, such termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following a Change in Control.
          3.1 Disability; Retirement . Executive’s employment shall be terminated due to “Disability” if Executive (i) is qualified for disability benefits under the Atmos Energy Corporation Group Long-Term Disability Plan, as in effect from time to time; or, (ii) if such Long-Term Disability Plan is not then in existence, is eligible for Social Security disability benefits.
          Termination by Executive of his employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy generally applicable to its salaried employees, or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with Executive’s consent with respect to him.
          3.2 Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon (1) the willful and continued failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that he has not substantially performed his duties, or (2) the willful engaging by Executive in conduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 3.2, no act, or failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” if, in Executive’s sole judgment, his action or omission was done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and with a reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less

4


 

than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire authorized membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board Executive was guilty of conduct set forth above in clause (1) or (2) of the first sentence of this Section 3.2, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
          3.3 Constructive Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, “Constructive Termination” shall mean:
     (a) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control, or a change in his reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause, death, Disability or Retirement or termination of employment by Executive for reasons other than Constructive Termination;
     (b) A reduction by the Company in Executive’s base salary as in effect on the date of a Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter;
     (c) A reduction by the Company in the bonus payable to Executive in any year below a percentage of Executive’s then base salary equal to the average percentage of Executive’s base salary represented by the bonuses received by Executive for the three (3) years (or, if shorter, the years of Executive’s employment by the Company) immediately preceding the year in which a Change in Control occurs as percentages of his base salaries in each of such three (3) years (or shorter number of years). By way of example, but not in limitation of the provisions of this paragraph (c), assume a Change in Control occurs in 2010, and Executive received bonuses for each of 2007, 2008 and 2009 as follows: 30% of his base salary for 2007; 50% of his base salary for 2008; and 50% of his base salary for 2009. If Executive receives a bonus for 2010 which is less than 43.33% of his 2010 base salary, Executive may terminate his employment for “Constructive Termination” under this Section 3.3. If Executive was only employed during 2008 and 2009, using the same facts as recited herein, Executive may terminate his employment for “Constructive Termination” if his 2010 bonus was less than 50% of his 2010 base salary;
     (d) The Company’s requiring Executive to be based anywhere other than either the Company’s offices at which he was based immediately prior to a Change in Control or the Company’s offices which are no more than seventy-five (75) miles from the offices at which Executive was based immediately prior to a Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with his business travel obligations immediately prior to the Change in Control (excluding, however, any travel obligations prior to the Change in Control that are associated with or caused by the Change in Control events or circumstances), or, in the

5


 

event Executive consents to any relocation beyond such seventy-five-mile radius, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse Executive) for all reasonable moving expenses incurred by him relating to a change of his principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify Executive against any loss (defined as the difference between the actual sale price of such residence and the higher of (a) his aggregate investment in such residence or (b) the fair market value of such residence as determined by a real estate appraiser designated by Executive and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) realized on the sale of Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence;
     (e) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit or compensation plan (including, but not limited to, any stock option plan, pension plan, deferred compensation plan, life insurance plan, health and accident plan or disability plan) in which Executive is participating at the time of a Change in Control of the Company (or plans providing substantially similar benefits), the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Executive’s participation in, payment from, or materially reduce his benefits under any of such plans or deprive him of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by him at the time of the Change in Control, or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of days of paid time off to which he is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal paid time off or vacation policy in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;
     (f) Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Article 5;
     (g) Any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 3.4 (and, if applicable, Section 3.2); and for purposes hereof, no such purported termination shall be effective; or
     (h) The failure of the Company otherwise to honor all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
For purposes of this Section 3.3, any good faith determination of “Constructive Termination” made by Executive shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.
          3.4 Notice of Termination . Any termination of employment pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 (including termination due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes hereof, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision herein relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, no CIC Termination shall be effective, for purposes of determining whether the severance compensation provided for in Section 4 hereof is payable

6


 

hereunder, without such Notice of Termination. In the event that Executive seeks to terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to Section 3.3, he must communicate his written Notice of Termination to the Company within sixty (60) days of being notified of such action or actions by the Company which constitute Constructive Termination.
          3.5 Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.
     4.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION
          4.1 Termination Without Cause or for Constructive Termination . If Executive suffers a CIC Termination, then, subject to Section 4.2, Executive shall be entitled, if such CIC Termination occurred within three (3) years of a Change in Control, to the following benefits:
     (a) (i) The Company shall pay to Executive as severance pay in one lump sum an amount equal to (1) the product of (a) Executive’s Total Compensation (as defined below) multiplied by (b) the number two and one-half (2.5) and (2) the total of (a) an amount that is actuarially equivalent to an additional three (3) years of annual age and service credits payable to Executive under the Company’s Pension Account Plan and (b) an amount that is actuarially equivalent to an additional three (3) years of Company matching contributions payable to Executive under the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan and Trust. Such severance pay shall be paid not later than the tenth (10th) business day following the Date of Termination, unless Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in §1.409A-1(i) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto, in which case, such severance pay shall be paid on the date which is six (6) months following the Participant’s Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), provided the six months delay requirements of Code Section 409A otherwise apply to the payments hereunder.
          (ii) All severance pay that is delayed as provided in this paragraph (a) shall accrue interest for the period from the tenth (10th) business day following the Date of Termination until the date such payment is actually made. Said interest shall be equal to the applicable interest rate as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3), without regard to the phase-in percentages specified in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii), for the November preceding the first day of the calendar year in which the participant retires or otherwise becomes entitled to payments without regard to this Section 4.1(a)
          (iii) For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), Executive’s “Total Compensation” shall mean the annual base salary being paid to Executive at the Date of Termination plus Executive’s “Average Bonus.” Executive’s “Average Bonus” shall mean the greater of (i) the bonus or incentive award pursuant to any annual performance bonus or incentive compensation plan of the Company (the “Bonus”) last paid to or earned by Executive immediately prior to his Date of Termination, or (ii) the average of the highest three Bonuses or incentive awards (whether or not consecutive) paid to or earned by Executive.

7


 

     (b) (i) The Company shall continue to provide Executive with all medical, dental, vision, and any other health benefits which qualify for continuation coverage under Code Section 4980B ( “COBRA Coverage”), for a period of 18 months from the Date of Termination. Such benefits shall be equal to or economically equivalent to the benefits in effect for Executive at the time of the Change in Control, and the Company shall provide such benefits at the same cost to Executive as the cost, if any, charged to Executive for those benefits immediately prior to the Date of Termination. Within 10 business days following the end of said 18-month period, Executive shall be paid a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the cost to the Company of providing those benefits to Executive for an additional 18-month period, with such cost being determined on the basis of the monthly cost to the Company of providing such benefits during the 18 th month following Executive’s Date of Termination (net of the monthly cost, if any, charged to Executive for those benefits in said 18 th month).
          (ii) On the date that Executive is paid the severance pay, as provided for in Section 4.1(a), the Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the cost to the Company of providing Executive, for a period of 36 months from the Executive’s Date of Termination, with accident and life insurance benefits, and disability benefits equal to such benefits in effect for Executive at the time of the Change in Control, with such cost being determined on the basis of the monthly cost to the Company of providing such benefits during the month immediately preceding Executive’s Date of Termination (net of the monthly cost, if any, charged to Executive for those benefits in the month immediately preceding Executive’s Date of Termination).
     4.2 Section 280G Treatment .
     (a) In the event it is determined that any payment, distribution, or benefits of any type by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Change in Control Payments”), constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2), the Company will provide Executive with a computation of (i) the maximum amount of the Change in Control Payments that could be made, without the imposition of the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4999 (said maximum amount being referred to as the “Capped Amount”); (ii) the value of the Change in Control Payments that could be made pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (all said payments, distributions and benefits being referred to as the “Uncapped Amount”); (iii) the dollar amount of the excise tax (if any) including any interest or penalties with respect to such excise tax which Executive would become obligated to pay pursuant to Code Section 4999 as a result of receipt of the Uncapped Payments (the “Excise Tax Amount”); and (iv) the net value of the Uncapped Amount after reduction by the Excise Tax Amount and the estimated income taxes payable by Executive on the difference between the Uncapped Amount and the Capped Amount, assuming that Executive is paying the highest marginal tax rate for state, local and federal income taxes (the “Net Uncapped Amount”).

8


 

     (b) If the Capped Amount is greater than the Net Uncapped Amount, Executive shall be entitled to receive or commence to receive payments equal to the Capped Amount; or if the Net Uncapped Amount is greater than the Capped Amount, Executive shall be entitled to receive or commence to receive payments equal to the Uncapped Amount. If Executive receives the Uncapped Amount, then Executive shall be solely responsible for the payment of all income and excise taxes due from Executive and attributable to such Uncapped Amount, with no right of additional payment from Employer as reimbursement for any taxes.
          4.3 Determination By Accountant . All determinations required to be made under this Section 4.2(a) shall be made in writing by the independent accounting firm agreed to by the Company and Executive on the date of the Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by Section 4.2(a), the Accounting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Accounting Firm such information and documents as it reasonably may request in order to make determinations under Section 4.2(a). If the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax Amount is payable by Executive, it shall furnish Executive with an opinion that he has substantial authority not to report any Code Section 4999 excise tax on his federal income tax return. The Company shall bear all costs the Accounting Firm may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by Section 4.2(a).
          4.4 Obligations With Regard to Tax Information .
     (a) If the computations and valuations required to be provided by the Company to Executive pursuant to Section 4.2(a) are on audit challenged by the Internal Revenue Service as having been performed in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of Code Sections 280G and 4999 or if Code Section 409A is determined to apply to all or any part of the payments to which Executive or his survivors may be entitled under this Agreement and as a result of such audit or determination, (i) the amount of cash and the benefits provided for in Section 4.2 remaining to Executive after completion of such audit or determination is less than (ii) the amount of cash and the benefits which were paid or provided to Executive on the basis of the calculations provided for in Section 4.2(a) (the difference between (i) and (ii) being referred to as the “Shortfall Amount”), then Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (an “Indemnification Payment”) in an amount such that, after payment by Executive of all taxes (including additional excise taxes under said Code Section 4999 and any interest and penalties imposed with respect to any taxes) imposed upon the Indemnification Payment and all reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees incurred by Executive in connection with such audit or determination, Executive retains an amount of the Indemnification Payment equal to the Shortfall Amount. The Company shall pay the Indemnification Payment to Executive in a lump sum cash payment within ten (10) days of the completion of such audit or determination.

9


 

     (b) If the computations and valuations required to be provided by the Company to Executive pursuant to Section 4.2(a) are on audit challenged by the Internal Revenue Service as having been performed in a manner inconsistent with the requirements of Code Sections 280G and 4999 and as a result of such audit or determination, (i) the amount of cash and the benefits which were paid or provided to Executive on the basis of the calculations provided for in Section 4.2(a) is greater than (ii) the amount of cash and the benefits provided for in Section 4.2 payable to Executive after completion of such audit or determination (the difference between (i) and (ii) being referred to as the “Excess Amount”), then Executive shall repay to the Company the Excess Amount in a lump sum cash payment within ten (10) days of the completion of such audit or determination.
     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, (i) any payment made to or on behalf of Executive which relates to taxes imposed on Executive shall be made not later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such taxes are remitted by or on behalf of Executive, and (ii) any payment made to or on behalf of Executive which relates to reimbursement of expenses incurred due to a tax audit or litigation addressing the existence or amount of a tax liability shall be made by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the taxes that are the subject of the audit or litigation are remitted to the taxing authority, or where as a result of such audit or litigation no taxes are remitted, the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the audit is completed or there is a final and non-appealable settlement or other resolution of the litigation, whichever is the last event to occur.
          4.5 Mitigation Not Required . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment(s) provided for in this Article 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Article 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise. The Company’s obligations hereunder also shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive.
     5.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT .
          5.1 Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if there had been a Change in Control but no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach hereof. As used herein, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the

10


 

agreement provided for in this Section 5.1 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions hereof by operation of law.
          5.2 Executive’s Heirs, etc . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder as if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms hereof to his designated beneficiary or, if there be no such designated beneficiary, to his estate.
     6.  NOTICE . For the purposes hereof, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal place of business and to Executive at his address as shown on the records of the Company, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     7.  MISCELLANEOUS . No provisions hereof may be amended, modified, waived or discharged unless such amendment, waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall in any event include the Company’s Chief Executive Officer). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision hereof to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly herein.
     8.  VALIDITY . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     9.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS . Nothing herein shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, practices, policies or programs provided by the Company and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any stock option or other agreements with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, practice, policy or program of the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, practice, policy or program. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 9, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties regarding the change in control severance benefits provided for herein and shall supersede and replace any change in control severance agreements previously entered into by the parties, and by execution of this

11


 

Agreement, the parties understand and agree that any other such agreement shall be and become null and void.
     10.  LEGAL EXPENSES . The Company agrees to pay, upon written demand therefor by Executive, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any dispute or contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by or with the Company or others regarding the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision hereof (including as a result of any contest about the amount of any payment pursuant to Section 4.2), plus in each case interest at the “applicable Federal rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code). In any such action brought by Executive for damages or to enforce any provisions hereof, he shall be entitled to seek both legal and equitable relief and remedies, including, without limitation, specific performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder, in his sole discretion. The amount of fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year shall not affect the fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. Reimbursement of eligible fees and expenses shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the fees or expenses were incurred .
     11.  COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     12.  GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Texas.
     13.  CAPTIONS AND GENDER . The use of captions and Article and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns herein is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.
     14.  TAX WITHHOLDING . The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form under this Agreement any Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld.
     15.  AMENDMENT . The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend this Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or desirable in order to comply with or otherwise address issues resulting from Code Section 409A or related Treasury regulations issued thereunder.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:      
    Kim R. Cocklin   
    President and
Chief Executive Officer 
 
 
             
    EXECUTIVE    
 
           
         
 
  Name:        
 
     
 
   

13

EXHIBIT 10.7(b)
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT
TIER II
     THIS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made and entered into as of ____________________, 20__, by and between ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Company”), and _____________________________________(“Executive”).
W I T N E S S E T H :
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that the current business environment makes it difficult to attract and retain highly qualified executives unless a certain degree of security can be offered to such individuals against organizational and personnel changes which frequently follow Changes in Control (as defined below) of a corporation; and
     WHEREAS, even rumors of acquisitions or mergers may cause executives to consider major career changes in an effort to assure financial security for themselves and their families; and
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to assure fair treatment of its key executives in the event of a Change in Control and to allow them to make critical career decisions without undue time pressure and financial uncertainty, thereby increasing their willingness to remain with the Company notwithstanding the outcome of a possible Change in Control transaction; and
     WHEREAS, the Company recognizes that its key executives will be involved in evaluating or negotiating any offers, proposals or other transactions which could result in Changes in Control of the Company and believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for such key executives to be in a position, free from personal financial and employment considerations, to be able to assess objectively and pursue aggressively the interests of the Company and its stockholders in making these evaluations and carrying on such negotiations; and
     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes it is essential to provide Executive with compensation arrangements upon a Change in Control which provide Executive with individual financial security and which are competitive with those of other corporations, and in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 


 

     1.  TERM . This Agreement shall be effective immediately upon its execution, but, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, neither this Agreement nor any of its provisions shall be operative unless and until there has been a Change in Control of the Company, as such term is defined below. The term of this Agreement shall end on the third anniversary of the date of execution of this Agreement; provided , however , that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof is hereinafter referred to as the “Renewal Date”), the term of this Agreement shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least thirty (30) days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give written notice that the term of the Agreement shall not be so extended; and provided , further , that after a Change in Control of the Company during the term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall remain in effect until three years after the Change in Control or until all of the obligations of the parties hereunder are satisfied, whichever occurs later.
     2.  CHANGE IN CONTROL .
          2.1 Change of Control Events . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” of the Company occurs upon a change in the Company’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (a) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in Section 2.2(b) below), other than (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s stock, acquires ownership of the Company’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Company through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, as discussed in paragraph (b) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph (a); or
     (b) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Company may not have undergone a change in ownership under paragraph (a) above, a change in the effective control of the Company occurs on either of the following dates:
     (1) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or

2


 

more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (b)(1); or
     (2) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (c) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Company, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (i) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (ii) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (iii) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock; or (iv) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.
          2.2 Definitions . For purposes of Section 2.1 above,
     (a) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (b) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
          2.3 Compliance with Code Section 409A. The provisions of Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code, it being the intent of the parties that this Article 2 shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.

3


 

     3.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT FOLLOWING CHANGE IN CONTROL . If any of the events described in Section 2.1 constituting a Change in Control of the Company shall have occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in Article 4 upon the subsequent termination of his employment that constitutes a separation from service (as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto) (“Separation from Service”), provided that such termination occurs within three years after a Change in Control of the Company, unless such termination is (a) because of his death, his “Disability,” or “Retirement” (as defined in Section 3.1), (b) by the Company for “Cause” (as defined in Section 3.2), or (c) by Executive other than for “Constructive Termination” (as defined in Section 3.3) (any such termination qualifying for benefits under Article 4 hereof being sometimes referred to herein as “CIC Termination”).
     If Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for “Cause” prior to the date on which a Change in Control occurs (whether or not the Change in Control ever occurs), and such termination either (1) was at the request or direction of a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company, the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (2) was otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control (whether or not the Change in Control ever occurs), then for all purposes hereof, such termination shall be deemed to have occurred immediately following a Change in Control.
          3.1 Disability; Retirement . Executive’s employment shall be terminated due to “Disability” if Executive (i) is qualified for disability benefits under the Atmos Energy Corporation Group Long-Term Disability Plan, as in effect from time to time; or, (ii) if such Long-Term Disability Plan is not then in existence, is eligible for Social Security disability benefits.
          Termination by Executive of his employment based on “Retirement” shall mean termination in accordance with the Company’s retirement policy generally applicable to its salaried employees, or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with Executive’s consent with respect to him.
          3.2 Cause . For the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have “Cause” to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder upon (1) the willful and continued failure by Executive to substantially perform his duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Executive by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that he has not substantially performed his duties, or (2) the willful engaging by Executive in conduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company, monetarily or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 3.2, no act, or failure to act, on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” if, in Executive’s sole judgment, his action or omission was done, or omitted to be done, in good faith and with a reasonable belief that his action or omission was in the best interest of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire authorized membership of the Board at a meeting of the

4


 

Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for Executive, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board Executive was guilty of conduct set forth above in clause (1) or (2) of the first sentence of this Section 3.2, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
          3.3 Constructive Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, “Constructive Termination” shall mean:
     (a) Without his express written consent, the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with his positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Company immediately prior to a Change in Control, or a change in his reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control, or any removal of Executive from or any failure to re-elect Executive to any of such positions, except in connection with the termination of his employment for Cause, death, Disability or Retirement or termination of employment by Executive for reasons other than Constructive Termination;
     (b) A reduction by the Company in Executive’s base salary as in effect on the date of a Change in Control or as the same may be increased from time to time thereafter;
     (c) A reduction by the Company in the bonus payable to Executive in any year below a percentage of Executive’s then base salary equal to the average percentage of Executive’s base salary represented by the bonuses received by Executive for the three (3) years (or, if shorter, the years of Executive’s employment by the Company) immediately preceding the year in which a Change in Control occurs as percentages of his base salaries in each of such three (3) years (or shorter number of years). By way of example, but not in limitation of the provisions of this paragraph (c), assume a Change in Control occurs in 2010, and Executive received bonuses for each of 2007, 2008 and 2009 as follows: 30% of his base salary for 2007; 50% of his base salary for 2008; and 50% of his base salary for 2009. If Executive receives a bonus for 2010 which is less than 43.33% of his 2010 base salary, Executive may terminate his employment for “Constructive Termination” under this Section 3.3. If Executive was only employed during 2008 and 2009, using the same facts as recited herein, Executive may terminate his employment for “Constructive Termination” if his 2010 bonus was less than 50% of his 2010 base salary;
     (d) The Company’s requiring Executive to be based anywhere other than either the Company’s offices at which he was based immediately prior to a Change in Control or the Company’s offices which are no more than seventy-five (75) miles from the offices at which Executive was based immediately prior to a Change in Control, except for required travel on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with his business travel obligations immediately prior to the Change in Control (excluding, however, any travel obligations prior to the Change in Control that are associated with or caused by the Change in Control events or circumstances), or, in the event Executive consents to any relocation beyond such seventy-five-mile radius, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse Executive) for all reasonable moving

5


 

expenses incurred by him relating to a change of his principal residence in connection with such relocation and to indemnify Executive against any loss (defined as the difference between the actual sale price of such residence and the higher of (a) his aggregate investment in such residence or (b) the fair market value of such residence as determined by a real estate appraiser designated by Executive and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) realized on the sale of Executive’s principal residence in connection with any such change of residence;
     (e) The failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit or compensation plan (including, but not limited to, any stock option plan, pension plan, deferred compensation plan, life insurance plan, health and accident plan or disability plan) in which Executive is participating at the time of a Change in Control of the Company (or plans providing substantially similar benefits), the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect Executive’s participation in, payment from, or materially reduce his benefits under any of such plans or deprive him of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by him at the time of the Change in Control, or the failure by the Company to provide Executive with the number of days of paid time off to which he is then entitled on the basis of years of service with the Company in accordance with the Company’s normal paid time off or vacation policy in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;
     (f) Any failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of, or the agreement to perform, this Agreement by any successor as contemplated in Article 5;
     (g) Any purported termination of Executive’s employment which is not effected pursuant to a Notice of Termination satisfying the requirements of Section 3.4 (and, if applicable, Section 3.2); and for purposes hereof, no such purported termination shall be effective; or
     (h) The failure of the Company otherwise to honor all the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
For purposes of this Section 3.3, any good faith determination of “Constructive Termination” made by Executive shall be conclusive and binding on the parties.
          3.4 Notice of Termination . Any termination of employment pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3 (including termination due to Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes hereof, a “Notice of Termination” shall mean a notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision herein relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated. For purposes of this Agreement, no CIC Termination shall be effective, for purposes of determining whether the severance compensation provided for in Section 4 hereof is payable hereunder, without such Notice of Termination. In the event that Executive seeks to terminate his employment with the Company pursuant to Section 3.3, he must communicate his written

6


 

Notice of Termination to the Company within sixty (60) days of being notified of such action or actions by the Company which constitute Constructive Termination.
          3.5 Date of Termination . “Date of Termination” shall mean the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.
     4.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION .
          4.1 Termination Without Cause or for Constructive Termination . If Executive suffers a CIC Termination, then, subject to Section 4.2, Executive shall be entitled, if such CIC Termination occurred within three (3) years of a Change in Control, to the following benefits:
     (a) The Company shall pay to Executive as severance pay in one lump sum (1) an amount equal to the product of (i) Executive’s Total Compensation (as defined below) multiplied by (ii) the number one and one-half (1.5), and (2) an amount equal to the total of (i) an amount that is actuarially equivalent to an additional 18 months of annual age and service credits payable to Executive under the Company’s Pension Account Plan and (ii) an amount that is actuarially equivalent to an additional 18 months of Company matching contributions payable to Executive under the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan and Trust. Such severance pay shall be paid not later than the tenth (10th) business day following the Date of Termination, unless Executive is a “specified employee,” as defined in §1.409A-1(i) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto, in which case, such severance pay shall be paid on the date which is six (6) months following the Participant’s Date of Termination (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), provided the six months delay requirements of Code Section 409A otherwise apply to the payments hereunder. All severance pay that is delayed as provided in this paragraph (a) shall accrue interest for the period from the tenth (10th) business day following the Date of Termination until the date such payment is actually made. Said interest shall be equal to the applicable interest rate as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3), without regard to the phase-in percentages specified in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii), for the November preceding the first day of the calendar year in which the participant retires or otherwise becomes entitled to payments without regard to this Section 4.1(a).
For purposes of this Section 4.1(a), Executive’s “Total Compensation” shall mean the annual base salary being paid to Executive at the Date of Termination plus Executive’s “Average Bonus.” Executive’s “Average Bonus” shall mean the greater of (i) the bonus or incentive award pursuant to any annual performance bonus or incentive compensation plan of the Company (the “Bonus”) last paid to or earned by Executive immediately prior to his Date of Termination, or (ii) the average of the highest three Bonuses or incentive awards (whether or not consecutive) paid to or earned by Executive.
     (b)
     (i) The Company shall continue to provide Executive with all medical, dental, vision, and any other health benefits which qualify for continuation coverage under Code Section 4980B ( “COBRA Coverage”), for a period of 18

7


 

months from the Date of Termination. Such benefits shall be equal to or economically equivalent to the benefits in effect for Executive at the time of the Change in Control, and the Company shall provide such benefits at the same cost to Executive as the cost, if any, charged to Executive for those benefits immediately prior to the Date of Termination.
     (ii) On the date that Executive is paid the severance pay, as provided for in Section 4.1(a), the Company shall pay to Executive a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the cost to the Company of providing Executive, for a period of 18 months from the Executive’s Date of Termination, with accident and life insurance benefits, and disability benefits equal to such benefits in effect for Executive at the time of the Change in Control, with such cost being determined on the basis of the monthly cost to the Company of providing such benefits during the month immediately preceding Executive’s Date of Termination (net of the monthly cost, if any, charged to Executive for those benefits in the month immediately preceding Executive’s Date of Termination).
          4.2 Limitation on Payments .
     (a) Anything in Section 4.1 to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution made, or benefit provided, by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable or provided pursuant to the terms hereof or otherwise) would constitute a “parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Code, then the lump sum severance payment payable pursuant to Section 4.1(a) shall be reduced so that the aggregate present value of all payments in the nature of compensation to (or for the benefit of) Executive which are contingent on a change in control (as defined in Code Section 280G(b)(2)(A)) is one dollar ($1.00) less than the amount which Executive could receive without being considered to have received any parachute payment (the amount of this reduction in the lump sum severance payment is referred to herein as the “Excess Amount”). The determination of the amount of any reduction required by this Section 4.2 shall be made by an independent accounting firm (other than the Company’s independent accounting firm) selected by the Company and acceptable to Executive, and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on the parties hereto.
     (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.2(a), if it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Amount was received by Executive from the Company, then such Excess Amount shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to Executive made on the date Executive received the Excess Amount and Executive shall repay the Excess Amount to the Company on demand (but no less than ten (10) days after written demand is received by Executive) together with interest on the Excess Amount at the “applicable Federal rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of Executive’s receipt of such Excess Amount until the date of such repayment.

8


 

          4.3 Mitigation or Set-off of Amounts Payable Hereunder . Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Article 4 by seeking other employment or otherwise, nor shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Article 4 be reduced by any compensation earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer after the Date of Termination, or otherwise. The Company’s obligations hereunder also shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against Executive.
     5.  SUCCESSORS; BINDING AGREEMENT .
          5.1 Successors of the Company . The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Executive, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if there had been a Change in Control but no such succession had taken place. Failure of the Company to obtain such agreement prior to the effectiveness of any such succession shall be a breach hereof. As used herein, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 5.1 or which otherwise becomes bound by all the terms and provisions hereof by operation of law.
          5.2 Executive’s Heirs, etc . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him hereunder as if he had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms hereof to his designated beneficiary or, if there be no such designated beneficiary, to his estate.
     6.  NOTICE . For the purposes hereof, notices and all other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its principal place of business and to Executive at his address as shown on the records of the Company, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or to such other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
     7.  MISCELLANEOUS . No provisions hereof may be amended, modified, waived or discharged unless such amendment, waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by Executive and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board (which shall in any event include the Company’s Chief Executive Officer). No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision hereof to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No

9


 

agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly herein.
     8.  VALIDITY . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
     9.  NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS . Nothing herein shall prevent or limit Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plans, practices, policies or programs provided by the Company and for which Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as Executive may have under any stock option or other agreements with the Company. Amounts which are vested benefits or which Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, practice, policy or program of the Company at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, practice, policy or program. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 9, this Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties regarding the change in control severance benefits provided for herein and shall supersede and replace any change in control severance agreements previously entered into by the parties, and by execution of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that any other such agreement shall be and become null and void.
     10.  LEGAL EXPENSES . The Company agrees to pay, upon written demand therefor by Executive, all legal fees and expenses which Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any dispute or contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by or with the Company or others regarding the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision hereof (including as a result of any contest about the amount of any payment pursuant to Article 4), plus in each case interest at the “applicable Federal rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code). In any such action brought by Executive for damages or to enforce any provisions hereof, he shall be entitled to seek both legal and equitable relief and remedies, including, without limitation, specific performance of the Company’s obligations hereunder, in his sole discretion. The amount of fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement during a calendar year shall not affect the fees and expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year. Reimbursement of eligible fees and expenses shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the fees or expenses were incurred .
     11.  COUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.
     12.  GOVERNING LAW . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Texas.

10


 

     13.  CAPTIONS AND GENDER . The use of captions and Article and Section headings herein is for purposes of convenience only and shall not effect the interpretation or substance of any provisions contained herein. Similarly, the use of the masculine gender with respect to pronouns herein is for purposes of convenience and includes either sex who may be a signatory.
     14.  TAX WITHHOLDING . The Company shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form under this Agreement any Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld.
     15.  AMENDMENT . The Company reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend this Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or desirable in order to comply with or otherwise address issues resulting from Code Section 409A or related Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
             
    ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:         
 
   
 
Kim R. Cocklin
   
 
    President and    
 
    Chief Executive Officer    
 
           
 
  EXECUTIVE    
 
           
         
 
  Name:      
 
     
 
   

11

EXHIBIT 10.10(b)
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
EFFECTIVE AS OF NOVEMBER 12, 2009)
Effective Date: November 12, 2009

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Article   Page
ARTICLE I Purpose and Effective Date
    1  
Section 1.1. Purpose
    1  
Section 1.2. Effective Date
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II Definitions and Construction
    1  
Section 2.1. Definitions
    1  
Section 2.2. Construction
    8  
Section 2.3. Governing Law
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE III Eligibility and Participation
    8  
Section 3.1. Employees Eligible to Participate
    8  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Assets Used for Benefits
    8  
Section 4.1. Amounts Provided by the Employer
    8  
Section 4.2. Funding
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE V Supplemental Pension Benefits
    9  
Section 5.1. Eligibility for Supplemental Pension
    9  
Section 5.2. Amount of Supplemental Pension
    10  
Section 5.3. Form of Payment of Supplemental Pension
    11  
Section 5.4. Commencement of Supplemental Pension
    12  
Section 5.5. Supplemental Pensions After a Change in Control
    13  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Disability Benefits
    14  
Section 6.1. Eligibility For Disability Benefit
    14  
Section 6.2. Amount of Disability Benefit
    14  
Section 6.3. Payment of Disability Benefit
    14  
Section 6.4. Payment of Supplemental Pension to Disabled Participants
    15  

i


 

         
Article   Page
ARTICLE VII Death Benefits
    15  
Section 7.1. Eligibility For Death Benefit
    15  
Section 7.2. Amount of Death Benefit
    16  
Section 7.3. Form of Payment of Death Benefits
    17  
Section 7.4. Commencement of Death Benefits
    18  
 
       
ARTICLE VIII Administration
    18  
Section 8.1. Plan Administration
    18  
Section 8.2. Powers of Plan Administrator
    18  
Section 8.3. Calculation of Funding Obligations
    19  
Section 8.4. Annual Statements
    19  
 
       
ARTICLE IX Miscellaneous Provisions
    20  
Section 9.1. Amendment or Termination of the Plan
    20  
Section 9.2. Nonguarantee of Employment
    22  
Section 9.3. Nonalienation of Benefits
    22  
Section 9.4. Liability
    23  
Section 9.5. Participation Agreement
    23  
Section 9.6. Successors to the Employer
    23  
Section 9.7. Tax Withholding
    23  
     
Exhibit A
  Participation Agreement
 
   
Exhibit B
  Summary of Actuarial Assumptions for Determining Lump Sum Distributions and Optional Annuity Forms
 
   
Exhibit C
  Summary of Actuarial Assumptions and Methods for Determining Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Trust Annual Funding Liabilities

ii


 

ARTICLE I
Purpose and Effective Date
      Section 1.1. Purpose : The purpose of the Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide supplemental retirement income, death and disability benefits to certain executive employees of Atmos Energy Corporation. The Plan is intended to be unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees so as to be exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA, and shall be so interpreted.
      Section 1.2. Effective Date : The Plan, as previously amended and restated effective as of August 7, 2007, was an amendment and restatement of the Performance-Based Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan which was adopted effective August 12, 1998. The August 7, 2007 Plan was subsequently amended and is being amended and restated again, effective as of November 12, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan as amended and restated shall apply generally to any participant in the Prior Plan (as defined below) who did not terminate employment prior to November 12, 2009. Except as otherwise provided herein, any Eligible Employee who was a participant in the Prior Plan and who terminated employment prior to November 12, 2009, shall be entitled to those benefits, if any, provided by the Prior Plan.
ARTICLE II
Definitions and Construction
      Section 2.1. Definitions : The following words and phrases used in the Plan shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates a contrary meaning:
     (a) Beneficiary : The individual or individuals described in Section 7.3 of the Plan who are receiving any benefit payments hereunder.

1


 

     (b) Board of Directors : The Board of Directors of the Employer.
     (c) Cause : The termination of employment by the Employer upon the happening of either (i) or (ii) as follows:
     (i) The willful and continued failure by the Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Employer (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Employer that specifically identifies the manner in which the Employer believes that the Participant has not substantially performed his duties.
     (ii) The Participant’s willful engagement in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Employer, monetarily or otherwise.
For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and with a reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board of Directors of the Employer at a meeting of such Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for the Participant, together with the Participant’s counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors that the Participant was guilty of conduct set forth above in subparagraph (i) or (ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
     (d) Change in Control :
     (i) A “Change in Control” of the Employer occurs upon a change in the Employer’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (A) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Employer occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in subparagraph (ii) below), other than (1) the Employer or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Employer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Employer’s stock, acquires ownership of the Employer’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total

2


 

fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Employer through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, as discussed in subparagraph (i)(B) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(A); or
     (B) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Employer may not have undergone a change in ownership under subparagraph (i)(A) above, a change in the effective control of the Employer occurs on either of the following dates:
     (1) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Employer’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(B)(1); or
     (2) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (C) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Employer, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Employer’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However,

3


 

there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Employer immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (1) a shareholder of the Employer (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Employer’s stock; (2) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Employer; (3) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock; or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock.
     (ii) For purposes of subparagraph (i) above:
     (A) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code. Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (B) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (iii) The provisions of this Section 2.1(d) shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, it being the intent of the parties that this Section 2.1(d) shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     (e) Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     (f) Compensation : Except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, the sum of (i) and (ii) as follows:
     (i) The greater of (A) the Participant’s annual base salary with the Employer at the date of his termination of employment, or (B) the average of the Participant’s annual base salary for the highest three (3) calendar years (whether or not consecutive) of the Participant’s employment with the Employer.
     (ii) The greater of (A) the Participant’s last Performance Award, or (B) the average of the highest three (3) Performance Awards (whether or not consecutive).

4


 

     (g) Covered Employment : For Eligible Employees who are Participants on November 12, 2008, the total period of employment with the Employer. For Eligible Employees who become Participants on and after November 13, 2008, the total period of employment with the Employer while a Participant in the Plan.
     (h) Death Benefit : The total benefit provided under the Plan upon the death of a Participant, which benefit is calculated in the Plan on a pre-tax basis.
     (i) Disability : The termination of a Participant’s active employment with the Employer on account of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, for which the Participant is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.
     (j) Disability Benefit : The monthly benefit provided under the Plan to a Participant who suffers a Disability, which benefit is calculated in the Plan on a pre-tax basis.
     (k) Eligible Employee : An employee of the Employer (i) who was not a participant in the Supplemental Executive Benefits Plan (“SEBP”) as of August 12, 1998 and is either a (A) corporate officer of the Employer selected by the Board of Directors in its discretion to participate in the Plan, or (B) the president of an operating division of the Employer or any other employee of the Employer selected by the Board of Directors in its discretion to participate in the Plan; or (ii) who was a participant in the SEBP prior to January 1, 1999, but who as of January 1, 1999 elected in writing to cease his participation in the SEBP and become an Eligible Employee hereunder as of that date. Any employee who elected to become an Eligible Employee pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence shall receive credit as an Eligible Employee hereunder for the period of time he was an eligible employee under the SEBP.
     (l) Employer : Atmos Energy Corporation.
     (m) ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (n) Group Long-Term Disability Plan : The Atmos Energy Corporation Group Long-Term Disability Plan, as amended from time to time.
     (o) Involuntary Termination : The termination of a Participant’s participation in the Plan due to either (i) or (ii) as follows:
     (i) Involuntary termination of the Participant’s employment by the Employer, provided said termination constitutes a Separation from Service and such termination is for any reason other than Cause or Disability.

5


 

     (ii) Any reason other than for Cause by the Employer prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer.
     (p) LTD Disability : A disability (i) as determined under the Group Long-Term Disability Plan, as in effect from time to time, or (ii) a determination of total disability for purposes of eligibility for Social Security disability benefits, if such Group Long-Term Disability Plan is not then in existence, or the Participant is no longer entitled to benefits under the Group Long-Term Disability Plan because such Participant received a lump sum settlement of disability benefits under that plan. If a Participant’s Disability is based on his eligibility for Social Security disability benefits, such Participant shall not be treated as having suffered an LTD Disability unless he shall provide the Plan Administrator, or a committee which may be established pursuant to Section 8.1, with written proof, in a form and within the time determined by the Plan Administrator, or a committee which may be established pursuant to Section 8.1, to be satisfactory, that such Participant is receiving Social Security disability benefits, and unless such Participant provides written proof of the continuing receipt of Social Security disability benefits six months after commencement of such Social Security disability benefits and every six months thereafter, such Participant’s Disability shall be deemed to have ceased at the time he fails to provide such written proof.
     (q) Participant : An Eligible Employee of the Employer who meets the requirements to participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof.
     (r) Participation Agreement : The agreement between the Employer and a Participant described in Section 9.5 of the Plan, executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, or in such other form as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may establish from time to time.
     (s) Plan : The Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.
     (t) Pension Plan : Any defined benefit pension plan adopted, established or maintained by the Employer, whichever is applicable, as amended from time to time. Any amount payable to or with respect to a Participant from any group annuity contract maintained in connection with the Pension Plan shall be deemed part of the benefit applicable to the Participant under the Pension Plan.
     (u) Performance Awards : Except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, any amount paid, or authorized to be paid, to a Participant while a Participant in the Plan pursuant to any annual performance bonus or incentive compensation plan adopted or established by the Employer, or, upon and after a Change in Control, any amount paid, or authorized to be paid, to a Participant as a performance related cash bonus in addition to his base cash compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Performance Awards shall not include any Employer stock award granted under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan or other incentive plan, other than a stock

6


 

award which is elected by a participant under an incentive plan to be received in lieu of cash.
     (v) Plan Administrator : The Board of Directors.
     (w) Plan Year : Each twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.
     (x) Prior Plan : The Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan or its predecessor, as in effect at any time prior to the Effective Date.
     (y) Retired Participant : A Participant under the Plan who receives benefits upon Retirement.
     (z) Retirement or Retire : A Participant’s voluntary termination from employment with the Employer that constitutes a Separation from Service after he is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan and has met the age and service requirements to be eligible to commence an early retirement benefit under the Pension Plan.
     (aa) Separation from Service : A Participant’s termination from employment with the Employer that constitutes a “separation from service” as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto.
     (bb) Supplemental Pension : A Participant’s benefit provided under the Plan, which benefit is calculated in the Plan on a pre-tax basis.
     (cc) The expressions listed below shall have the meanings stated in the subparagraphs hereof respectively indicated:
     
“Affiliate”
  subparagraph 2.1(d)(ii)(B)
 
   
“Dependent Death Benefit”
  subparagraph 7.2(a)(iii)
 
   
“Lump Sum Death Benefit”
  subparagraph 7.2(a)(i)
 
   
“Monthly Death Benefit”
  subparagraph 7.2(a)(ii)
 
   
“Original Payment Date”
  subparagraph 5.4(c)
 
   
“Person”
  subparagraph 2.1(d)(ii)(A)
 
   
“SEBP”
  subparagraph 2.1(k)
 
   
“Specified Employee”
  subparagraph 5.4(c)

7


 

      Section 2.2. Construction : The masculine gender, whenever appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender; the singular may include the plural; and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
      Section 2.3. Governing Law : The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent otherwise preempted by ERISA or any other Federal law.
ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
      Section 3.1. Employees Eligible to Participate : Each participant in the Prior Plan who terminated employment prior to November 12, 2009, shall be entitled to the benefits provided in the Prior Plan; each Participant who is an Eligible Employee on November 12, 2009 shall remain a Participant and shall continue to participate in the Plan; and any other Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant shall participate in the Plan, provided he complies with the provisions of Section 9.5 hereof. Any Participant who ceases being an Eligible Employee during his employment with the Employer shall immediately cease active participation in the Plan and shall no longer be a Participant, except as otherwise set forth herein.
ARTICLE IV
Assets Used for Benefits
      Section 4.1. Amounts Provided by the Employer : Benefits payable under the Plan shall constitute general obligations of the Employer in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, establish a trust or other funding arrangement that is subject to the claims of the Employer’s general unsecured creditors for the purpose of funding a Participant’s accrued benefit payable under the Plan. Any such trust or other funding

8


 

arrangement may also provide for the distribution to the Participant of an amount equal to any federal, state, local or other taxes that are incurred by the Participant in the event the establishment of such trust or other funding arrangement constitutes the constructive receipt by the Participant of any benefits payable hereunder prior to the actual receipt of such benefits. The Employer shall make appropriate adjustments to the amount of the Participant’s Supplemental Pension in order to reflect the effect upon such Supplemental Pension of the distribution described in the foregoing sentence. The Employer also may, but shall not be obligated to, purchase one or more life insurance policies or contracts to provide for the payment of the Death Benefits. Any such policies or contracts purchased hereunder shall remain a general asset of the Employer or of any trust established hereunder.
      Section 4.2. Funding : Immediately upon a Change in Control, the Employer shall contribute to a trust or other funding arrangement an amount necessary to fund 100% of the then-present value of all Supplemental Pension benefits (vested and unvested) payable hereunder to each Participant and Retired Participant, regardless of whether any such person is then eligible to Retire or to receive an unreduced Supplemental Pension. The Employer shall review the funding status of each such trust or other funding arrangement required to be established under this Section 4.2 on an annual basis and shall make such contributions thereto as may be required to maintain the value of the assets thereof at no less than 100% of the then-present value of all such Supplemental Pension benefits.
ARTICLE V
Supplemental Pension Benefits
      Section 5.1. Eligibility for Supplemental Pension :
     (a) Upon Retirement : Except as otherwise provided elsewhere in the Plan or in a Participation Agreement, an Eligible Employee who either (i) was a Participant prior

9


 

to November 13, 2008 and has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, or (ii) becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008 and has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, and who Retires shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension.
     (b) Upon Involuntary Termination Prior to a Change in Control : A Participant who suffers an Involuntary Termination prior to a Change in Control shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension, subject to the provisions of Section 5.1(c) of the Plan, so long as he is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan at the time of his Involuntary Termination and (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years prior to the Involuntary Termination, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment prior to the Involuntary Termination.
     (c) Upon Voluntary Termination Prior to Retirement or Termination For Cause : A Participant who voluntarily resigns from employment with the Employer prior to being eligible for Retirement or who is terminated from employment with the Employer for Cause shall not be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension.
     (d) Upon Disability : A Participant who suffers a Disability shall be entitled to a Supplemental Pension as provided in Section 6.4, without regard to the number of years he or she has been an Eligible Employee or his or her number of years of Covered Employment, as the case may be.
      Section 5.2. Amount of Supplemental Pension :
     (a) Upon Retirement : Except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, the Supplemental Pension payable to a Participant who Retires, and (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, shall, unless reduced as provided in subparagraph (b) below, and based on the normal form of payment specified in Section 5.3(b)(i) or (ii), depending on the marital status of the Participant at Retirement, equal to (i) minus (ii) as follows:
     (i) One-twelfth (1/12 th ) of sixty percent (60%) of the Participant’s Compensation, reduced if the Participant has fewer than ten full (10) years of Covered Employment by one-tenth (1/10th) for each full year of his Covered Employment less than ten (10) (no credit shall be given for any partial year of Covered Employment;
     (ii) The monthly amount of pension payable to the Participant under the Pension Plan as of the date that his Supplemental Pension commences, assuming payment in the automatic form applicable to him under the Pension Plan.

10


 

     (b) Reduction for Early Commencement of Supplemental Pensions : Except as provided in subparagraph (c) below and Section 5.5(c) and Section 9.1(c), if a Participant’s Supplemental Pension commences, without regard to Section 5.4(c) before the Participant attains age 62, the amount determined under subparagraph (a)(i) above shall, unless otherwise provided in a Participation Agreement, be reduced by 2% per year for the first two (2) years (or fractional years thereof, based on full months) that such date of commencement precedes age 62, and by 4% per year for the next five (5) years (or fractional years thereof, based on full months) that such date of commencement precedes age 60.
     (c) Upon Involuntary Termination Prior to a Change in Control : The Supplemental Pension payable to a Participant who suffers an Involuntary Termination prior to a Change in Control shall be determined in accordance with subparagraph (a) above, but, except as otherwise provided in the Participant’s Participation Agreement, for purposes of subparagraph (a)(i), shall be based upon his Compensation and full years of Covered Employment calculated as of the date of his Involuntary Termination. In addition, in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, if such Participant’s Supplemental Pension is paid without regard to Section 5.4(c) before the Participant attains age 62 pursuant to Section 5.4(b), the amount determined under subparagraph (a)(i) above shall be actuarially reduced, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, for each full month that the date of commencement precedes age 62.
      Section 5.3. Form of Payment of Supplemental Pension :
     (a) Lump Sum Payments : Each Participant shall be paid his Supplemental Pension in a lump sum payment equal to the actuarial equivalent lump sum value of the normal form of Supplemental Pension payment provided for in subparagraph (b)(i) or (ii) below, based on his marital status when his Supplemental Pension is paid or is scheduled to be paid pursuant to Section 5.4(a) without regard to Section 5.4(c). The actuarial equivalents provided for in this subparagraph (a) will be determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions used for determining actuarial equivalent lump sums as set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
     (b) Normal Form of Supplemental Pension : The normal form of Supplemental Pension payment shall be determined in accordance with the following provisions:
     (i) Married Participants . If the Participant is married when his Supplemental Pension is paid or is scheduled to be paid pursuant to Section 5.4(a) without regard to Section 5.4(c), the normal form of payment shall be a joint and 50% survivor annuity, with the Participant’s spouse on the date payment is made or is scheduled to be made pursuant to Section 5.4(a) without regard to Section 5.4(c), as the joint annuitant. If a Participant’s spouse dies between the date the Supplemental Pension is

11


 

scheduled to be paid and the date the Supplemental Pension actually is paid, such Participant shall be treated as unmarried for purposes of this subparagraph (b)(i).
     (ii) Unmarried Participants . If the Participant is not married when his Supplemental Pension is paid or is scheduled to be paid pursuant to Section 5.4(a) without regard to Section 5.4(c), the normal form of payment shall be a life annuity, payable monthly, but guaranteed for a period of 120 months, payable to the Participant or the Participant’s named Beneficiary. If an unmarried Participant becomes married between the date the Supplemental Pension is scheduled to be paid and the date the Supplemental Pension actually is paid, such Participant shall be treated as married for purposes of this subparagraph (b)(ii).
      Section 5.4. Commencement of Supplemental Pension :
     (a) Upon Retirement : Except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (c) below, the Supplemental Pension of a Participant who Retires shall be paid on the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant Retires.
     (b) Upon Involuntary Termination Prior to a Change in Control : The Supplemental Pension of a Participant who suffers an Involuntary Termination prior to a Change in Control shall, except as otherwise provided in subparagraph (c) below, be paid (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 12, 2009, at the later of (A) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer, or (B) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant attains age 55, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, on the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer.
     (c) Six Months Delay in Payment : Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.4, Section 5.5(c) and Section 9.1(c), if a Participant who is entitled to payments under said applicable Section is a “specified employee,” as defined in § 1.409A-1(i) of the Final Regulations under Code Section 409A, and the Supplemental Pension would otherwise be paid (the “Original Payment Date”) before a date which is at least six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Supplemental Pension shall be paid on the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), provided the six (6) months delay requirements of Code Section 409A otherwise apply to the payments under said applicable Section. All payments which are delayed as provided in this subparagraph (c) shall accrue interest for the period from the Original Payment Date until the date such payment is actually made. Said interest shall be equal to the applicable segment rates as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D), without regard to the phase-in percentages specified in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii), for the

12


 

November preceding the first day of the calendar year in which the participant retires or otherwise becomes entitled to payments without regard to this Section 5.4(c).
      Section 5.5. Supplemental Pensions After a Change in Control :
     (a) Eligibility For Supplemental Pension : Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to a Supplemental Pension, regardless of whether (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, he has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, he has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, and regardless of whether such Participant is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan, if following a Change in Control of the Employer which occurs at a time when he is an Eligible Employee, either (i) or (ii) occurs:
     (i) The Participant incurs a Separation from Service
     (A) on account of LTD Disability; or
     (B) involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause.
     (ii) The Participant’s participation in the Plan is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause prior to his Separation from Service with the Employer.
In order for the provisions of this Section 5.5 to apply, the involuntary Separation from Service referred to in subparagraph (i)(A) above or the termination of participation referred to in subparagraph (ii) above must occur within three (3) years after the Change in Control.
     If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause, or his participation in the Plan is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause, prior to a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and such Separation either (A) was at the request or direction of a person who has entered into an agreement with the Employer, the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (B) was otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), then such Participant’s Separation from Service or termination of participation shall be deemed to have followed a Change in Control of the Employer, and such Participant shall be one who is described in this subparagraph (a).
     (b) Amount of Supplemental Pension : The Supplemental Pension payable to a Participant described in subparagraph (a) above shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth in Section 9.1(c) for benefits payable in the event of a termination of the Plan, but based on his Compensation as of the date of his Separation from Service or the date his participation in the Plan is terminated, whichever is applicable.

13


 

     (c) Commencement of Supplemental Pension : Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c), the Supplemental Pension payable to a Participant described in subparagraph (a) above shall be paid (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 12, 2009, at the later of (A) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer, or (B) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant attains age 55, and (ii) the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, on the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer. In the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, if such Participant’s Supplemental Pension is paid without regard to Section 5.4(c) before the Participant attains age 55, the amount determined under subparagraph (b) above shall be actuarially reduced, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, for each full month that the date of commencement precedes age 55.
ARTICLE VI
Disability Benefits
      Section 6.1. Eligibility For Disability Benefit : A Participant who is an Eligible Employee and otherwise is actively participating in the Plan shall be entitled to a Disability Benefit if he suffers a Disability and an LTD Disability prior to his Retirement.
      Section 6.2. Amount of Disability Benefit : The Disability Benefit payable to an eligible Participant shall equal (a) minus (b) as follows:
     (a) One-twelfth (1/12th) of sixty percent (60%) of the Participant’s Compensation calculated as of the date of his Disability.
     (b) The total monthly amount of disability benefit payable to the Participant under the Group Long-Term Disability Plan (before any offsets) as of the date that his employment terminates due to Disability.
      Section 6.3. Payment of Disability Benefit : A Participant’s Disability Benefit shall be paid commencing on the 181 st day following the later of the date of his Disability or the date of his LTD Disability , and shall continue for so long as benefits are paid due to an LTD Disability.

14


 

      Section 6.4. Payment of Supplemental Pension to Disabled Participants :
     (a) Upon Reaching Age 65 : If a Participant who has suffered an LTD Disability reaches age 65 while still receiving a Disability Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to a Supplemental Pension, to be paid on the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant attains age 65, regardless of whether (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, he has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, he has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment. The Supplemental Pension payable to such Participant shall be in the form provided in Section 5.3 and determined in accordance with Section 5.2(a). Upon payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Pension under this Section 6.4(a), such Participant’s Disability Benefit under Section 6.3 hereof shall cease.
     (b) Prior to Reaching Age 65 : Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraph (a) above, a Participant receiving a Disability Benefit shall receive a Supplemental Pension to be paid on the first day of the month following the month in which occurs the later of (i) such Participant’s 62 nd birthday, or (ii) such Participant’s entitlement to an unreduced Supplemental Pension under Section 5.2(a)(i), if such month occurs prior to such Participant’s 65 th birthday. If a Participant becomes entitled to a Supplemental Pension pursuant to this subparagraph (b), the Participant’s Disability Benefits shall cease, and such Supplemental Pension shall be in the form provided for in Section 5.3, determined in accordance with Sections 5.2(a) and (b), but without regard to whether (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, he has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, he has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, and shall be based on the Participant’s Compensation as of the date that such individual suffered a Disability.
ARTICLE VII
Death Benefits
      Section 7.1. Eligibility For Death Benefit : A Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to a Death Benefit if the Participant meets the requirements of either (a), (b) or (c) as follows:
     (a) He dies before his employment with the Employer terminates or while receiving a Disability Benefit under the Plan.
     (b) He Retires but dies before the payment of his Supplemental Pension.
     (c) He is entitled to a Supplemental Pension pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.1(b) or Section 5.5(a) of the Plan, but dies before the payment of his Supplemental Pension.

15


 

      Section 7.2. Amount of Death Benefit :
     (a) In-Service Death : In the case of a Participant who dies as provided in Section 7.1(a), the Death Benefit will be the total of the following (i), (ii) and (iii):
     (i) A lump sum payment equal to two times the Participant’s Compensation minus any amount payable under the Employer’s Group Basic Life Insurance Plan (the “Lump Sum Death Benefit”).
     (ii) A monthly benefit equal to one-twelfth of an amount equal to fifty percent of the Participant’s Compensation at the time of his death (the “Monthly Death Benefit”).
     (iii) If the Participant leaves a child or children to whom payments are to be made under Section 7.3 hereof, a monthly benefit equal to one-twelfth of an amount equal to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Participant’s Compensation at the time of his death (the “Dependent Death Benefit”).
     (b) Post-Retirement Death : In the case of a Participant who dies as provided in Section 7.1(b), a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary entitled to receive the Death Benefit pursuant to Section 7.3(a) below. The amount of such Death Benefit shall be equal to the lump sum amount such Participant would have been entitled to receive had the Participant’s Supplemental Pension been paid in the month of his death, plus interest, if applicable, through the date of his death pursuant to Section 5.4(c) as if the date of his death were the end of the six months delay period.
     (c) Deferred Retirement Death : In the case of a Participant who dies as provided in Section 7.1(c), a Death Benefit will be paid as provided in (i) or (ii) as follows:
     (i) In the case of a Participant who dies prior to reaching age 55, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary who would have been so entitled at the time of his death in a lump sum amount equal to (1) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 12, 2009, the actuarial equivalent lump sum value of the survivor benefit that would have been paid under the form applicable under Section 5.3(b)(i) or (ii) had the Participant lived to age 55, commenced his Supplemental Pension in the month immediately following the month in which he reached age 55 and died immediately after his Supplemental Pension commenced, as reduced actuarially, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, on the basis of the Beneficiary’s age, to reflect commencement of such Death Benefit pursuant to Section 7.4(b) prior to such Participant reaching age 55, and (2) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, the actuarial equivalent lump

16


 

sum value of the survivor benefit that would have been paid under the form applicable under Section 5.3(b)(i) or (ii) had his Supplemental Pension, determined on the basis of the actuarial assumptions attributable to such Participant, as set forth in Section 5.2(c), commenced in the month immediately following his date of death, and died immediately after his Supplemental Pension commenced, as reduced actuarially, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, on the basis of the Beneficiary’s age, to reflect commencement of such Death Benefit pursuant to Section 7.4(b) prior to such Participant reaching age 55.
     (ii) In the case of a Participant who dies after reaching age 55, a Death Benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary (1) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 12, 2009, in the amount provided for in Section 7.2(b) above, or (2) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, in the amount provided for in Section 7.2(b) above, except that if such Participant dies prior to reaching age 62, such amount shall be actuarially reduced, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, for each full month that the date of commencement precedes age 62.
     (iii) For purposes of this Section 7.2(c), the actuarial equivalent lump sum value and the actuarial equivalent alternative annuity forms of Supplemental Pension payments shall be determined in accordance with the actuarial assumptions set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
      Section 7.3. Form of Payment of Death Benefits :
     (a) Lump Sum and Monthly Death Benefits : The Lump Sum Death Benefit, the Monthly Death Benefit, the Death Benefit provided for in Section 7.2(b) and the Death Benefit provided for in Section 7.2(c) are payable to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary. In the event that no Beneficiary has been effectively designated as provided with respect to the Death Benefits described in the preceding sentence, the Participant’s surviving spouse shall be deemed the designated Beneficiary, or if the Participant has no surviving spouse, his children, if any, per stirpes, and if none, the estate of the Participant shall be deemed the designated Beneficiary. If a Beneficiary entitled to receive a Death Benefit that is a survivor annuity payment hereunder dies before commencement of payment of that Death Benefit, then that Death Benefit shall not be payable from the Plan. The Monthly Death Benefit shall be a single life annuity, if the Participant’s surviving spouse is the designated Beneficiary, and shall be a 120-month term certain annuity, if someone other than the surviving spouse is the Participant’s designated Beneficiary.

17


 

     (b) Dependent Death Benefit : The Dependent Death Benefit is payable to the Participant’s dependent children in equal shares until there cease to be any dependent children remaining. As each child loses his or her dependent status, the child’s share of the Dependent Death Benefit shall be paid to the remaining dependent child or children in equal shares. A child of the Participant is deemed to be a dependent until the child reaches age eighteen or, if a full-time student (i.e. enrolled in twelve hours or more of courses of higher education), age 25, or until the child’s death if earlier. At the discretion of the Plan Administrator, any dependent child’s share of the Dependent Death Benefit may be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse or other guardian of such child if applicable and shall constitute full settlement of the Plan’s obligation to such child with respect to such payment. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the designated Beneficiary for the Monthly Death Benefit and dies while receiving the Monthly Death Benefit and while any dependent child or children of the Participant remain, then the Monthly Death Benefit being paid to the surviving spouse shall be added to the Dependent Death Benefit and shall be payable in equal shares to the dependent children in the same manner and for the same time period as the Dependent Death Benefit.
      Section 7.4. Commencement of Death Benefits :
     (a) The Death Benefits payable pursuant to Section 7.2(a) shall be paid, with respect to the Lump Sum Death Benefit, or shall commence, with respect to the Monthly Death Benefit and the Dependent Death Benefit, as of the first day of the month next following the Participant’s death.
     (b) The Death Benefits payable pursuant to Sections 7.2(b) and (c) shall paid as of the first day of the month next following the Participant’s death.
ARTICLE VIII
Administration
      Section 8.1. Plan Administration : The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, establish a committee to carry out the day-to-day administration of the Plan and may delegate any portion of its authority and responsibilities as Plan Administrator to such committee.
      Section 8.2. Powers of Plan Administrator : The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan according to its terms, including the power to construe and interpret the Plan, to supply any omissions therein, to

18


 

reconcile and correct any errors or inconsistencies, to decide any questions in the administration and application of the Plan, and to make equitable adjustments for any mistakes or errors in the administration and application of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have such additional powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties and responsibilities hereunder.
      Section 8.3. Calculation of Funding Obligations : The Employer shall calculate its funding obligations hereunder solely by using the actuarial assumptions and methodology set forth in Exhibit C hereto. In its discretion, at any time prior to a Change in Control of the Employer, the Employer may amend Exhibit C to change such actuarial assumptions and methodology, provided that such changes are communicated promptly in writing to all Participants, Retired Participants, and Beneficiaries. Upon and after a Change in Control of the Employer, the actuarial assumptions and methodology set forth in Exhibit C may be changed with respect to any Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary who was a Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary at the time of such Change in Control, only with the written consent of such affected Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary.
      Section 8.4. Annual Statements : As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Employer shall deliver to each Participant, Retired Participant, and Beneficiary a statement containing (a) the present value of the Employer’s future benefit obligations to the Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary; (b) the actuarial assumptions used to calculate the present value of the Employer’s future benefit obligations hereunder; and (c) the aggregate current value of the assets, if any, held in a trust or other funding arrangement which are sufficient to fund 100% of the then-present value of the accrued Supplemental Pension for any Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary for whom benefits are paid in the form of an annuity and for whom assets are required to be held in trust.

19


 

ARTICLE IX
Miscellaneous Provisions
      Section 9.1. Amendment or Termination of the Plan :
     (a) In General : Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 9.1, the Board of Directors may by resolution, in its absolute discretion, from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that no amendment, suspension, or termination may apply so as to decrease the payment to any Participant or Beneficiary of any benefit under the Plan that he accrued prior to the effective date of such amendment, suspension, or termination, nor shall such amendment, suspension, or termination change the time and form of payment to be made under the provisions of the Plan as in effect before such amendment, suspension, or termination, except as otherwise permitted or required under Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
     (b) Amendment That Decreases Benefits : If the Board of Directors amends the Plan and such amendment results in a decrease in the Supplemental Pension, Death Benefits or Disability Benefit that otherwise would be paid under the Plan but for the amendment, except as provided in subparagraphs (iii) and (iv) below, the Participant’s Supplemental Pension, Death Benefits or Disability Benefit shall equal the sum of (i) and (ii) as follows:
     (i) The amount derived by multiplying the Participant’s benefit calculated pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect immediately prior to the amendment and based upon the Participant’s Compensation used to calculate the appropriate benefit by the following fraction: The numerator is the number of full years of Covered Employment the Participant has prior to the effective date of the amendment, and the denominator is the total number of full years of Covered Employment the Participant has; however, neither the numerator nor the denominator shall exceed 10.
     (ii) The amount derived by multiplying the Participant’s benefit as calculated pursuant to the terms of the Plan as amended based upon the Participant’s Compensation used to calculate the appropriate benefit by the following fraction: The numerator is the number of full years that the Participant participated in the Pension Plan after the effective date of the amendment (but this number when added to the numerator of the fraction in subparagraph (i) above, shall not exceed 10) and the denominator is the total number of full years of Covered Employment the Participant has (but this number shall not exceed 10).
     (iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (b), if the Plan is so amended before a Participant is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan, the Participant’s

20


 

Supplemental Pension, Death Benefit or Disability Benefit shall be calculated solely in accordance with the terms of the Plan as amended.
     (iv) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (b), if any such amendment occurs upon or after a Change in Control, the Participant’s Supplemental Pension shall at least equal the benefits which would be paid under subparagraph (c) below if there was a termination of the Plan at the time of such amendment.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subparagraph (b), the Amendment and Restatement of the Plan effective August 7, 2007 or effective November 12, 2009 shall not for any purposes be treated as resulting in a decrease in the Supplemental Pension, Death Benefit or Disability Benefit otherwise payable under the Plan.
     (c) Termination of the Plan .
     (i) If the Board of Directors terminates all or any portion of the Plan and such termination adversely affects a Participant’s Supplemental Pension, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension regardless of whether (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 13, 2008, such Participant has been an Eligible Employee for at least two (2) years, and (ii) in the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 13, 2008, such Participant has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, and regardless of whether such Participant is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan at the time of such Plan termination.
     (A) It shall be based upon the Participant’s Compensation as of the date of the termination of the Plan;
     (B) If payment of the Supplemental Pension begins before the Participant has ten full years of Covered Employment, the reduction referred to in Section 5.2(a)(i) shall not apply;
     (C) If payment of the Supplemental Pension begins before the Participant attains age 62, the reductions referred to in Section 5.2(b) shall not apply; and
     (D) If the Participant is not otherwise vested under the Pension Plan, the calculation made under Section 5.2(a)(ii) above shall be made as if he were so vested.
Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c), the Supplemental Pension determined under this subparagraph (c) shall be paid (i) in the case of an Eligible Employee who was a Participant prior to November 12, 2009, at

21


 

the later of (A) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer, or (B) the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant attains age 55, or (ii) the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, on the first day of the month following the month in which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer. In the case of an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant on or after November 12, 2009, if such Participant’s Supplemental Pension commences without regard to Section 5.4(c) before the Participant attains age 55, the amount determined under this subparagraph (c) shall be actuarially reduced, in accordance with the actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum as set forth in Exhibit B, for each full month that the date of commencement precedes age 55.
     (ii) If the Board of Directors terminates all or any portion of the Plan and such termination adversely affects the Disability Benefits or Death Benefits described in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to be entitled to the Disability Benefits or Death Benefits described in the Plan if he thereafter dies or suffers a Disability. Any such Death Benefit or Disability Benefit, however, shall be calculated as of the date of termination of such benefit or the Plan as if such date of termination was the date the Participant died or suffered a Disability. Payment of any such Death Benefit or Disability Benefit shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to the date of termination of such benefit or the Plan.
     (d) Amendments to Comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A : Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1 or any of the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement to the contrary, the Board of Directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the Plan and/or any Participation Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or desirable in order to comply with or otherwise address issues resulting from Code Section 409A.
      Section 9.2. Nonguarantee of Employment : Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and any employee, as a right of any employee to be continued in the employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer to discharge any of its employees, with or without Cause.
      Section 9.3. Nonalienation of Benefits : To the extent permitted by law, benefits payable under the Plan shall not, without the Plan Administrator’s consent, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge,

22


 

garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary. Any unauthorized attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable hereunder shall be void. No part of the assets of the Employer shall be subject to seizure by legal process resulting from any attempt by creditors of or claimants against any Participant or Beneficiary or any person claiming under or through the foregoing to attach his interest under the Plan.
      Section 9.4. Liability : No director, officer, or employee of the Employer shall be liable for any act or action, whether of commission or omission, taken by any other director, officer, employee, or agent of the Employer under the terms of the Plan or, except in circumstances involving his bad faith, for anything done or omitted to be done by him under the terms of the Plan.
      Section 9.5. Participation Agreement : Each Participant shall enter into a Participation Agreement as a condition to his participation in the Plan. Such Participation Agreement shall constitute a separate and enforceable agreement between the Employer and the Participant regarding the Participant’s rights in the Plan.
      Section 9.6. Successors to the Employer : Any successor to the Employer hereunder, which successor continues or acquires any of the business of the Employer, shall be bound by the terms of the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Employer.
      Section 9.7. Tax Withholding : The Employer shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form under this Agreement any Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld.

23


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and as conclusive evidence of its adoption of this amendment and restatement of the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the Employer has caused the Plan to be duly executed on this 25th day of October, 2010, to be effective as of the date set forth in Section 1.2 above.
         
  ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ KIM R. COCKLIN    
    Kim R. Cocklin   
    President and Chief
Executive Officer 
 
 

24


 

EXHIBIT A
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
     THIS PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the ____day of _________, 20___ by and between ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Employer”), and __________________________(“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the Employer has adopted the Atmos Energy Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which certain executive or management employees of the Employer may receive supplemental pension, disability, and death benefits; and
     WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 9.5 of the Plan, the Employer and Participant have agreed to execute and enter into this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Agreement . The Employer hereby agrees to provide to Participant the benefits described in the Plan, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to Participant and is incorporated by reference into this Agreement. The capitalized terms used in the Plan shall have the same meanings in this Agreement as assigned to them in the Plan. Participant acknowledges he or she has received a copy of the Plan.
     2.  Calculation of Supplemental Pension . For purposes of calculating the Participant’s Supplemental Pension under Section 5.2(a) of the Plan and other applicable provisions of the Plan, Covered Employment for the Participant commenced ___________.
     3.  Delay in Payment of Supplemental Pension For Certain Participants . If a Participant who is a “specified employee,” as defined in § 1.409A-1(i) of the Final Regulations under Code Section 409A, and whose Supplemental Pension would otherwise be paid (the “Original Payment Date”) before a date which is at least six (6) months following the date of Participant’s termination of employment that constitutes a “separation from service,” as defined in Code Section 409A and the Final Regulations issued thereunder (“Separation from Service”), the Supplemental Pension shall be paid to such Participant on the date which is six (6) months following the date of Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of Participant), provided such six (6) month delay is required by Code Section 409A. All payments which are delayed as provided in this paragraph 3 shall accrue interest for the period from the Original Payment Date until the date such payment is actually made. Said interest shall be equal to the applicable segment rates as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D), without regard to the phase-in percentages specified in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii), for the November preceding the first day of the calendar year in which Participant retires or otherwise becomes entitled to payments without regard to this paragraph 3.

1


 

     4.  Amendment or Termination of the Plan; Separation from Service or Termination of Participation Without Cause . The Employer hereby agrees that, if
     (i) the Employer amends or terminates the Plan in such a manner that results in a decrease in the amount of the benefits to be paid under the Plan to Participant,
     (ii) Participant incurs a Separation from Service by reason of Participant’s employment being terminated involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in subparagraph 4(e) below), or on account of LTD Disability, or
     (iii) Participant’s participation in the Plan is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause prior to Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer,
Participant shall have the right to, and the Employer agrees to pay to Participant, any benefits accrued prior to the effective date of such amendment or termination of the Plan or of such Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer or termination of participation in the Plan. Such benefits shall become payable, however, only upon such an event, in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any portion thereof as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of such amendment or termination of the Plan or such Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer or termination of participation in the Plan, except as otherwise permitted or required under Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder. The amount of benefits that shall be paid under this paragraph 4 shall be calculated as follows:
     (a) In the event the Employer amends the Plan and such amendment results in a decrease in the amount of the Supplemental Pension, Disability Benefit, or Death Benefits that would be paid under the Plan but for the amendment thereof, the amount of Participant’s benefit shall be the sum of:
     (i) The amount derived by multiplying Participant’s benefit calculated pursuant to the terms of the Plan in effect immediately prior to the amendment and based upon Participant’s Compensation used to calculate the appropriate benefit by the following fraction: The numerator is the number of full years of Covered Employment Participant has prior to the effective date of the amendment, and the denominator is the total number of full years of Covered Employment Participant has; however, neither the numerator nor the denominator shall exceed 10; plus
     (ii) The amount derived by multiplying Participant’s benefit as calculated pursuant to the terms of the Plan as amended based upon Participant’s Compensation used to calculate the appropriate benefit by the following fraction: The numerator is the number of years that Participant participated in the Pension Plan after the effective date of the amendment (but this number when added to the numerator of the fraction

2


 

in subparagraph (i) above, shall not exceed 10) and the denominator is the total number of full years of Covered Employment Participant has (but this number shall not exceed 10);
provided , however , that if the Plan is so amended prior to Participant being vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan, Participant’s Supplemental Pension, Death Benefit or Disability Benefit payable hereunder shall be calculated solely in accordance with the terms of the Plan as amended; and provided , further , that, if such amendment occurs upon or after a “Change in Control” (as defined in subparagraph 5(b) below), Participant’s Supplemental Pension must at least equal the benefits which would be paid under Section 9.1(c) of the Plan if there was a termination of the Plan at the time of such amendment.
     (b) In the event the Employer terminates the Plan or any portion thereof and such termination adversely affects the Disability Benefit or Death Benefits described in the Plan, Participant’s Disability Benefit and Death Benefits shall be calculated as of the date of termination of such benefit or the Plan as though the date of such termination was the date that Participant became disabled or died. Such Disability Benefit and Death Benefits shall become payable, however, only upon Participant’s disability or death occurring in accordance with the terms of the Plan or any portion thereof as in effect immediately prior to the date of its termination, except as otherwise permitted or required under Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
     (c) In the event the Employer terminates the Plan or any portion thereof and such termination adversely affects Participant’s Supplemental Pension described in the Plan, Participant’s Supplemental Pension shall be the amount determined in accordance with Section 5.2 of the Plan except that
     (i) It shall be based upon Participant’s Compensation as of the date of the termination of the Plan;
     (ii) If payment of the Supplemental Pension begins before Participant has ten full years of Covered Employment, the reduction referred to in Section 5.2(a)(i) of the Plan shall not apply;
     (iii) If payment of the Supplemental Pension begins before Participant attains age 62, the reductions referred to in Section 5.2(b) of the Plan shall not apply; and
     (iv) If Participant is not otherwise vested under the Pension Plan, the calculation made under Section 5.2(a)(ii) of the Plan shall be made as if he were so vested.
     (d) If, at any time prior to a “Change in Control” (as defined in subparagraph 5(b) below), Participant incurs a Separation from Service by reason of Participant’s employment being terminated involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in subparagraph 4(e) below), or on account of LTD Disability, or if

3


 

Participant’s participation in the Plan is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause, Participant shall nevertheless be entitled to the benefits under the Plan that have accrued prior to Participant’s Separation from Service or the termination of Plan participation, the amount of such benefits to be calculated in the manner set forth in Section 5.2(c) of the Plan and payable at such time and form as otherwise provided for under the Plan; provided , however , that Participant’s right to a Supplemental Pension shall vest only if Participant has been a Participant in the Plan for at least three years and is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan as of the date of such termination.
     (e) As used in this Agreement, “Cause” for Separation from Service shall mean termination upon
     (i) the willful and continued failure by Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Employer (other than any such failure resulting from Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Participant by the Employer that specifically identifies the manner in which the Employer believes that Participant has not substantially performed his duties, or
     (ii) Participant’s willful engagement in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Employer, monetarily or otherwise.
For purposes of this subparagraph, no act, or failure to act, on Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” if done, or omitted to be done, by Participant in good faith and with a reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board of Directors of the Employer at a meeting of such Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Participant and an opportunity for Participant, together with Participant’s counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors that Participant was guilty of conduct set forth above in subparagraph (i) or (ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
     5.  Change in Control .
     (a) Notwithstanding anything expressly or impliedly to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the Plan, if, at any time during the three (3)-year period immediately following a Change in Control of the Employer, Participant incurs a Separation from Service by reason of Participant’s employment being terminated involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in subparagraph 4(e) above), or he is demoted or reassigned to a position that causes him to cease to be an Eligible Employee, for any reason other than for Cause (as defined in subparagraph 4(e) above),

4


 

Participant shall nevertheless be entitled to receive a Supplemental Pension at such time as he becomes entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan regardless of whether Participant has been an Eligible Employee for at least two years or is vested in his retirement benefits under the Pension Plan at the time of such termination, demotion, or reassignment. If a Participant’s incurs a Separation from Service by reason of Participant’s employment being terminated involuntarily by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause, or his participation in the Plan is terminated by the Employer for any reason other than for Cause, prior to a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs) and such Separation from Service or termination either (i) was at the request or direction of a person who has entered into an agreement with the Employer, the consummation of which would constitute a Change in Control, or (ii) was otherwise in connection with or in anticipation of a Change in Control (whether or not a Change in Control ever occurs), then such Participant’s Separation from Service or termination of participation shall be deemed to have followed a Change in Control of the Employer. Such Supplemental Pension shall be calculated in the same manner as set forth in subparagraph 4(c) above for benefits payable in the event of a termination of the Plan .
(b) (i) As used in this Agreement, except as provided herein, a “Change in Control” of the Employer occurs upon a change in the Employer’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (A) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Employer occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in subparagraph (ii) below), other than (1) the Employer or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Employer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Employer’s stock, acquires ownership of the Employer’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Employer through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, as discussed in subparagraph (i)(B) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(A); or
     (B) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Employer may not have undergone a change in ownership under

5


 

subparagraph (i)(A) above, a change in the effective control of the Employer occurs on either of the following dates:
     (1) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Employer’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(B)(1); or
     (2) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (C) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Employer, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Employer’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Employer immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (1) a shareholder of the Employer (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Employer’s stock; (2) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Employer; (3) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock; or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock.

6


 

     (ii) For purposes of subparagraph (i) above:
     (A) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code. Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (B) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (iii) The provisions of this subparagraph 5(b) shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, it being the intent of the parties that this subparagraph 5(b) shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     6.  Limitations . Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 5 of this Agreement, Participant agrees that nothing in this Agreement or the Plan shall entitle him, or be deemed to entitle him, to receive a Supplemental Pension under the Plan if:
     (a) he has not met the requirements for a Supplemental Pension as set forth in the Plan,
     (b) his employment with the Employer is terminated prior to his reaching the age of eligibility for the immediate commencement of his Pension Plan benefit due to resignation, or
     (c) his employment with the Employer or participation in the Plan is terminated for Cause (as defined in subparagraph 4(e) above).
     7.  Amendment or Termination . No amendment or termination of the Plan by the Employer shall constitute an amendment or termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by the written agreement of the parties hereto, and will terminate only upon the occurrence of the earlier of the following events: (a) the execution of a written agreement to terminate this Agreement signed by all of the parties hereto, (b) the satisfaction of all of the Employer’s obligations to Participant under the Plan and this Agreement, (c) the termination by Participant of Participant’s employment with the Employer by resignation effective prior to Participant being eligible to Retire, or (d) the termination for Cause of Participant’s employment with the Employer. Notwithstanding any of the terms and conditions of this Participation Agreement or Section 9.1 of the Plan to the contrary, the Board of Directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the Plan and/or this Participation Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or desirable in order to comply with or otherwise address issues resulting from Code Section 409A.
     8.  Funding . Immediately upon a Change in Control, the Employer shall contribute to a trust or other funding arrangement an amount necessary to fund 100% of the then-present

7


 

value of all Supplemental Pension benefits (vested and unvested) payable under this Agreement and/or the Plan to Participant, regardless of whether Participant is then eligible to Retire or to receive an unreduced Supplemental Pension. The amount required to be funded by this paragraph 8 shall be calculated in accordance with paragraph 9 hereof. The Employer shall review the funding status of the trust or other funding arrangement established under this paragraph 8 on an annual basis and shall make contributions thereto as may be required to maintain the value of the assets thereof at no less than 100% of the then-present value of all such Supplemental Pension benefits.
     9.  Calculation of Funding Obligations . The Employer shall calculate its funding obligations under this Agreement and the Plan solely by using the actuarial assumptions and methodology set forth in Exhibit C to the Plan. Upon and after a Change in Control of the Employer which occurs at a time when Participant is an Eligible Employee, the actuarial assumptions and methodology set forth in Exhibit C may be changed with respect to Participant or, if applicable, his Beneficiary, only with Participant’s, or, if applicable, his Beneficiary’s, written consent.
     10.  Confidential Information .
     (a) Participant shall not disclose or use at any time, either during employment or thereafter, any Confidential Information (as defined below) of which Participant is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Participant’s performance in good faith of duties assigned to Participant by the Employer. Participant will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. Participant shall deliver to the Employer at the termination of employment or at any time the Employer may request all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof, including electronic copies) relating to the Confidential Information, work product or the business of the Employer or any of its Subsidiaries which he may then possess or have under his control.
     (b) As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means information that is not generally known to the public and that is used, developed or obtained by the Employer in connection with its business, including but not limited to (i) information, observations and data obtained by Participant while employed by the Employer and its predecessors (including information, observations and data obtained prior to the date of this Agreement), concerning the business or affairs of the Employer, (ii) products or services, (iii) fees, costs and pricing structures, (iv) designs, (v) analyses, (vi) drawings, photographs and reports, (vii) computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings, (viii) flow charts, manuals and documentation, (ix) data bases, (x) accounting and business methods, (xi) inventions, devices, new developments, methods and processes, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, (xii) customers and clients and customer or client lists (including names of contact persons, purchasing patterns or preferences, past purchase and sale history and other information), (xiii) other copyrightable works, (xiv) all production methods, processes, technology and trade secrets, (xv) business strategies,

8


 

acquisition plans and candidates, financial or other performance data and personnel lists and data, and (xvi) all similar and related information in whatever form. Confidential Information will not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public, or has become otherwise generally known by the public (in each case, through no fault of Participant) prior to the date Participant proposes to disclose or use such information. Participant shall not disclose Confidential Information unless it is required to be disclosed by law, regulation or an order of a court or other governmental entity. In the event that an action is initiated pursuant to which Participant may become legally compelled to disclose all or any portion of the Confidential Information, he shall provide the Employer with prompt notice thereof, so that the Employer may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, Participant shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required and shall exercise his best efforts to obtain reliable assurances that confidential treatment will be afforded such portion of the Confidential Information. Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.
     11.  Annual Statements . As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Employer shall deliver to Participant or, if applicable, his Beneficiary, a statement containing (a) the present value of the Employer’s future benefit obligations to Participant, or, if applicable, his Beneficiary; (b) the actuarial assumptions used to calculate the present value of the Employer’s future benefit obligations under the Plan; and (c) the aggregate current value of the assets, if any, held in a trust or other funding arrangement which are sufficient to fund 100% of the then-present value of the accrued Supplemental Pension for any Participant, Retired Participant, or Beneficiary for whom benefits are paid in the form of an annuity and for whom assets are required to be held in trust.
     12.  No Guarantee of Employment . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and Participant, or as a right of Participant to be continued in the employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer to discharge Participant with or without cause.
     13.  Legal Fees and Expenses . The Employer agrees to pay any and all legal fees and expenses incurred by Participant in seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement.
     14.  Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term used in this Agreement that is not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning attributed to it in the Plan.
     15.  Agreement Binding on Successors to the Employer . Any successor to the Employer hereunder, which successor continues or acquires any of the business of the Employer, shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Employer.

9


 

     16.  Prior Agreements Superseded . The terms of this Agreement supersede the terms of all prior Participation Agreements between Participant and the Employer.
     17.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Participation Agreement as of the date first written above.
             
PARTICIPANT:   ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION:    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   

10


 

EXHIBIT B
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
SUMMARY OF ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS
FOR DETERMINING
LUMP SUM DISTRIBUTIONS
AND
OPTIONAL ANNUITY FORMS
Actuarial assumptions for determining lump sums:
             
 
  (i)   Interest:   The applicable segment rates as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D) for the November (from and after January 1, 2010, September) preceding the first day of the calendar year in which the lump sum is paid and without regard to the phase-in percentages specified in Code Section 417(e)(3)(D)(iii).
 
           
 
  (ii)   Mortality:   The applicable mortality table as defined in Code Section 417(e)(3), and amended by the Pension Protection Act.
Actuarial assumptions for conversion of a life annuity to an optional form of payment other than a lump sum:
             
 
  (i)   Interest:   6.0% per year.
 
           
 
  (ii)   Mortality:   1983 Unisex Group Annuity Mortality (50% 1983 Group Annuity Mortality for males, 50% 1983 Group Annuity Mortality for females).

1


 

EXHIBIT C
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
SUMMARY OF ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS AND METHODS
FOR
DETERMINING SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN TRUST
ANNUAL FUNDING LIABILITIES
Actuarial Assumptions
     
Discount Rate
  8%
 
   
Mortality
   
Prior to Age 62
  None
After Age 62
  Code Section 417(e)(3)
 
  Applicable Mortality Table*
 
   
Salary Scale
  0%
 
   
Benefit Percentage
  60%
 
*   The table prescribed in Rev. Rul. 2001-62, or such other mortality table which in the future may be specified from time to time as the applicable mortality table for purposes of Code Section 417(e)(3).
Method for Determining Liabilities
The liability determined is the present value as of the valuation date of the projected age 62 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan benefit. The projected age 62 benefit is based on Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan compensation determined as the sum of (1) and (2) as follows:
  (1)   The greater of (A) Participant’s annual base salary at the date of his termination of employment, or (B) the average of the Participant’s annual base salary for the highest three (3) calendar years (whether or not consecutive) of the Participant’s employment with the Employer.
 
  (2)   The greater of (A) the Participant’s last Performance Award or (B) the average of the highest three (3) Performance Awards (whether or not consecutive).
          The qualified plan offset is the projected age 62 qualified plan benefit with no salary scale or wage base projections.

1

EXHIBIT 10.10(c)
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
ACCOUNT BALANCE
SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
Effective Date: August 5, 2009

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
Article   Page
ARTICLE I Purpose and Effective Date
    1  
Section 1.1. Purpose
    1  
Section 1.2. Effective Date
    1  
 
       
ARTICLE II Definitions and Construction
    1  
Section 2.1. Definitions
    1  
Section 2.2. Construction
    6  
Section 2.3. Governing Law
    6  
 
       
ARTICLE III Eligibility and Participation
    7  
Section 3.1. Employees Eligible to Participate
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE IV Assets Used for Benefits
    7  
Section 4.1. Amounts Provided by the Employer
    7  
Section 4.2. Funding
    7  
 
       
ARTICLE V Supplemental Benefits
    7  
Section 5.1. Eligibility for Supplemental Benefit
    7  
Section 5.2. Amount of Supplemental Benefit
    8  
Section 5.3. Form of Payment of Supplemental Benefit
    9  
Section 5.4. Time of Payment of Supplemental Benefit
    9  
 
       
ARTICLE VI Administration
    10  
Section 6.1. Plan Administration
    10  
Section 6.2. Powers of Plan Administrator
    10  
Section 6.3. Annual Statements
    11  
 
       
ARTICLE VII Miscellaneous Provisions
    11  
Section 7.1. Amendment or Termination of the Plan
    11  
Section 7.2. Nonguarantee of Employment or Participation
    12  

i


 

         
Article   Page
Section 7.3. Nonalienation of Benefits
    12  
Section 7.4. Liability
    12  
Section 7.5. Participation Agreement
    13  
Section 7.6. Successors to the Employer
    13  
Section 7.7. Tax Withholding
    13  
Section 7.8. Code Section 409A
    13  
 
       
Exhibit A Participation Agreement
       

ii


 

ARTICLE I
Purpose and Effective Date
      Section 1.1. Purpose : The purpose of the Atmos Energy Corporation Account Balance Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide a supplemental retirement income benefit to certain executive employees of Atmos Energy Corporation. The Plan is intended to be unfunded and maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees so as to be exempt from the requirements of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA, and shall be so interpreted.
      Section 1.2. Effective Date : The Plan is effective as of August 5, 2009.
ARTICLE II
Definitions and Construction
      Section 2.1. Definitions : The following words and phrases used in the Plan shall have the respective meanings set forth below, unless the context in which they are used clearly indicates a contrary meaning:
     (a) Account : The notional account described in, and maintained for each Participant pursuant to Section 5.2(a) of the Plan.
     (b) Account Balance : The notional amount in a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 5.2(d) of the Plan.
     (c) Annual Pay Credit : The notional amounts credited to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of the Plan.
     (d) Beneficiary : The Participant’s designated Beneficiary. In the event that no Beneficiary has been effectively designated, the Participant’s surviving spouse shall be deemed the designated Beneficiary, or if the Participant has no surviving spouse, his children, if any, per stirpes, shall be deemed the designated Beneficiary, and if none, the estate of the Participant shall be deemed the designated Beneficiary.
     (e) Board of Directors : The Board of Directors of the Employer.
     (f) Cause : The termination of employment by the Employer upon the happening of either (i) or (ii) as follows:

1


 

     (i) The willful and continued failure by the Participant to substantially perform his duties with the Employer (other than any such failure resulting from the Participant’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Employer that specifically identifies the manner in which the Employer believes that the Participant has not substantially performed his duties.
     (ii) The Participant’s willful engagement in conduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Employer, monetarily or otherwise.
For purposes of this paragraph, no act, or failure to act, on the Participant’s part shall be deemed “willful” if done, or omitted to be done, by the Participant in good faith and with a reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participant shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Participant a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters (3/4) of the entire membership of the Board of Directors of the Employer at a meeting of such Board of Directors called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to the Participant and an opportunity for the Participant, together with the Participant’s counsel, to be heard before the Board of Directors), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board of Directors that the Participant was guilty of conduct set forth above in subparagraph (i) or (ii) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
     (g) Change in Control :
     (i) A “Change in Control” of the Employer occurs upon a change in the Employer’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (A) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Employer occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in subparagraph (ii) below), other than (1) the Employer or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Employer or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Employer in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Employer’s stock, acquires ownership of the Employer’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if

2


 

any Person has effective control of the Employer through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, as discussed in subparagraph (i)(B) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(A); or
     (B) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Employer may not have undergone a change in ownership under subparagraph (i)(A) above, a change in the effective control of the Employer occurs on either of the following dates:
     (1) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Employer’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Employer’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Employer by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (i)(B)(1); or
     (2) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (C) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets . A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Employer’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Employer, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Employer’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Employer immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (1) a shareholder of the Employer (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Employer’s stock;

3


 

(2) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Employer; (3) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock; or (4) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Employer’s outstanding stock.
     (ii) For purposes of subparagraph (i) above and, in the case of subparagraph (ii)(B) below, Exhibit A,
     (A) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code. Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (B) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (iii) The provisions of this Section 2.1(g) shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, it being the intent of the parties that this Section 2.1(g) shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     (h) Code : The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor thereto.
     (i) Compensation : The total of all amounts paid to a Participant by an Employer for personal services as reported on the Participant’s Federal Income Tax Withholding Statement (Form W-2) plus any amounts excluded from such reporting pursuant to Code Sections 125, 401(k) and 132(f)(4), but excluding (A) expense reimbursements, (B) any contributions made under any plan of deferred compensation or any welfare benefit plan (other than amounts contributed pursuant to such Sections 125 and 401(k)), (C) other special payments of any kind that are unrelated to the Participant’s activities associated with or in lieu of his performance of services for the Employer, and (D) any bonus payments or awards which are not Performance Awards.
     (j) Covered Employment : The total period of employment with the Employer, beginning on the date specified in the Participation Agreement, while a Participant in the Plan.
     (k) Disability : A disability (i) as determined under The Atmos Energy Corporation Group Long-Term Disability Plan, as in effect from time to time, or (ii) a determination of total disability for purposes of eligibility for Social Security disability

4


 

benefits, if such Group Long-Term Disability Plan is not then in existence. If a Participant’s Disability is based on his eligibility for Social Security disability benefits, such Participant shall not be treated as having suffered a Disability unless he shall provide the Plan Administrator, or a committee which may be established pursuant to Section 6.1, with written proof, in a form and within the time determined by the Plan Administrator, or a committee which may be established pursuant to Section 6.1, to be satisfactory, that such Participant is receiving Social Security disability benefits.
     (l) Disability Termination : A Separation from Service due to a Disability.
     (m) Eligible Employee : An employee of the Employer who is either a (A) corporate officer of the Employer selected by the Board of Directors, in its discretion, to participate in the Plan, or (B) the president of an operating division of the Employer or any other employee of the Employer selected by the Board of Directors in its discretion to participate in the Plan.
     (n) Employer : Atmos Energy Corporation.
     (o) ERISA : The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
     (p) Interest Credit(s) : The interest amounts credited to a Participant’s Account pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Plan.
     (q) Involuntary Employment Termination : The termination of a Participant’s participation in the Plan due to the involuntary termination of the Participant’s employment by the Employer, provided said termination constitutes a Separation from Service and such termination is for any reason other than Cause.
     (r) Involuntary Participation Termination : The termination of a Participant’s participation in the Plan by the Employer for any reason other than Cause prior to the Participant’s Separation from Service with the Employer as provided for in Section 5.1 of the Plan.
     (s) Participant : An Eligible Employee of the Employer who meets the requirements to participate in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article III hereof.
     (t) Participation Agreement : The agreement between the Employer and a Participant described in Section 7.5 of the Plan, executed in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, or in such other form as the Board of Directors, in its sole discretion, may establish from time to time.
     (u) Performance Award : Any amount paid, or authorized to be paid, to a Participant while a Participant in the Plan pursuant to any annual performance bonus or incentive compensation plan adopted or established by the Employer, or, upon and after a Change in Control, any amount paid, or authorized to be paid, to a Participant as a performance related cash bonus in addition to his base cash compensation.

5


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Performance Awards shall not include any Employer stock award granted under the 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan or other incentive plan, other than a stock award which is elected by a participant under an incentive plan to be received in lieu of cash.
     (v) Plan : The Atmos Energy Corporation Account Balance Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.
     (w) Plan Administrator : The Board of Directors.
     (x) Plan Year : Each twelve (12) month period beginning on January 1 and ending on December 31.
     (y) Retirement or Retire : Participant’s voluntary termination from employment with the Employer that constitutes a Separation from Service after he has completed at least three (3) years of Covered Employment and has attained age 55.
     (z) Separation from Service : A Participant’s termination from employment with the Employer that constitutes a “separation from service” as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto.
     (aa) Supplemental Benefit : A Participant’s benefit provided under the Plan in accordance with Section 5.2.
     (bb) The expressions listed below shall have the meanings stated in the Sections or subparagraphs hereof respectively indicated:
     
“Affiliate”
  Subparagraph 2.1(g)(ii)(B)
 
   
“Original Payment Date”
  Section 5.4(c)
 
   
“Person”
  Subparagraph 2.1(g)(ii)(A)
 
   
“Specified Employee”
  Section 5.4(c)
      Section 2.2. Construction : The masculine gender, whenever appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender; the singular may include the plural; and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
      Section 2.3. Governing Law : The Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, except to the extent otherwise preempted by ERISA or any other Federal law.

6


 

ARTICLE III
Eligibility and Participation
      Section 3.1. Employees Eligible to Participate : Each Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant shall participate in the Plan, provided he complies with the provisions of Section 7.5 hereof. Any Participant who ceases being an Eligible Employee during his employment with the Employer shall immediately cease active participation in the Plan and shall no longer be a Participant, except as otherwise set forth herein.
ARTICLE IV
Assets Used for Benefits
      Section 4.1. Amounts Provided by the Employer : Benefits payable under the Plan shall constitute general obligations of the Employer in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
      Section 4.2. Funding : Immediately upon a Change in Control, the Employer shall contribute to a trust or other funding arrangement that is subject to the claims of the Employer’s general unsecured creditors an amount necessary to fund 100% of the then-value of the Account Balance for each Participant, regardless of whether any such Participant is then eligible to Retire or to receive a Supplemental Benefit. The Employer shall review the funding status of such trust or other funding arrangement required to be established under this Section 4.2 on an annual basis and shall make such contributions thereto as may be required to maintain the value of the assets thereof at no less than 100% of the then-value of all such Account Balances.
ARTICLE V
Supplemental Benefits
      Section 5.1. Eligibility for Supplemental Benefit :
     (a) Upon Retirement : An Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant and who Retires shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Benefit.

7


 

     (b) Upon Involuntary Employment Termination, Disability Termination or Death : A Participant who suffers an Involuntary Employment Termination, a Disability Termination or dies shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Benefit.
     (c) Upon Involuntary Participation Termination with Three (3) or More Years of Covered Employment : An Eligible Employee who suffers an Involuntary Participation Termination after such Participant has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment and who remains an Employee after such Involuntary Participation Termination shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Benefit equal to his or her Account Balance as of the date such Involuntary Participation Termination, as increased by any Annual Pay Credits pursuant to Section 5.2(b) of the Plan and any Interest Credits pursuant to Section 5.2(c) of the Plan.
     (d) Upon Voluntary Termination, Termination For Cause or Involuntary Participation Termination with Less Than Three (3) Years of Covered Employment : A Participant who (i) voluntarily resigns from employment with the Employer prior to being eligible for Retirement, (ii) is terminated from employment with the Employer for Cause or from participation in the Plan for Cause or (iii) suffers an Involuntary Participation Termination before such Participant has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment shall not be entitled to receive a Supplemental Benefit.
      Section 5.2. Amount of Supplemental Benefit : A Participant’s Supplemental Benefit shall be equal to his Account Balance determined as follows:
     (a) Establishment of Account : An Account shall be established and maintained for each Participant. A Participant’s Account shall be credited with Annual Pay Credits in accordance with Section 5.2(b) of the Plan and Interest Credits in accordance with Section 5.2(c) of the Plan.
     (b) Annual Pay Credits : As of the last day of each Plan Year, an Annual Pay Credit shall be credited to the Account of each Participant who received Compensation during such Plan Year, provided , such Participant (i) has not voluntarily resigned from employment with the Employer prior to being eligible for Retirement, (ii) has not been terminated from employment with the Employer for Cause or from participation in the Plan for Cause prior to the end of such Plan Year or (iii) has not suffered an Involuntary Participation Termination prior to the end of such Plan Year. The Annual Pay Credit shall be equal to ten percent (10%) of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year. In the case of a Participant who suffered an Involuntary Participation Termination after such Participant has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment and who remains an Employee after such Involuntary Participation Termination, such Participant shall have credited to his or her Account for the year of such Involuntary Participation Termination, an Annual Pay Credit equal to ten percent (10%) of such Participant’s Compensation for the portion of the Plan Year prior to such Involuntary Participation Termination and shall thereafter receive no Annual Pay Credits.

8


 

     (c) Interest Credits :
     (i) Timing of Interest Credits : Interest Credits based on the Participant’s Account Balance as of the first day of each Plan Year shall be added to each Participant’s Account as of the last day of the Plan Year, prior to the crediting of any Annual Pay Credit for such Plan Year. Interest Credits shall be added to a Participant’s Account for each Plan Year in which such Participant’s Account has an Account Balance. However, for any Plan Year in which a Plan distribution is made to a Participant, interest shall be credited on the Participant’s Account Balance as of the first day of the Plan Year for the period from the first day of such Plan Year to the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service.
     (ii) Rate of Interest Credits : The rate of interest used to determine the Interest Credit shall be the same rate utilized for “interest credits” under the Employer’s Pension Account Plan; currently that rate is the 30-year Treasury securities rate in effect for the November preceding the first day of the Plan Year (as published by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue) subject to a minimum interest rate of 4.69% and a maximum interest rate of 7% for any 12-month Plan Year.
     (d) Account Balance : A Participant’s Account Balance shall be equal to the sum of the Annual Pay Credits and the Interest Credits.
      Section 5.3. Form of Payment of Supplemental Benefit : Each Participant shall be paid his Supplemental Benefit in a lump sum payment equal to his Account Balance at the time of payment.
      Section 5.4. Time of Payment of Supplemental Benefit :
     (a) Upon Retirement : Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c) below, the Supplemental Benefit of a Participant who Retires at any time shall be paid as soon as administratively possible, but in no event later than ninety (90) days following such Participant’s date of Retirement.
     (b) Upon Involuntary Employment Termination, Involuntary Participation Termination, Disability Termination or Death : The Supplemental Benefit of a Participant who suffers an Involuntary Employment Termination, an Involuntary Participation Termination pursuant to Section 5.1(c) of the Plan, or a Disability Termination shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c) of the Plan, be paid as soon as administratively possible following such Participant’s Separation from Service, but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the date on which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer. The Supplemental Benefit of a Participant

9


 

who dies shall be paid to such Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as administratively possible, but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the date on which such Participant dies.
     (c) Six Months Delay in Payment : Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5.4 and Section 7.1(b), if a Participant who is entitled to payments under said applicable Section is a “specified employee,” as defined in § 1.409A-1(i) of the Final Regulations under Code Section 409A, and the Supplemental Benefit would otherwise be paid to the Participant (the “Original Payment Date”) before a date which is at least six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid on the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant, in which case payment shall be made to such Participant’s Beneficiary as soon as administratively possible, but in no event date later than ninety (90) days following the date on which such Participant dies), provided the six (6) months delay requirements of Code Section 409A otherwise apply to the payments under said applicable Section. The lump sum payments which are delayed as provided in this Section 5.4(c) shall accrue interest for the period from the Original Payment Date until the date such payment is actually made. Said interest shall be based upon the rate of interest used to determine the Interest Credits pursuant to Section 5.2 (c)(ii) as in effect for the Plan Year in which occurs the date of such Participant’s Separation from Service.
ARTICLE VI
Administration
      Section 6.1. Plan Administration : The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, establish a committee to carry out the day-to-day administration of the Plan and may delegate any portion of its authority and responsibilities as Plan Administrator to such committee.
      Section 6.2. Powers of Plan Administrator : The Plan Administrator shall have the discretionary power and authority to interpret and administer the Plan according to its terms, including the power to construe and interpret the Plan, to supply any omissions therein, to reconcile and correct any errors or inconsistencies, to decide any questions in the administration and application of the Plan, and to make equitable adjustments for any mistakes or errors in the

10


 

administration and application of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have such additional powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties and responsibilities hereunder.
      Section 6.3. Annual Statements : As soon as practicable after the end of each Plan Year, the Employer shall deliver to each Participant a statement containing the Participant’s Account Balance as of the end of such Plan Year, and the aggregate current value of the assets, if any, held in a trust or other funding arrangement for any Participant for whom assets are required to be held in trust.
ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous Provisions
      Section 7.1. Amendment or Termination of the Plan :
     (a) In General : Subject to the remaining provisions of this Section 7.1, the Board of Directors may by resolution, in its absolute discretion, from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate any or all of the provisions of the Plan; provided, however, that no amendment, suspension, or termination may apply so as to decrease the payment to any Participant or Beneficiary of any benefit under the Plan that he accrued prior to the effective date of such amendment, suspension, or termination, nor shall such amendment, suspension, or termination change the time and form of payment to be made under the provisions of the Plan as in effect before such amendment, suspension, or termination, except as otherwise permitted or required under Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations issued thereunder.
     (b) Termination of the Plan : If the Board of Directors terminates all or any portion of the Plan and such termination adversely affects a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit, such Participant shall be entitled to receive a Supplemental Benefit, whether or not such Participant has at least three (3) years of Covered Employment, whether or not such Participant’s Separation from Service is involuntary (other than a Separation from Service for Cause) or voluntary and, if voluntary, whether or not such Participant has attained age 55. The Supplemental Benefit payable to a Participant upon termination of the Plan shall be a lump sum payment equal to the Account Balance determined at the time of payment as provided in this Section 7.1(b). Except as otherwise provided in Section 5.4(c), the Supplemental Benefit determined under this Section 7.1(b) shall be paid as soon as administratively possible following a Participant’s Separation from Service, but in no event later than ninety (90) days following the date on which such Participant incurs a Separation from Service.

11


 

     (c) Amendments to Comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A : Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.1 or any of the terms and conditions of the Participation Agreement to the contrary, the Board of Directors reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to amend the Plan and/or any Participation Agreement in any manner it deems necessary or desirable in order to comply with or otherwise address issues resulting from Code Section 409A.
      Section 7.2. Nonguarantee of Employment or Participation : Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and any employee, as a right of any employee to be continued either in the employment of the Employer or as a Participant in the Plan, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer either to discharge any of its employees, with or without Cause, or to terminate any Participant’s participation in the Plan.
      Section 7.3. Nonalienation of Benefits : To the extent permitted by law, benefits payable under the Plan shall not, without the Plan Administrator’s consent, be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution, or levy of any kind, either voluntary or involuntary. Any unauthorized attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge, or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable hereunder shall be void. No part of the assets of the Employer shall be subject to seizure by legal process resulting from any attempt by creditors of or claimants against any Participant or Beneficiary or any person claiming under or through the foregoing to attach his interest under the Plan.
      Section 7.4. Liability : No director, officer, or employee of the Employer shall be liable for any act or action, whether of commission or omission, taken by any other director, officer, employee, or agent of the Employer under the terms of the Plan or, except in circumstances involving his bad faith, for anything done or omitted to be done by him under the terms of the Plan.

12


 

      Section 7.5. Participation Agreement : Each Participant shall enter into a Participation Agreement as a condition to his participation in the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the Plan and the Participation Agreement, the Plan shall control.
      Section 7.6. Successors to the Employer : Any successor to the Employer hereunder, which successor continues or acquires any of the business of the Employer, shall be bound by the terms of the Plan in the same manner and to the same extent as the Employer.
      Section 7.7. Tax Withholding : The Employer shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash or other form under the Plan any Federal, state, local or other taxes required by law to be withheld.
      Section 7.8. Code Section 409A : The Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of Code, it being the intent of the parties that the Plan shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, and as conclusive evidence of its adoption of this Account Balance Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the Employer has caused the Plan to be duly executed on this 25th day of October, 2010, to be effective as of the date set forth in Section 1.2 above.
         
  ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ KIM R. COCKLIN    
    Kim R. Cocklin   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   

13


 

         
EXHIBIT A
PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT
     THIS PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is entered into as of the ____day of _________, 20___ by and between ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Employer”), and _________________________(“Participant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
     WHEREAS, the Employer has adopted the Atmos Energy Corporation Account Balance Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), pursuant to which certain executive or management employees of the Employer may receive supplemental benefits; and
     WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 7.5 of the Plan, the Employer and Participant have agreed to execute and enter into this Agreement;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
     1.  Agreement . The Employer hereby agrees to provide to Participant the benefits described in the Plan, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, a copy of which has been provided to Participant and is incorporated by reference into this Agreement. Participant acknowledges he or she has received a copy of the Plan. In the event of a conflict between the Plan and the Participation Agreement, the Plan shall control.
     2.  Calculation of Supplemental Benefit . For purposes of all applicable provisions of the Plan, Covered Employment for the Participant commenced __________.
     3.  Delay in Payment of Supplemental Benefit For Certain Participants . If a Participant’s Supplemental Benefit is payable on or before a date which is at least six (6) months following the date of Participant’s Separation from Service, the Supplemental Benefit shall be paid to such Participant as provided for in the Plan on the date which is six (6) months following the date of Participant’s Separation from Service, provided such six (6) month delay is required by Code Section 409A.
     4.  Confidential Information .
     (a) Participant shall not disclose or use at any time, either during employment or thereafter, any Confidential Information (as defined below) of which Participant is or becomes aware, whether or not such information is developed by him, except to the extent that such disclosure or use is directly related to and required by Participant’s performance in good faith of duties assigned to Participant by the Employer. Participant will take all appropriate steps to safeguard Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. Participant shall deliver to the Employer at the

1


 

termination of employment or at any time the Employer may request all memoranda, notes, plans, records, reports, computer tapes and software and other documents and data (and copies thereof, including electronic copies) relating to the Confidential Information, work product or the business of the Employer or any of its Affiliates which he may then possess or have under his control.
     (b) As used in this Agreement, the term “Confidential Information” means information that is not generally known to the public and that is used, developed or obtained by the Employer in connection with its business, including but not limited to (i) information, observations and data obtained by Participant while employed by the Employer and its predecessors (including information, observations and data obtained prior to the date of this Agreement), concerning the business or affairs of the Employer, (ii) products or services, (iii) fees, costs and pricing structures, (iv) designs, (v) analyses, (vi) drawings, photographs and reports, (vii) computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings, (viii) flow charts, manuals and documentation, (ix) data bases, (x) accounting and business methods, (xi) inventions, devices, new developments, methods and processes, whether patentable or unpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, (xii) customers and clients and customer or client lists (including names of contact persons, purchasing patterns or preferences, past purchase and sale history and other information), (xiii) other copyrightable works, (xiv) all production methods, processes, technology and trade secrets, (xv) business strategies, acquisition plans and candidates, financial or other performance data and personnel lists and data, and (xvi) all similar and related information in whatever form. Confidential Information will not include any information that has been published in a form generally available to the public, or has become otherwise generally known by the public (in each case, through no fault of Participant) prior to the date Participant proposes to disclose or use such information. Participant shall not disclose Confidential Information unless it is required to be disclosed by law, regulation or an order of a court or other governmental entity. In the event that an action is initiated pursuant to which Participant may become legally compelled to disclose all or any portion of the Confidential Information, he shall provide the Employer with prompt notice thereof, so that the Employer may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy. In the event that such protective order or other remedy is not obtained, Participant shall furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information which is legally required and shall exercise his best efforts to obtain reliable assurances that confidential treatment will be afforded such portion of the Confidential Information. Confidential Information will not be deemed to have been published merely because individual portions of the information have been separately published, but only if all material features comprising such information have been published in combination.
     5.  No Guarantee of Employment or Participation . Nothing contained in this Agreement or the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and Participant, or as a right of Participant to be continued either in the employment of the

2


 

Employer or as a Participant in the Plan, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer either to discharge Participant with or without cause or to terminate the Participant’s participation in the Plan.
     6.  Capitalized Terms . Each capitalized term used in this Agreement that is not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning attributed to it in the Plan.
     7.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas to the extent not otherwise preempted by ERISA.
     8.  Code Section 409A : The Plan is intended to comply with Code Section 409A and the Plan shall be interpreted in a manner intended to comply with Code Section 409A.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Participation Agreement as of the date first written above.
         
PARTICIPANT:   ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION:
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       

3

Exhibit 10.12
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION EQUITY INCENTIVE
AND DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
AMENDED AND RESTATED AS OF JANUARY 1, 2010
     The Atmos Energy Corporation Equity Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2010 (the “Plan”) is an amendment and restatement of the Atmos Energy Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Outside Directors adopted by the Company on May 10, 1990, and subsequently amended and restated on August 12, 1998 and approved by the Board of Directors on February 10, 1999. This Plan document is designed to supersede the prior plan document and includes all terms and provisions of the Plan. The amendments to this amended and restated Plan were adopted by the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia corporation (hereinafter called the “Company”), on November 10, 2009.
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
     The Plan, as amended, allows each non-employee Director to defer receipt of his or her annual retainer fee, to invest his or her deferred fee in either a cash account or a stock account, and to receive an annual grant of share units to be credited to his or her stock account for each year the non-employee Director serves on the Company’s Board of Directors. The Plan, as amended, is intended to encourage qualified individuals to accept nominations as Directors of the Company and to strengthen the mutuality of interests between the non-employee Directors and the Company’s other shareholders.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
     The following are defined terms wherever they appear in the Plan:
     2.1 “Board of Directors” or “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy Corporation.
2.2 (a) “Change in Control” of the Company occurs upon a change in the Company’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (i) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in Section 2.2(b) below), other than (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s stock, acquires ownership of the Company’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total

 


 

voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Company through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, as discussed in paragraph (ii) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph (i); or
     (ii) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Company may not have undergone a change in ownership under paragraph (i) above, a change in the effective control of the Company occurs on either of the following dates:
     (A) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (ii)(A); or
     (B) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
     (iii) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Company, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.

2


 

     (b) For purposes of Section 2.2(a) above,
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Code Section 7701(a)(1). Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (ii) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (c) The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, it being the intent of the parties that this Section 2.2 shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     2.3 “Cash Account” means the Sub-Account under the Plan to which the Director may voluntarily elect to defer his or her Fee (as defined below) for payment at a specified future date, under the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     2.4 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with the published rulings, regulations, and interpretations duly promulgated thereunder.
     2.5 “Company” means Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia Corporation, and any successor entity.
     2.6 “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company, with no par value (stated value of $.005 per share), or such other security or right or instrument into which such Common Stock may be changed or converted in the future.
     2.7 “Director” means a member of the Board of Directors who is not employed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
     2.8 “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock, as of any specified date, is the mean of the highest and lowest prices per share on the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Tape on that date. However, if no trading in the Common Stock occurs on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the mean of the highest and lowest prices as reported on the most recent previous day for which sales were reported. In the event the Common Stock is traded on an exchange other than the New York Stock Exchange, the Board of Directors shall select a suitable substitute published stock quotation system, which system shall be in compliance with all relevant regulatory provisions.
     2.9 “Fee” means the annual retainer fee (paid in quarterly installments) earned by a Director for his or her service as a member of the Board of Directors during a Plan Year or portion thereof.
     2.10 “Plan” means the Atmos Energy Corporation Equity Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2010, as described herein and as amended from time to time.
     2.11 “Plan Benefits” means the benefits described in Articles 5 and 6 hereof.

3


 

     2.12 “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
     2.13 “Quarter” means the 3-month period beginning January 1, April 1, July 1 or October 1 of each Plan Year.
     2.14 “Share Unit” means a notional share that is a fictitious share whose value at any point in time is always equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock of the Company at such point in time.
     2.15 “Stock Account” means the Sub-Account under the Plan to which the Director may voluntarily elect to defer his or her Fee, and to which the periodic grants of Share Units are credited, for payment at a specified future date, under the terms and provisions of the Plan.
     2.16 “Sub-Account” means the Cash Account, the Stock Account, or both.
     2.17 “Termination of Service” means with respect to each Director a “separation from service” as a Director, as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Code Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto.
ARTICLE 3
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, and any action of the Board of Directors with respect to the Plan shall be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 7.8 hereof, the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be 150,000.
ARTICLE 4
GRANTS OF SHARE UNITS
     From and after the effective date of the Plan (as defined in Section 7.11), each Plan Year, the Board may grant to each Director such number of Share Units, if any, as the Board may determine. The grants will occur on the 30 th day following the Company’s Annual Meeting of Shareholders each Plan Year.
ARTICLE 5
SUB-ACCOUNT CREDITS AND INVESTMENTS
     5.1 Sub-Accounts . On or before the December 31 immediately preceding the start of the next Plan Year, each Director participating in the Plan shall designate the Sub-Account into which any Fee earned for such next succeeding Plan Year shall be credited for the Plan Year. The Director may elect to have the Fee credited to either Sub-Account in increments of ten percent (10%). Except as otherwise provided herein, the Fee allocated to a Sub-Account may not thereafter be allocated to the other Sub-Account.

4


 

     5.2 Cash Account . The amount of the Fee allocated as a credit to the Cash Account shall be converted to a cash balance as of the first business day of each Quarter to be credited with interest in the means set forth below.
     (a) The balance in the Cash Account prior to any additional allocations or credits of the Fee for such month, if any, shall be credited with interest equal to one-twelfth of the Annual Interest Rate.
     (b) The Annual Interest Rate for each applicable Plan Year will be equal to the sum of (i) 2.5 percent, plus (ii) the annual yield reported on a 10-year Treasury Bond for the first business day of January for each Plan Year, as reported in the Wall Street Journal.
     5.3 Stock Account . The amount of the Fee allocated as a credit to the Stock Account shall be converted to Share Units as described below. For the Quarter commencing January 1, 2010 and for each Quarter thereafter, any Fee payable for that Quarter shall be converted to a number of whole and, if applicable, fractional Share Units on the first business day of that Quarter. Share Units shall be credited with dividend equivalents as and when dividends are declared on shares of Common Stock. Such dividend equivalent credits shall be converted to whole and, if applicable, fractional Share Units on the last business day of the month in which such dividends are paid.
ARTICLE 6
PLAN BENEFITS
     6.1 Form . Plan Benefits of a Director shall be comprised of two forms. Plan Benefits paid from the Cash Account shall be paid in the form of cash. Plan Benefits paid from the Stock Account shall be paid in the form of shares of Common Stock equal in number to whole Share Units in the Director’s Stock Account. Any fractional Share Unit shall be rounded up to a whole Share Unit prior to distribution.
     6.2 Distribution .
     (a) From and after August 7, 2007, and except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2(b), a Director’s Plan Benefits payable from either the Cash Account or the Stock Account, shall be distributed in a single lump sum at the time of the Director’s Termination of Service.
(b) (i) Each Director who has not incurred a Termination of Service as of August 7, 2007 shall be given an election to change his or her form of distribution of Plan Benefits from the form previously elected to either (i) a lump sum payment made within 10 business days following the date of the Director’s Termination of Service, or (ii) in up to five (5) equal annual installments beginning within 10 business days following the date of the Director’s Termination of Service and on each anniversary of said date of Termination of Service, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing election, (A) if a Director who previously had elected to receive his or her benefits in the form of installment payments has made the election provided for in this Section 6.2(b)(i) to receive a lump sum payment, and that Director becomes entitled to receive a lump sum payment in 2007, such lump sum cannot be paid prior to January 1, 2008, and such Director shall receive the installment payments previously elected until January 1, 2008, at which time a lump sum payment of the present value of the remaining installments shall be made to such Director on or prior to January 15, 2008; and (B) if a Director who

5


 

previously had elected to receive his or her benefits in the form of a lump sum payment has made the election provided for in this Section 6.2(b)(i) to receive his or her Plan Benefits in installment payments, and that Director becomes entitled to receive payment of his or her Plan Benefits in 2007, such Director shall receive a lump sum payment of his or her Plan Benefits in 2007 instead of the installment payments so elected. The foregoing special election being provided for 2007 is intended to comply with the transition relief set forth in IRS Notice 2006-79, and shall be interpreted so as to be consistent and in conformity with the requirements of said transition relief.
     (ii) Any election pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i) may be changed at any time on and after January 1, 2008 and prior to December 31, 2008; provided, however, (A) if a Director who previously had elected to receive his or her benefits in the form of installment payments pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i) has made the election provided for in this Section 6.2(b)(ii) to receive a lump sum payment, and that Director becomes entitled to receive a lump sum payment in 2008, such lump sum cannot be paid prior to January 1, 2009, and such Director shall receive the installment payments previously elected until January 1, 2009, at which time a lump sum payment of the present value of the remaining installments shall be made to such Director on or prior to January 15, 2009; and (B) if a Director who previously had elected to receive his or her benefits in the form of a lump sum payment pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i) has made the election provided for in this Section 6.2(b)(ii) to receive his or her Plan Benefits in installment payments, and that Director becomes entitled to receive payment of his or her Plan Benefits in 2008, such Director shall receive a lump sum payment of his or her Plan Benefits in 2008 instead of the installment payments so elected. The foregoing special election being provided for 2008 is intended to comply with the transition relief set forth in IRS Notice 2007-86, and shall be interpreted so as to be consistent and in conformity with the requirements of said transition relief.
          (c) In the case of the death of a Director, the Director’s Plan Benefits shall be distributed, within a reasonable time as determined by the Company, after the Director’s death to the Director’s beneficiary or beneficiaries, as specified by the Director on a form furnished by and filed with the Corporate Secretary of the Company. If no beneficiary has been designated by the Director or if no designated beneficiary survives the Director, the undistributed balance of his or her Plan Benefit shall be distributed to the Director’s surviving spouse as beneficiary if such spouse is still living or, his or her children, if any, per stripes as beneficiary, or, if none, to the Director’s estate as beneficiary. Any such Plan Benefits shall be payable in the form elected by the Director, if an election was permitted as provided in Section 6.2(b).
ARTICLE 7
GENERAL PROVISIONS AND TERMS
     7.1 Change in Control . In the event of an occurrence of a Change in Control as defined herein, the Company or its successor organization shall be required to fully fund the Cash Account and Stock Account Plan Benefits through a grantor trust arrangement established by the Company for the express purpose of the Plan. Such financing of the grantor trust shall occur within 20 business days following the date of the Change in Control and within 10 business days following any subsequent increase in the value of the Cash Account or Stock Account.
     7.2 Nontransferability . Except as provided in Article 6.2(c) above, no payment of any Plan Benefit of a Director shall be anticipated, assigned, attached, garnished, optioned, transferred or made

6


 

subject to any creditor’s process, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law. Any act in violation of this subsection shall be void.
     7.3 Compliance with Legal and Trading Requirements . The Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, federal and state laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required. No provision of the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to obligate the Company to register any shares of Common Stock under federal or state securities laws. The transfer by a Director of shares of Common Stock distributed pursuant to the Plan will be subject to such restrictions as the Company deems necessary or desirable in connection with federal or state securities laws, and Common Stock certificates will bear a legend setting forth any such restriction.
     7.4 Taxes . The Company is authorized to withhold from any payment made under this Plan any amount of withholding and other taxes due in connection therewith, and to take such other action as the Company may deem advisable to enable the Company and a Director to satisfy obligations for the payment of any withholding taxes and other tax obligations relating thereto.
     7.5 Amendment or Termination . The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue, or terminate the Plan without the consent of shareholders of the Company or individual Directors; provided, however, that, (i) without the consent of an affected Director, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan may materially impair the rights or, in any other manner, materially and adversely affect the rights of such Director hereunder to the Plan Benefits then credited to his or her Sub-Accounts, and (ii) no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation, or termination of the Plan shall change the time or form of payment hereunder, unless such change is otherwise in compliance with the requirements of Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.
     7.6 Unfunded Status of Awards . This Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan of deferred compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Director, nothing contained in the Plan shall give any such Director any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company; provided, however, subject to Article 7.1 hereof, that the Company may authorize the creation of trusts or make other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations under the Plan to deliver cash or other property, which trusts or other arrangements shall be consistent with the “unfunded” status of the Plan unless the Company otherwise determines with the consent of each affected Director.
     7.7 Nonexclusivity of the Plan . The adoption of the Plan by the Board shall not be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensation arrangements and other awards otherwise than under the Plan as it may deem desirable, and such arrangements and other awards may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.
     7.8 Adjustments . In the event that subsequent to the effective date of the Plan any dividend in shares of Common Stock, recapitalization, Common Stock split, reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange, or other such change, affects the shares of Common Stock such that they are increased or decreased or changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of Common Stock, other securities of the Company or of another corporation or other consideration, then in order to maintain the proportionate interest of the Directors and preserve the value of the Directors’ Share Units and to maintain the value of the Plan there shall automatically be substituted (i) for each Share Unit a new Share Unit and (ii) for the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in Section 3 above a number of shares of Common Stock or other consideration, in the case of (i) and (ii) above, representing the number and kind of shares of Common Stock, other securities or other consideration into which each outstanding share of Common Stock shall be changed or for which each

7


 

share of Common Stock shall be exchanged. The substituted units shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the original Share Units.
     7.9 No Right to Remain on the Board . Neither the Plan nor the crediting of Share Units under the Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain a Director of the Company or create any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the shareholders of the Company.
     7.10 Governing Law . The validity, construction, and effect of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of Texas without giving effect to principles of conflict of laws.
     7.11 Effective Date . The Plan shall become effective upon approval of this Plan by the shareholders of the Company. The Effective Date for purposes of the most recent amendments to the Plan is January 1, 2010.
     7.12 Titles and Headings . The titles and heading of those Articles in the Plan are for convenience of reference only. In the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.
     7.13 Indemnification . No member of the Board, nor any officer or Employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Board, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board and each and any officer or Employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination, or interpretation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent it is determined that the indemnification provided herein constitutes a deferral of compensation for purposes of Code Section 409A, then (i) the amount provided as indemnification during a calendar year shall not affect the amount eligible for indemnification in any other calendar year, and (ii) payment of indemnification amounts shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which such amounts subject to indemnification were incurred.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed this 13 th day of January, 2010 by its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to prior action taken by the Board.
         
  ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ ROBERT W. BEST    
    Robert W. Best   
    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  Attest:
 
 
  /s/ DWALA KUHN    
  Corporate Secretary   
     

8

         
EXHIBIT 10.13
Atmos Energy Corporation
Outside Directors Stock-for-Fee Plan
Amended and Restated as of October 1, 2009

 


 

I.   Plan Purpose
 
    Section 1.1 . Atmos Energy Corporation (“Atmos” or the “Company”) hereby amends and restates the previously-established Atmos Energy Corporation Outside Directors Stock-for-Fee Plan (the “Plan”), which provides the non-employee directors of Atmos the option to receive all or part of their Fee (as defined below) in Atmos common stock. The purpose of this Plan is to increase the proprietary interest of the Outside Directors in the Company’s long-term prospects and the strategic growth of its business.
 
II.   Definitions
 
    Section 2.1 . “Board” or “Board of Directors” shall mean the Board of Directors of Atmos Energy Corporation.
 
    Section 2.2 . “Common Stock” means the Company’s no par value common stock.
 
    Section 2.3 . “Election” means an Outside Director’s delivery of written notice of election to the Corporate Secretary of the Company electing to receive his or her Fee or a portion thereof in the form of Common Stock.
 
    Section 2.4 . “Fair Market Value” means, as of any specified date, the mean of the highest and lowest prices of a share of Common Stock of the Company as reported by the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Tape on that date. However, if no trading in the Common Stock occurs on the New York Stock Exchange on that date, the “Fair Market Value” shall mean the mean of the highest and lowest prices as reported on the most recent previous day for which sales were reported. In the event the Common Stock is traded on an exchange other than the New York Stock Exchange, the Board of Directors shall select a suitable substitute published stock quotation system, which system shall be in compliance with all relevant regulatory provisions.
 
    Section 2.5 . “Fee” means the annual retainer fee (paid in quarterly installments) earned by an Outside Director for his or her service as a member of the Atmos Board of Directors during a Fiscal Year or portion thereof.
 
    Section 2.6 . “Fiscal Year” means the 12-month period beginning October 1 st of any year and ending September 30 th of the next year.
 
    Section 2.7 . “Outside Director” means a member of the Company’s Board of Directors who is not an employee of the Company.
 
    Section 2.8 . “Quarter” means the 3-month period beginning October 1, January 1, April 1, or July 1 of each Fiscal Year.
 
III.   Shares Authorized for Issuance

2


 

    Section 3.1 . A maximum of 50,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued under the Plan. The Common Stock issued under the Plan may, at the option of the Board of Directors, be either original issue by the Company or purchased on the open market. In the event of any change in the number of shares outstanding of Common Stock by reason of a stock split, stock dividend, merger, consolidation, reorganization, or other similar change in capitalization, the number or kind of shares that may be issued under the Plan shall be automatically adjusted so that the proportionate interest of the shares issuable under the Plan is maintained as before the occurrence of such event.
IV.   Administration
 
    Section 4.1 . Each Outside Director may elect to receive all or a portion (in 10% increments) of his or her Fee in shares of Common Stock by executing and delivering an Election to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at least two weeks prior to the beginning of the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year in order to be effective for the Fee earned in such succeeding Fiscal Year. Each Outside Director must execute the election form previously approved by the Secretary in order for such Election to be effective. The election form is deemed delivered when received by the Corporate Secretary.
 
    Section 4.2 . An Outside Director making an Election may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who will receive any shares of Common Stock owed to such Outside Director hereunder in the event of the Outside Director’s death.
 
    Section 4.3. Each Outside Director may elect to revoke or modify his or her Election that is then currently in effect by executing and delivering a written revocation/modification form, which must be delivered to the Corporate Secretary of the Company at least two weeks prior to the beginning of the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year in order to be effective for the Fee earned in such succeeding Fiscal Year. Each Outside Director must execute the revocation/modification form previously approved by the Corporate Secretary in order for such revocation/modification to be effective. This form is deemed delivered when received by the Corporate Secretary. Each Outside Director may make changes in the designation of a beneficiary at any time.
 
    Section 4.4 . For the Quarter commencing October 1, 2009, an Election shall result in the deferral of the Common Stock portion of the payment of the Fee earned in such Quarter for which the Election is effective until the end of such Quarter. Shares of Common Stock shall be issued to the Outside Director for such Quarter as soon as possible following the last business day of such Quarter. For the Quarter commencing January 1, 2010 and each Quarter thereafter, an Election shall result in the payment of the Common Stock portion of the payment of the Fee earned in each Quarter for which the Election is effective as soon as possible following the first business day of such Quarter. The number of shares of Common Stock issued in accordance with an Election shall be equal to the amount of the Fee that would have been paid to the Outside Director during a Quarter divided by the Fair Market Value (i) for the Quarter commencing October 1, 2009, on the last business day of such Quarter, and (ii) for the Quarter commencing January 1, 2010 and each Quarter thereafter, on the first business day of such Quarter. Only whole numbers of shares of Common Stock shall be issued; fractional shares shall be paid in cash. If the Election is for only a portion of the Fee,

3


 

    the remaining portion of the Fee to be paid in cash shall be paid at the time the cash payment would normally be paid by the Company to the Outside Director.
    Section 4.5 . The Board of Directors shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors, by majority action of its members, is authorized to interpret the Plan, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, provide for conditions and assurances deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, but only to the extent not contrary to the express provisions of the Plan. No member of the Board of Directors shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith. The determinations, interpretations, and other actions of the Board of Directors pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes and on all persons.
V.   Effective Date
 
    Section 5.1 . The Plan, as originally drafted, was approved and adopted by a vote of the shareholders of the Company on February 8, 1995 and became effective immediately upon such approval. This amended and restated Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and became effective as of October 1, 2009.
 
VI.   Amendment and Termination
 
    Section 6.1 . The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time terminate, and from time to time may amend or modify the Plan, provided, however, that no amendment or modification may become effective without approval by the shareholders of the Company if shareholder approval is required to enable the Plan to satisfy any applicable statutory or regulatory requirements or if the Board of Directors, on advice of counsel, determines that shareholder approval is otherwise necessary or advisable.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed this 13 th day of January, 2010, by its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to prior action taken by the Board.
         
  ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ ROBERT W. BEST    
    Robert W. Best   
    Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
  Attest:
 
 
  /s/ DWALA KUHN    
  Corporate Secretary   
     
 

4

EXHIBIT 10.14(e)
AWARD AGREEMENT OF TIME-LAPSE
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
UNDER THE ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     This Award Agreement of Time-Lapse Restricted Stock Units is dated as of                      , 20___, by and between Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Company”), and [name of employee] (“Grantee”), pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms that are used, but not defined, in this agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     Pursuant to authorization by the Human Resources Committee of the Board (the “Committee”), which has been designated by the Board to administer the Plan, the parties agree as follows.
1. Description of Units .
     The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a total of [number] time-lapse restricted stock units (“Units”) under the Plan, for no consideration from the Grantee, with the restrictions set forth below. Each such Unit shall be a notional share of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), with the value of each Unit being equal to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock at any time. No physical certificates representing the number of Units awarded shall be issued to the Grantee, but an account shall be established and maintained for the Grantee, in which each grant of Units to the Grantee shall be recorded. During the time of the restriction period provided for in Section 2 below, the Grantee shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Units, except with respect to the payment of cash dividend equivalents during such period, as provided for in Section 6 below.
2. Restrictions on Alienation of Units .
     Units awarded hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated in any manner, whether voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise, until the restrictions on the Units are removed and the Units are delivered to the Grantee in the form of shares of Common Stock in the manner described below in Section 8.
3. Vesting of Units .
     If the Grantee has attained the age of 55 and completed three (3) consecutive years of service with the Company (referred to as “Retirement Eligible”) on the date of the grant of the Units, he or she shall be vested in the Units on the later of June 1 of the year in which the grant is made or the date of the grant. If the Grantee becomes Retirement Eligible after the date of grant and prior to the date for distribution of shares of Common Stock represented by the Units, the Grantee shall be vested in the Units at the later of June 1 of the year in which he or she becomes Retirement Eligible or the actual date during such year that he or she becomes Retirement Eligible. However, the Grantee shall not be entitled to the removal of the restrictions on such Units provided for in Section 2 above or to a distribution of shares of Common Stock represented by the number of Units until the time provided for in Section 8 below. In addition, the Grantee’s portion of applicable payroll (FICA) taxes shall be withheld from the first scheduled bi-weekly paycheck in December of the year in which such vesting occurs. The amount of payroll taxes due shall be based on the fair market value of the shares

 


 

of Common Stock represented by the number of Units as of the last business day of the pay period to which the first scheduled payroll check in December applies.
4. Forfeiture of Units .
     If the Grantee is not otherwise vested as provided in Section 3 above, all Units granted shall be forfeited if the Grantee has a voluntary or involuntary Termination of Service for any reason other than as described below in Section 5. Each Grantee, by his or her acceptance of the Units, agrees to execute any documents requested by the Company in connection with such forfeiture. Such provisions with respect to forfeited Units shall be specifically performable by the Company in a court of equity or law. Upon any forfeiture, all rights of the Grantee with respect to the forfeited Units shall cease and terminate, without any further obligation on the part of the Company.
5. Removal of Restrictions .
  (a)   Death, Disability, Certain Involuntary Terminations and Terminations following a Change in Control .
     At the time and on the date of the Grantee’s death, Termination of Service due to Total and Permanent Disability, involuntary Termination of Service due to a general reduction in force or specific elimination of the Grantee’s job, or Termination of Service for any reason following a Change in Control, while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, all Units shall be vested and all other restrictions placed on the Units shall be removed. The Grantee, or his or her legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs shall then be entitled to a distribution, as provided in Section 8 below, of shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Units set forth in Section 1 above.
  (b)   Retirement .
     At the time and on the date of the Grantee’s Retirement on or after becoming Retirement Eligible, no distribution on Units shall occur and the restrictions provided for in Section 2 above shall remain in place until such time as the Grantee, or his or her legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs shall be entitled to a distribution, as provided in Section 8 below, of shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Units set forth in Section 1 above.
6. Payment of Cash Dividend Equivalents .
      Cash dividend equivalents shall be paid on the Units to the Grantee through the Company payroll system in an amount equal to the cash dividends actually paid each calendar quarter on the Company’s issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Such cash dividend equivalents shall be paid at the end of the payroll period in which such cash dividends are actually paid to the Company’s shareholders. However, the payment of cash dividend equivalents shall not be considered to be “eligible compensation,” as such term is defined under either the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan or Pension Account Plan.
7. Adjustment Upon Changes in Stock .
     If there shall be any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding

2


 

resulting from subdivision, combination, or reclassification of shares, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, an appropriate adjustment in the number of Units with respect to which restrictions have not lapsed shall be made by the Committee. Depending upon the change in corporate structure, the Committee shall issue additional Units or substitute Units to the Grantee for his or her account, which shall have the same restrictions, terms and conditions as the original Units.
8. Distribution of Common Stock or Cash .
     As soon as administratively possible, as determined solely by the Company, following the earlier of the date of the occurrence of a termination event described in Section 5(a) above or the date which is three (3) years from the date of grant of the Units (such date being referred to as the “Distribution Date”), but in no event later than 90 days following the Distribution Date, the Grantee shall receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Units set forth in Section 1 above, provided the Grantee has been an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary with continuous service from the date of grant to the Distribution Date, except in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Service or Retirement as discussed above in Section 5. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in the case of a distribution of shares on account of any Termination of Service as provided for above in Section 5, other than death, a distribution on behalf of the Grantee, if the Grantee is a “specified employee” as defined in §1.409A-1(i) of the Final Regulations under Code Section 409A, shall not occur until the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Grantee’s Termination of Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Grantee). From and after the date of receipt of such shares, the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs, as the case may be, shall have full rights of transfer or resale with respect to such stock subject to applicable state and federal regulations. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Award Agreement to the contrary, in lieu of a distribution of shares of Common Stock, the Company shall have the option to settle the payment of some or all of the Units in an economically equivalent amount of cash.
9. Withholding Requirements .
     Upon the removal or lapse of the restrictions on the Units, the number of shares of Common Stock to be distributed by the Company to the Grantee, which are equal to the number of Units set forth in Section 1 above, or an economically equivalent amount of cash, as discussed in Section 8 above, shall be subject to applicable withholding requirements for income and employment taxes (unless withheld earlier at the time of vesting, as described in Section 3 above) arising from the removal or lapse of the restrictions on the Units.
10. Modification .
      This Agreement may be changed or modified without the Grantee’s consent or signature, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is

3


 

necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, or otherwise to comply with any law.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Grantee have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
                     
GRANTEE:           ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
                   
Signature:
          By:        
 
 
 
         
 
Kim R. Cocklin
   
Printed Name:
              President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
 
 
               

4

EXHIBIT 10.14(f)
AWARD AGREEMENT OF PERFORMANCE-BASED
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS
UNDER THE ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
1998 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
     This Award Agreement of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units is dated as of May 4, 2010, by and between Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia corporation (the “Company”), and [name of employee] (“Grantee”), pursuant to the Company’s 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms that are used, but not defined, in this agreement shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
     Pursuant to authorization by the Human Resources Committee of the Board (the “Committee”), which has been designated by the Board to administer the Plan, the parties agree as follows.
1. Description of Units .
     The Company hereby grants to the Grantee a total of [number] performance-based restricted stock units (“Units”) under the Plan, for no consideration from the Grantee, with the restrictions set forth below. Each such Unit shall be a notional share of common stock of the Company (“Common Stock”), with the value of each Unit being equal to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock at any time. No physical certificates representing the number of Units awarded shall be issued to the Grantee, but an account shall be established and maintained for the Grantee, in which each grant of Units to the Grantee shall be recorded, with the final number of Units as determined in accordance with Section 3 or Section 5 below. During such time, the Grantee shall not have any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company with respect to the Units, except for the crediting of dividend equivalents as provided for below in Section 6.
2. Restrictions on Alienation of Units .
     Units awarded hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated in any manner, whether voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise, until the restrictions on the Units are removed and the Units are delivered to the Grantee in the form of shares of Common Stock in the manner described below in Section 8.
3. Number of Units Awarded .
     Except as provided in Section 5(a) below, the number of Units ultimately to be awarded to the Grantee upon vesting is contingent upon the cumulative amount of earnings per share achieved by the Company for the three year measurement cycle, Fiscal Years 2010 through 2012 (October 1, 2009 through September 30, 2012). The percentage of Units earned for each level of the cumulative amount of earnings per share is illustrated in the performance schedule below. In addition, should the performance levels achieved be between the stated criteria below, straight-line interpolation shall be used. For example, should the cumulative amount of earnings per share for the three-year period be $7.06, the percentage of Units earned would be 125% of the number of Units originally granted.

 


 

Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
Performance Schedule for Grant of Performance Period FY 2010-2012
             
        Restricted Stock Units
Performance Level   Cumulative 3-Yr. EPS   Earned
 
Below Threshold
  Less than $____     0 %
Threshold
                 $____     50 %
Target
                 $____     100 %
Maximum
                 $____     150 %
4. Forfeiture of Units .
     All Units granted shall be forfeited if, prior to the removal of restrictions on the Units awarded hereunder as provided below in Section 8, the Grantee has a voluntary or involuntary Termination of Service for any reason other than as described below in Section 5. Each Grantee, by his or her acceptance of the Units, agrees to execute any documents requested by the Company in connection with such forfeiture. Such provisions with respect to forfeited Units shall be specifically performable by the Company in a court of equity or law. Upon any forfeiture, all rights of the Grantee with respect to the forfeited Units shall cease and terminate, without any further obligation on the part of the Company.
5. Removal of Restrictions .
  (a)   Death, Disability, Certain Involuntary Terminations and Terminations following a Change in Control .
     At the time and on the date of the Grantee’s death, Termination of Service due to Total and Permanent Disability, involuntary Termination of Service due to a general reduction in force or specific elimination of the Grantee’s job, or Termination of Service for any reason following a Change in Control, while employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, all restrictions placed on each Unit awarded shall be removed, and the measurement cycle for purposes of Section 6 and Section 8 below shall be deemed to have ended. The prorated number of Units awarded shall be determined by multiplying the percentage of Units awarded at the “Target” performance level discussed above in Section 3, by the ratio of actual months of service to 36 months of the original measurement cycle, with the resulting product being increased, if appropriate, as provided below in Section 6. The Grantee, or his or her legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs shall be entitled to a distribution, as provided in Section 8 below, of shares of Common Stock equal in number to such prorated number of Units.

2


 

  (b)   Retirement .
     At the time and on the date of the Grantee’s Retirement on or after attaining the age of 55 and completing at least three (3) consecutive years of service with the Company at the time of such Retirement, the restrictions placed on the Units under Section 2 above shall not be removed and the percentage of Units earned shall not be determined until the end of the measurement cycle. The number of Units awarded shall be determined by multiplying the ratio of actual months of service to 36 months of the original measurement cycle by the percentage of Units earned, based on the actual performance achieved over the original measurement cycle, as discussed above in Section 3, with the resulting product being increased, if appropriate, as provided below in Section 6. The Grantee, or his or her legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs shall be entitled to a distribution, as provided in Section 8 below, of shares of Common Stock equal in number to such prorated number of Units.
6. Credit of Dividend Equivalents .
     Upon the settlement of the Units as described above in Section 5 or below in Section 8, the Grantee’s account shall be credited with a number of Units which are based on the amount of dividends that are declared and paid on shares of Common Stock during each fiscal quarter of the measurement cycle, determined in accordance with Section 3 or Section 5 above (“dividend equivalents”). The number of Units upon which dividend equivalents shall be credited for the benefit of the Grantee is the total number of Units finally determined to have been earned by the Grantee at the end of the measurement cycle in accordance with Section 3 or Section 5 above, as appropriate. The total amount of each quarterly dividend equivalent shall be converted to the number of Units attributable to that quarterly dividend equivalent, by dividing such dividend equivalent amount by the price of the Common Stock on the last trading day of the month during each quarter that such dividends are paid during the appropriate measurement cycle.
7. Adjustment Upon Changes in Stock .
     If there shall be any change in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding resulting from subdivision, combination, or reclassification of shares, or through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split or other change in the corporate structure, an appropriate adjustment in the number of Units with respect to which restrictions have not lapsed shall be made by the Committee. Depending upon the change in corporate structure, the Committee shall issue additional Units or substitute Units to the Grantee for his or her account, which shall have the same restrictions, terms and conditions as the original Units.
8. Distribution of Common Stock or Cash .
     The Grantee shall receive a distribution of whole shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Units finally determined to be earned as set forth in Section 3 or Section 5(a) above, as the case may be, increased, if appropriate, as provided in Section 6 above, provided the Grantee has been an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary with continuous service during the entire term of the measurement cycle, except in the event of the Grantee’s Termination of Service or Retirement as discussed above in Section 5. Distribution of shares of Common Stock shall occur as soon as administratively possible, as determined solely

3


 

by the Company, following the last trading day of the quarter in which the measurement cycle ends as provided for in either Section 3 or Section 5(a) above, as the case may be (such day being referred to as the “Distribution Date”), but in no event later than 90 days following the Distribution Date. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in the case of a distribution of shares on account of any Termination of Service as provided for in Section 5, other than death, a distribution on behalf of the Grantee, if the Grantee is a “specified employee” as defined in §1.409A-1(i) of the Final Regulations under Code Section 409A, shall not occur until the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Grantee’s Termination of Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Grantee). From and after the date of receipt of shares of Common Stock, the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representatives, beneficiaries or heirs, as the case may be, shall have full rights of transfer or resale with respect to such shares subject to applicable state and federal regulations. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Award Agreement to the contrary, in lieu of a distribution of shares of Common Stock, the Company shall have the option to settle the payment of some or all of the Units in an economically equivalent amount of cash.
9. Withholding Requirements .
     Upon the removal or lapse of the restrictions on the Units, the number of shares of Common Stock to be distributed by the Company to the Grantee, which are equal to the number of Units finally determined to be earned by the Grantee as set forth in Sections 3 or Section 5(a) and Section 6 above, or an economically equivalent amount of cash, a discussed in Section 8 above, shall be subject to applicable withholding requirements for income and employment taxes arising from the removal or lapse of the restrictions on the Units.
10. Modification .
      This Agreement may be changed or modified without the Grantee’s consent or signature, if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, or otherwise to comply with any law.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company and the Grantee have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
                     
GRANTEE:           ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
                   
Signature:
          By:        
 
 
 
         
 
Robert W. Best
   
Printed Name:
              Chairman and Chief Executive Officer    
 
 
 
               

4

EXHIBIT 10.15
ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN FOR MANAGEMENT
(as amended and restated October 1, 2009)
ARTICLE 1
PURPOSE
     The Plan is intended to provide the Company a means by which it can engender and sustain a sense of personal commitment on the part of its executives and senior managers in the continued growth, development, and financial success of the Company and encourage them to remain with and devote their best efforts to the business of the Company, thereby advancing the interests of the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Company may award to executives and senior managers annual incentive compensation on the terms and conditions established herein.
ARTICLE 2
DEFINITIONS
     For the purposes of the Plan, unless the context requires otherwise, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
     2.1 “Award” means the compensation payable under this Plan to a Participant by the Committee pursuant to such terms, conditions, restrictions, and limitations established by the Committee and Plan.
     2.2 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
     2.3 “Bonus Stock” or “Bonus Shares” means shares of Common Stock of the Company awarded to a Participant as permitted and pursuant to the terms of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
     2.4 (a) “Change in Control” of the Company occurs upon a change in the Company’s ownership, its effective control or the ownership of a substantial portion of its assets, as follows:
     (i) Change in Ownership . A change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date that any “Person” (as defined in Section 2.4(b)(i) below), other than (1) the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (3) an underwriter temporarily holding stock pursuant to an offering of such stock, or (4) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company’s stock, acquires ownership of the Company’s stock that, together with stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person is considered to own already more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional stock by

 


 

the same Person is not considered to be a Change of Control. In addition, if any Person has effective control of the Company through ownership of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, as discussed in paragraph (ii) below, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph (i); or
          (ii) Change in Effective Control . Even though the Company may not have undergone a change in ownership under paragraph (i) above, a change in the effective control of the Company occurs on either of the following dates:
               (A) the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) ownership of the Company’s stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock. However, if any Person owns 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company’s stock, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person is not considered to cause a Change in Control pursuant to this subparagraph (ii)(A); or
               (B) the date during any 12-month period when a majority of members of the Board is replaced by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the Board before the date of the appointment or election; provided, however, that any such director shall not be considered to be endorsed by the Board if his or her initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
          (iii) Change in Ownership of Substantial Portion of Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that a Person acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets of the Company, that have a total gross fair market value equal to at least 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions. However, there is no Change in Control when there is such a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the shareholders of the Company immediately after the transfer, through a transfer to (A) a shareholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock; (B) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company; (C) a Person that owns directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock; or (D) an entity, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the stock of which is

2


 

owned by a Person that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 50% of the total value or voting power of the Company’s outstanding stock.
     (b) For purposes of subparagraph (a) above:
     (i) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code. Person shall include more than one Person acting as a group as defined by the Final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A of the Code.
     (ii) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
     (c) The provisions of this Section 2.4 shall be interpreted in accordance with the requirements of the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code, it being the intent of the parties that this Section 2.4 shall be in compliance with the requirements of said Code Section and said Regulations.
     2.5 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, together with the published rulings, regulations, and interpretations duly promulgated thereunder.
     2.6 “Committee” means the committee appointed or designated by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article 3 of this Plan.
     2.7 “Common Stock” or “Common Shares” means the Common Stock of the Company, with no par value (stated value of $.005 per share), or such other security or right or instrument into which such common stock may be changed or converted in the future.
     2.8 “Company” means Atmos Energy Corporation, a Texas and Virginia corporation, and any successor entity.
     2.9 “Covered Participant” means a Participant who is a “covered employee” as defined in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, or who the Committee believes will be such a covered employee for a Performance Period, and who the Committee believes may have remuneration in excess of $1,000,000 for the Performance Period, as provided in Section 162(m) of the Code.
     2.10 “Date of Conversion” means the date on which the Committee determines and approves Awards; this is also the effective Date of Conversion for Restricted Stock Units.
     2.11 “Employee” means common law employee (as defined in accordance with the Regulations and Revenue Rulings then applicable under Section 3401(c) of the Code) of the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company.
     2.12 “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock is the mean of the highest and lowest prices per share on the New York Stock Exchange Consolidated Tape, or such reporting service as the Board may select, on the appropriate date, or in the absence of reported sales on such day, the most recent previous day for which sales were reported.

3


 

     2.13 “Long-Term Incentive Plan” is the Atmos Energy Corporation 1998 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.
     2.14 “Participant” means an Employee who is selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan.
     2.15 “Performance Criteria” or “Performance Goals” or “Performance Measures” mean the objectives established by the Committee for the Performance Period pursuant to Article V hereof, for the purpose of determining Awards under the Plan.
     2.16 “Performance Period” means the consecutive 12 month period that constitutes the Company’s fiscal year.
     2.17 “Plan” means the Atmos Energy Corporation Annual Incentive Plan for Management, dated effective October 1, 1998, as amended from time to time.
     2.18 “Restricted Stock Unit” means a fixed or variable dollar denominated right to acquire shares of Common Stock of the Company, which may or may not be subject to restrictions, contingently granted to a Participant as permitted and pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
     2.19 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
     2.20 “Section 162(m)” means Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
     2.21 “Subsidiary” means (i) any corporation in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing a majority of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain, (ii) any limited partnership, if the Company or any corporation described in item (i) above owns a majority of the general partnership interest and a majority of the limited partnership interests entitled to vote on the removal and replacement of the general partner, and (iii) any partnership or limited liability company, if the partners or members thereof are composed only of the Company, any corporation listed in item (i) above or any limited partnership listed in item (ii) above. “Subsidiaries” means more than one of any such corporations, limited partnerships, partnerships or limited liability companies.
     2.22 “Termination of Service” occurs when a Participant who is an Employee or Non-employee Director has a “separation from service” as defined in Section 1.409A-1(h) of the Final Treasury Regulations under Section 409A, or any successor provision thereto, for any reason.
ARTICLE 3
ADMINISTRATION
     The Plan shall be administered by the Human Resources Committee of the Board unless otherwise determined by the Board. If said Human Resources Committee does not so serve, the Committee shall consist of not fewer than two persons; any member of the Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution of the Board; and any vacancy occurring in the membership of the Committee may be filled by appointment by the Board.

4


 

     All actions to be taken by the Committee under this Plan, insofar as such actions affect compliance with Section 162(m), shall be limited to those members of the Board who are Non-employee Directors and who are “outside directors” under Section 162(m). The Committee shall select one of its members to act as its Chairman. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the act of a majority of the members of the Committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Committee.
     The Committee shall determine and designate from time to time the eligible persons to whom Awards will be made. The Committee, in its discretion, shall (i) interpret the Plan, (ii) prescribe, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations necessary or appropriate for the administration of the Plan, and (iii) make such other determinations and take such other action as it deems necessary or advisable in the administration of the Plan. Any interpretation, determination, or other action made or taken by the Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all interested parties.
     With respect to restrictions in the Plan that are based on the requirements of Section 162(m), Section 409A, or any other applicable law, rule or restriction (collectively, “applicable law”), to the extent that any such restrictions are no longer required by applicable law, the Committee shall have the sole discretion and authority to make Awards hereunder that are no longer subject to such restrictions.
ARTICLE 4
ELIGIBILITY
     Any Employee (including an Employee who is also a director or an officer) is eligible to participate in the Plan. The Committee, upon its own action, may make, but shall not be required to make, an Award to any Employee. Awards may be made by the Committee at any time and from time to time to new Participants, or to then Participants, or to a greater or lesser number of Participants, and may include or exclude previous Participants, as the Committee shall determine. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan (including without limitation determinations of which Employees, if any, are to receive Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards, and the agreements evidencing same) may be made by the Committee selectively among Employees who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan. Generally, an Employee must be a Participant in the Plan for a minimum of six months during the Performance Period to be eligible for a full Award for that Performance Period. However, an Employee with less than six months of participation in the Plan during a Performance Period may receive a pro rata Award at the discretion of the Committee.
ARTICLE 5
PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASUREMENT
     5.1 Performance Goals Establishment . Performance Goals shall be established by the Committee not later than 90 days after commencement of the Performance Period. The Performance Goals may be identical for all Participants or, at the discretion of the Committee, may be different to reflect more appropriate measures of individual performance.

5


 

     5.2 Awards . Awards shall be made annually in accordance with actual performance compared to the Performance Goals previously established by the Committee for the Performance Period.
     5.3 Performance Goals . Performance Goals relating to Covered Participants for a Performance Period shall be established by the Committee in writing. Performance Goals may include alternative and multiple Performance Goals and may be based on one or more business and/or financial criteria. In establishing the Performance Goals for the Plan Year, the Committee in its discretion may include one or any combination of the following criteria in either absolute or relative terms, for either the Company or any of its Subsidiary organizations:
  (a)   Total shareholder return;
 
  (b)   Return on assets, equity, capital, or investment;
 
  (c)   Pre-tax or after-tax profit levels, including: earnings per share; earnings before interest and taxes; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; net operating profits after tax, and net income;
 
  (d)   Cash flow and cash flow return on investment;
 
  (e)   Economic value added and economic profit;
 
  (f)   Growth in earnings per share;
 
  (g)   Levels of operating expense or other expense items as reported on the income statement, including operating and maintenance expense; and/or
 
  (h)   Measures of customer satisfaction and customer service as surveyed from time to time, including the relative improvement therein.
     5.4 Adjustments for Extraordinary Items . The Committee shall be authorized to make adjustments in the method of calculating attainment of Performance Goals in recognition of: (i) extraordinary or non-recurring items, (ii) changes in tax laws, (iii) changes in generally accepted accounting principles or changes in accounting policies, (iv) charges related to restructured or discontinued operations, (v) restatement of prior period financial results, and (vi) any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss that is separately identified and quantified in the Company’s financial statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, at its sole discretion, reduce the performance results upon which Awards are based under the Plan, to offset any unintended result(s) arising from events not anticipated when the Performance Goals were established, provided that such adjustment is permitted by Section 162(m).
     5.5 Determination of Awards . The Award and payment of any Award under this Plan to a Covered Participant with respect to the Performance Period shall be contingent upon the attainment of the Performance Goals that are applicable to such Covered Participant. The Committee shall certify in writing prior to payment of any such Award that such applicable Performance Goals relating to the Award are satisfied. Approved minutes of the Committee may be used for this purpose. The Performance Goals shall not allow for any discretion by the Committee as to an increase in any Award, but discretion to lower an Award is permissible.
ARTICLE 6
AWARDS
     6.1 Timing of Awards . At the first meeting of the Committee after the completion of the Performance Period, the Committee shall review the prior year’s performance in relation to the Performance Goals. The first meeting of the Committee shall occur within 60 days following the completion of the Performance Period.

6


 

     6.2 Form of Awards . Awards are paid in cash within ten (10) days following the meeting described in Section 6.1. In addition, if and as the Committee so permits, prior to the commencement of the Performance Period or, in the Committee’s sole discretion, at any time on or before the date that is six (6) months before the end of the Performance Period, provided that a Participant permitted to make such a voluntary election after the commencement of the Performance Period has continuously preformed services for the Company from the beginning of such Performance Period, the Participant may voluntarily elect to convert any Award paid to him in cash in 25 percent increments, in whole or part, into the following forms:
     (a) Bonus Stock . The Participant may elect to convert all or a portion of the Award to Bonus Shares, with the value of the Bonus Shares (based on the Fair Market Value of such Bonus Shares as of the Date of Conversion) being equal to 110% of the amount of the Award. Such Bonus Shares shall be unrestricted and shall be granted pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan within ten (10) days following the meeting described in Section 6.1.
     (b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards . The Participant may elect to convert all or a portion of the Award to Company Restricted Stock Units, with the value of the Restricted Stock Units (each such Unit being equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the Date of Conversion) being equal to 150% of the amount of the Award. Such Restricted Stock Units shall provide that on the date which is three (3) years from the Date of Conversion (the “Distribution Date”), but in no event later than ten (10) days following the Distribution Date, the Participant shall receive a distribution of shares of Common Stock equal in number to the number of Restricted Stock Units determined under this paragraph (b). These Restricted Stock Units will be granted as time-lapse restricted stock units pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan within ten (10) days following the meeting described in Section 6.1.
     6.3 Maximum Awards . The maximum cash Award that may be made to a Covered Participant under the Plan for any Performance Period shall be $1.0 million.
ARTICLE 7
WITHHOLDING TAXES
     The Company shall have the right to deduct from any payment to be made pursuant to the Plan the amount of any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such payments.
ARTICLE 8
NO RIGHT TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT OR AWARDS
     No Employee shall have any claim or right to be made an Award, and the making of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Further, the Company and its Subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to terminate the employment of any Participant free from any liability under the Plan; except that a Participant, who meets or exceeds the Performance Goals for the Performance Period and was actively employed for the full term of the Performance Period, will be eligible for an Award even though the Participant is not an active employee of the Company at the time the Committee makes Awards under the Plan.

7


 

ARTICLE 9
CHANGE IN CONTROL
     Immediately upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, all Awards for the Performance Period in which the Change in Control occurs shall be deemed earned at the maximum Performance Goal level, and the Company shall make a payment in cash to each Participant within ten (10) days after the effective date of the Change in Control in the amount of such maximum Award. The making of Awards under the Plan shall in no way affect the right of the Company to adjust, reclassify, reorganize, or otherwise change its capital or business structure, or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate, sell or transfer all or any portion of its businesses or assets.
ARTICLE 10
AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, SUSPENSION, OR TERMINATION
     Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article 10, the Board may at any time and from time to time, without the consent of the Participants, alter, amend, revise, suspend, or discontinue the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no amendment which requires stockholder approval in order for the Plan and Awards under the Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m), including any successors to such Section, shall be effective unless such amendment shall be approved by the requisite vote of the stockholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon.
ARTICLE 11
GOVERNING LAW
     The validity, construction and effect of the Plan and any actions taken or relating to the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and applicable Federal law.
ARTICLE 12
SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
     The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, expressly to assume and agree to perform the Company’s obligation under this Plan in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform them if no such succession had taken place. As used herein, the “Company” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any aforesaid successor to its business and/or assets.

8


 

ARTICLE 13
EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM
     The Plan became effective as of October 1, 1998 and will terminate as of September 30, 2011 . After termination of the Plan, no future Awards may be made.
ARTICLE 14
INTERPRETATION
     The Plan is designed to comply with Section 162(m), and all provisions hereof shall be construed in a manner consistent with that intent.
ARTICLE 15
INDEMNIFICATION
     No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or Employee of the Company acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or Employee of the Company acting on their behalf shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination, or interpretation.
ARTICLE 16
SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE
     To the extent (i) any payment to which a Participant becomes entitled under this Plan in connection with the Participant’s termination of employment with the Company (for reasons other than death) constitutes a payment of deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and (ii) the Participant is deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A, then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earliest of (A) the expiration of the six (6) month period measured from the date of Participant’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in final Treasury Regulations issued under Section 409A and any other guidance issued thereunder) with the Company; or (B) the date of the Participant’s death following such separation from service. Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payment which would have otherwise been made during that period in the absence of this Article 16 shall be made to the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary.
[Signature Page Follows]

9


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be executed as of December 28, 2009 by its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to prior action taken by the Board.
             
    ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION    
 
           
 
  By:   /s/ ROBERT W. BEST
 
   
 
      Robert W. Best    
 
      Chairman of the Board    
 
      and Chief Executive Officer    
Attest:
     
/s/ DWALA KUHN
 
   
Dwala Kuhn
   
Corporate Secretary
   

10

Exhibit 12
Atmos Energy Corporation
Computation of Earnings to Fixed Charges
                                         
    Year Ended September 30
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006
    (Dollars in thousands)
Income from continuing operations before provision for income taxes per statement of income
  $ 334,626     $ 291,269     $ 292,704     $ 262,584     $ 236,890  
Add:
                                       
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor
    7,659       7,008       6,882       5,560       5,581  
Interest on debt & amortization of debt expense
    154,471       152,830       137,922       145,236       146,607  
     
Income as adjusted
  $ 496,756     $ 451,107     $ 437,508     $ 413,380     $ 389,078  
     
 
                                       
Fixed charges:
                                       
Interest on debt & amortization of debt expense (1)
  $ 154,471     $ 152,830     $ 137,922     $ 145,236     $ 146,607  
Capitalized interest (2)
    3,860       4,583       2,879       3,011       3,641  
Rents
    22,977       21,024       20,647       16,679       16,743  
Portion of rents representative of the interest factor (3)
    7,659       7,008       6,882       5,560       5,581  
     
Fixed charges (1)+(2)+(3)
  $ 165,990     $ 164,421     $ 147,683     $ 153,807     $ 155,829  
     
 
                                       
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    2.99       2.74       2.96       2.69       2.50  

 

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF ATMOS ENERGY CORPORATION
             
    State of   Percent of
Name   Incorporation   Ownership
ATMOS ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Corporation)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
BLUE FLAME INSURANCE SERVICES, LTD
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Corporation)
  Bermuda     100 %
 
           
MISSISSIPPI ENERGIES, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Corporation)
  Mississippi     100 %
 
           
UNITARY GH&C PRODUCTS, LLC
(28% owned by Mississippi Energies, Inc.)
  Delaware     28 %
 
           
ATMOS ENERGY SERVICES, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
EGASCO, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.)
  Texas     100 %
 
           
ATMOS ENERGY MARKETING, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
ATMOS POWER SYSTEMS, INC.
(a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.)
  Georgia     100 %
 
           
ATMOS PIPELINE AND STORAGE, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Energy Holdings, Inc.)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
UCG STORAGE, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
WKG STORAGE, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %

 


 

             
    State of   Percent of
Name   Incorporation   Ownership
ATMOS EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
TRANS LOUISIANA GAS PIPELINE, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Louisiana     100 %
 
           
TRANS LOUISIANA GAS STORAGE, INC.
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
ATMOS GATHERING COMPANY, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
PHOENIX GAS GATHERING COMPANY
(wholly-owned by Atmos Gathering Company, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %
 
           
FORT NECESSITY GAS STORAGE, LLC
(a limited liability company)
(wholly-owned by Atmos Pipeline and Storage, LLC)
  Delaware     100 %

 

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3, No. 33-37869; Form S-3, No. 33-58220; Form S-3D/A, No. 33-70212; Form S-3, No. 33-56915; Form S-3/A, No. 333-03339; Form S-3/A, No. 333-32475; Form S-3/A, No. 333-50477; Form S-3, No. 333-95525; Form S-3/A, No. 333-93705; Form S-3, No. 333-75576; Form S-3D, No. 333-113603; Form S-3, No. 333-118706; Form S-3D, No. 333-155666; Form S-3ASR, No. 333-165818; Form S-4, No. 333-13429; Form S-8, No. 33-57695; Form S-8, No. 33-57687; Form S-8, No. 333-32343; Form S-8, No. 333-46337; Form S-8, No. 333-73145; Form S-8, No. 333-73143; Form S-8, No. 333-63738; Form S-8, No. 333-88832; Form S-8, No. 333-116367; Form S-8, No. 333-138209; Form S-8, No. 333-145817; Form S-8, No. 333-155570; and Form S-8, No. 333-166639) of Atmos Energy Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated November 12, 2010, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Atmos Energy Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Atmos Energy Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended September 30, 2010.
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Dallas, Texas
November 12, 2010

 

EXHIBIT 31
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATIONS
I, Kim R. Cocklin, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Atmos Energy Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: November 12, 2010
/s/ KIM R. COCKLIN
Kim R. Cocklin
President and
Chief Executive Officer

 


 

I, Fred E. Meisenheimer, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Atmos Energy Corporation;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  (b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  (c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  (d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing equivalent functions):
  (a)   All significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  (b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: November 12, 2010
/s/ FRED E. MEISENHEIMER
Fred E. Meisenheimer
Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer
and Treasurer

 

Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)
     In connection with the Annual Report of Atmos Energy Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Kim R. Cocklin, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
November 12, 2010
     
/s/ KIM R. COCKLIN
 
Kim R. Cocklin
   
President and Chief
   
Executive Officer
   
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to Atmos Energy Corporation and will be retained by Atmos Energy Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)
In connection with the Annual Report of Atmos Energy Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Fred E. Meisenheimer, Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to the best of my knowledge:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
November 12, 2010
     
/s/ FRED E. MEISENHEIMER
 
Fred E. Meisenheimer
   
Senior Vice President,
   
Chief Financial Officer
   
and Treasurer
   
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to Atmos Energy Corporation and will be retained by Atmos Energy Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.